Inventors list

Assignees list

Classification tree browser

Top 100 Inventors

Top 100 Assignees


Flow control of data transmission through a network

Subclass of:

370 - Multiplex communications

370229000 - DATA FLOW CONGESTION PREVENTION OR CONTROL

Patent class list (only not empty are listed)

Deeper subclasses:

Class / Patent application numberDescriptionNumber of patent applications / Date published
370236000 Including signaling between network elements 215
370238000 Least cost or minimum delay routing 168
370237000 Congestion based rerouting 146
370235100 Using leaky bucket technique 33
Entries
DocumentTitleDate
20080273463Uplink transport format selection - A method includes performing transport format combination selection so as to maximize transmission of higher priority data. The method operates, when scheduled and/or non-scheduled grants are taken into account for a transmission time interval, giving data of a given priority belonging to a scheduled MAC-d flow precedence over any lower priority data, whether belonging to a scheduled or a non-scheduled MAC-d flow; and giving data of a given priority belonging to a non-scheduled MAC-d flow precedence over any lower priority data, whether belonging to a scheduled or a non-scheduled MAC-d flow. In the method, where if the transmission contains any scheduled data, the size of a selected MAC-e protocol data unit is made not to exceed the total of all non-scheduled grants which are applicable for transmission in the transmission time interval; a maximum number of scheduled bits based on a serving grant, after adjustment for compressed frames, and a power offset; and the size of triggered scheduling information, if any. Also disclosed are corresponding apparatus and computer programs.11-06-2008
20130044600METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING INCREASED SMALL CELL RESOURCE UTILIZATION - A method of determining a bias parameter for a heterogeneous network including a small cell, a macro cell, and one or more user equipment (UEs), the small cell being underlaid with respect to the macro cell, includes determining, at a base station of the small cell, a loading state of the macro cell; and setting, at the base station, the bias parameter based on the determined loading state. A method of determining a cell border window (CBW) for the small cell, the small cell being underlaid with respect to the macro cell, the small cell having a plurality of attached UEs which are divided into inner cell UEs and border cell UEs, includes determining, at the base station, a difference value based on utilization values of the inner cell UEs and the border cell UEs; and adjusting the CBW based on the difference value and a threshold value.02-21-2013
20130044601Load Estimation in Softer Handover - Method and arrangement in a Radio Base Station RBS in a wireless communication system, for handling load coupling in softer handover. The method in an RBS involves receiving (02-21-2013
20130044599REVERSE LINK CONTROL TO REDUCE FORWARD LINK LATENCY - Some implementations provide a method for prioritizing reverse link packets so that particular reverse link packets are transmitted with a reduced latency in order to improve spectral efficiency of the forward link. The method also optionally includes weighting packets according to their determined lengths, and transmitting packets based on the determined weights. In one implementation, the method includes sorting packets at least according to one of size, type and nature of the data in the packets. Accordingly, sorting of the packets includes at least one of determining the size and the type of each packet. In one implementation, sorting the packets includes deep-packet inspection to determine a respective priority value for each packet.02-21-2013
20110199907METHOD, NETWORK NODE AND SYSTEM FOR SUPPRESSING LOST PACKET RETRANSMISSION - A method, a network node, and a system for suppressing lost packet retransmission are provided. The method includes: generating retransmission suppression information, in which the retransmission suppression information includes identification information of data packets requiring retransmission suppression; and transmitting the retransmission suppression information to a receiving node, in which the retransmission suppression information is used to enable the receiving node not to request retransmission when data packets corresponding to the identification information in the retransmission suppression information are lost after the receiving node receives the retransmission suppression information. The network node includes a generating module and a transmitting module. The system includes an intermediate node and a receiving node.08-18-2011
20130028090ROUTER AND CHIP CIRCUIT - Routers in a data transfer system relay data between the first node and each of the second nodes. A router includes a load value processing section and an aggregation decision section. The load value processing section obtains information about a load value of another router connected to a communications bus. The load value is a time delay caused by that another router and/or the throughput of that router. The aggregation decision section chooses one of the second nodes at which the data is to be received, and determines a transmission path between the second node chosen and the first node in accordance with information about the load value obtained from each router and information determined during a design process about the number of stages of routers from the first node through each said second node and/or the length of data to be transferred.01-31-2013
20120201137SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING CONGESTION IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A method is provided in one example embodiment and includes identifying an Internet protocol (IP) address for a serving gateway; establishing a link between the serving gateway and a congestion notification element; monitoring packets in order to identify whether a differentiated services code point (DSCP) bit has been set in the packets; determining that a threshold associated with congestion in a network has been exceeded; and communicating a signal to the serving gateway associated with the congestion. The serving gateway can be configured to correlate the congestion with identifiers associated with end users operating in the network, where the serving gateway communicates a signal to a network element to reduce the congestion.08-09-2012
20130028089System and Method for Improving Transport Protocol Performance in Communication Networks Having Lossy Links - Providing transport protocol within a communication network having a lossy link. The receiver distinguishes between packets received with non-congestion bit errors and packets having been not at all received due to congestion. When packets are received with non-congestion bit errors, the receiver sends selective acknowledgments indicating that the packets were received with bit errors while suppressing duplicate acknowledgments to prevent the invocation of a congestion mechanism.01-31-2013
20130028087SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DYNAMIC QUALITY OF SERVICE - Systems, methods, and apparatus for routing are provided in which a connection track comprising a plurality of network or transport layer packets, received by a router, is identified by examining header fields of one or more packets in the plurality of packets. One or more quality of service (QoS) parameters is associated with the connection track by determining whether the track encodes a data type by (i) an identification of a predetermined application protocol used within the one or more packets and/or (ii) a comparison of a payload of one or more packets in the plurality of packets to known data type formats. A first QoS parameter is set to a first value in a first value range when the connection track contains the first data type. The connection track is routed through the router in accordance with the one or more QoS parameters assigned to the connection track.01-31-2013
20130028088DATA FLOW CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS - There is provided a method of controlling a transmission rate of a data stream by a server transmitting the data stream to a client device over a network, the method comprising receiving a feedback message from the client, the feedback message containing information indicating a positive or negative acknowledgement of receipt for each one of a plurality of data packets of the data stream; calculating values of a plurality of metrics, wherein each of the values is indicative of transmission quality of the network and is calculated based at least in part on the information contained in the feedback message, and wherein the values include a first value of a first metric representing packet loss; and adjusting the transmission rate if at least one of the values satisfies a corresponding condition; wherein the first metric is prioritized among the plurality of metrics such that an adjustment of the transmission rate responsive to a second value of a second metric satisfying the corresponding condition is conditional on the first value of the first metric not satisfying the corresponding condition.01-31-2013
20130028085FLOW CONTROL IN PACKET PROCESSING SYSTEMS - Flow control in a packet processing system includes obtaining metric data measuring utilization of at least one resource in the packet processing system over intervals of a time period. A value of a flow control load parameter is adjusted during each of the intervals based on comparing the metric data with at least one condition that indicates depletion of the at least one resource. A value of a packet flow budget is established for the packet processing system in each of the intervals based on the respective value of the flow control load parameter in each of the intervals.01-31-2013
20080310306PROGRAMMABLE PSEUDO VIRTUAL LANES FOR FIBRE CHANNEL SYSTEMS - A method and switch element for assigning priority to pseudo virtual lanes (“PVL”) using a fibre channel switch element is provided. The method includes, assigning received R_RDYs based on a PVL distribution scheme; and determining traffic congestion on a PVL if there is no credit available to transfer frames from the PVL. A minimum bandwidth feature is enabled to avoid lower priority PVLs from getting no credit for transmitting frames; and distributing credit and R_RDYs based on frame age bits, wherein a lower priority PVL gets credit if a frame is waiting in the PVL for a longer duration compared to a higher priority PVL. The switch element includes, a PVL module having credit counters for plural PVLs; and a timer that monitors frame traffic for each PVL lane. If a PVL gets congested, then a state machine adjusts priority of R_RDY distribution scheme of other PVLs to transmit frames.12-18-2008
20110205898ROUTER, MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, AND ROUTING CONTROL PROGRAM - In a routing apparatus, a state data reception unit identifies target paths involving a specified link and finds candidate paths which share their beginning and ending routing apparatuses with any one of the target paths and do not involve the specified link. The state data reception unit obtains state data of each candidate path from a management apparatus managing state data indicating states of routing apparatuses that forward traffic on the candidate paths. Based on the state data of each candidate path, a distribution path selection unit selects a distribution path that minimizes the increase in power consumption due to an expected change in the states of routing apparatuses. A distribution requesting unit transmits a distribution request to the beginning routing apparatus of a target path so as to distribute at least a part of the traffic on the target path to the selected distribution path.08-25-2011
20130028086System and Method for Selecting Routing and Cancelling Overloading in Multihop Cellular Systems - A method for selecting routing and cancelling overloading in multihop cellular systems is provided herein. The method includes finding a user group having several routing selections in an overloading relay station, finding a user having maximum routing selections in the user group, disconnecting the routing link between the overloading relay station and the user to reduce the use of bandwidth of the overloading relay station, and finding an optimal routing from at least one un-overloading relay station group to link the user.01-31-2013
20100061241METHODS AND APPARATUS RELATED TO FLOW CONTROL WITHIN A DATA CENTER SWITCH FABRIC - In one embodiment, an apparatus includes a switch core that has a multi-stage switch fabric physically distributed among a set of chassis. The multi-stage switch fabric has a set of input buffers and a set of output ports. The switch core can be configured to be coupled to a set of edge devices. The apparatus can also include a controller implemented in hardware without software during operation and with software during configuration and monitoring. The controller can be coupled to the set of input buffers and the set of output ports. The controller can be configured to send a flow control signal to an input buffer from the set of input buffers when congestion at an output port from the set of output ports is predicted and before congestion in the switch core occurs.03-11-2010
20100020689IMMEDIATE READY IMPLEMENTATION OF VIRTUALLY CONGESTION FREE GUARANTEED SERVICE CAPABLE NETWORK : NEXTGENTCP/FTP/UDP INTERMEDIATE BUFFER CYCLICAL SACK RE-USE - Various increment deployable TCP Friendly techniques of direct simple source code modifications to TCP/FTP/UDP based protocol stacks & other susceptible protocols, or other related network's switches/routers configurations, are presented for immediate ready implementations over proprietary LAN/WAN/external Internet of virtually congestion free guaranteed service capable network, without requiring use of existing QoS/MPLS techniques nor requiring any of the switches/routers softwares within the network to be modified or contribute to achieving the end-to-end performance results nor requiring provision of unlimited bandwidths at each and every inter-node links within the network.01-28-2010
20100020693CUMULATIVE TCP CONGESTION CONTROL - A system and method for establishing a plurality of Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) connections between a transmitting host and a receiving host and for sending data from the transmitting host to the receiving host. Congestion control is performed for the plurality of TCP connections using one congestion window on the transmitting host, wherein the congestion control for the plurality of TCP connections is performed by transmitting a selected number of TCP segments at a transmit time.01-28-2010
20100020687Proactive Surge Protection - A system for protecting a network from a traffic surge includes a data collection module, an allocation module, and a traffic flow module. The data collection module is configured to obtain network utilization information for a plurality of traffic flows. The allocation module is configured to determine an optimal bandwidth allocation for each of the plurality of traffic flows. The traffic flow module is configured to preferentially drop network packets for a traffic flow exceeding the optimal bandwidth allocation.01-28-2010
20090196179REPRESENTATION OF QUALITATIVE OBJECT CHANGES IN A KNOWLEDGE BASED FRAMEWORK FOR A MULTI-MASTER SYNCHRONIZATION ENVIRONMENT - The subject disclosure relates to synchronizing among network nodes in a multi-master synchronization environment that extend a knowledge based synchronization framework to include notions of object quality. In one embodiment, additional dimension(s) are placed on a knowledge vector for a given version of an object that represent quality information for the object, which is accounted for during the synchronization process to allow nodes to decide what types of qualities of objects should be conveyed to them as part of the synchronization process. Other embodiments include tombstoning objects to avoid future synchronization with respect to same objects maintained by other nodes in the multi-master synchronization environment. Advantageously, according to the synchronization framework, endpoints can synchronize data in a way that allows a definition and consideration of quality of one or more objects of the synchronized data for purposes of a knowledge exchange.08-06-2009
20100091653FLOW BALANCING IN COMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS - Methods and systems are disclosed that provide flow balancing for multiple radio access technologies in a communication network. A mechanism is provided that enables the handover of one or more data flows when a mobile device is attached to more than one access technology at the same time. The handover can be initiated by the network or the subscriber and can be based on rules and/or policies known at the time. The mechanism can be implemented in a gateway device that provides communication between the packet core and the access network. The mechanism can also be used in providing handovers between access technologies such as a femtocell access network and an LTE access network.04-15-2010
20100054128Near Real-Time Alerting of IP Traffic Flow to Subscribers - Methods, systems, and computer-readable media for providing near real-time alerts to users of IP traffic flow patterns on an IP network are provided. IP flow data collected from the network is periodically analyzed to determine if alerts need to be generated, based on a number of alert filters received from users. If alerts are to be generated, they are generated for transmission to the associated users.03-04-2010
20090201811Load Balancing Manipulation of Packet Flows Within a Transport Conduit - Disclosed are, inter alia, methods, apparatus, computer-readable media, mechanisms, and means for load balancing manipulation of packet flows within a transport conduit (e.g., a tunnel, pseudo wire, etc.), typically using a load balancing value which is independent of standard routing-based parameters (e.g., source address, destination address, source port, destination port, protocol type, etc.). A load balancing value is included in encapsulated packets transported across a network using a transport conduit. This load balancing value can be used to load balance the individual flows/microflows within the transport conduit.08-13-2009
20080259800Method and System for Correlating Streams within a Packet Network - A method and system for correlating data streams within a packet network. The method relies on independently selecting the same packets as reference packets at different places and times within the network. Once selected, the data contained in a given reference packet is utilized to generate a unique tag for that reference packet. This tag can later be compared with other tags generated at other places and times within the network to track the reference packet and its containing stream as it travels over the network.10-23-2008
20080259798FLOW AND CONGESTION CONTROL IN SWITCH ARCHITECTURES FOR MULTI-HOP, MEMORY EFFICIENT FABRICS - A shared memory switch and switch fabric architecture are described which employ partitions of the shared memory to implement multiple, independent virtual congestion domains, thereby allowing congestion to be handled for different classes of traffic independently.10-23-2008
20080259797Load-Balancing Bridge Cluster For Network Nodes - A network load-balancing cluster configured to function as a transparent bridge, by connecting the load-balancing nodes in series rather than in parallel, as is done in prior-art configurations. A load-balancing algorithm and method are disclosed, by which each node in the configuration independently determines whether to process a data packet or pass the data packet along for processing by another node. To support this, load-balancing nodes are equipped with both software and hardware data pass-through capabilities that allow the nodes to pass along data packets that are processed by a different nodes.10-23-2008
20090010163LOAD BALANCE SERVER AND METHOD FOR BALANCING LOAD OF PRESENCE INFORMATION - A load balance server has a first database for recording a list of identifiers of the presence servers, a second database for recording a subscription message receiving rate, an entry retrieval means for selecting a presence server that the subscription message receiving rate is lowest, in presence servers included in the list of the entry based on the presence information, a presence server selecting means for selecting an additional presence server whichever subscription message receiving rate is lower than predetermined threshold Ts, when the subscription message receiving rate in the selected presence server is higher than predetermined threshold Ts, and a message sending/receiving control means for sending the public message to the selected presence server.01-08-2009
20100080127INTERCEPTION METHOD AND DEVICE THEREOF - An interception method and an interception device are provided. The interception method includes the following steps. An interception center assigns an interception task to an interception network element (NE) to request to intercept an interception target. The interception NE reports user plane data of corresponding service sessions of the interception target satisfying an interception reporting policy according to the received interception task and the configured interception reporting policy.04-01-2010
20110194411APPLYING ROUTER QUALITY OF SERVICE ON A CABLE MODEM INTERFACE ON A PER-SERVICE-FLOW BASIS - In one embodiment, a router that accesses a cable network through a cable modem receives, from the cable modem, a plurality of service-flow classifications utilized by the cable modem to describe service flows on the cable network. Based on the received service-flow classifications from the cable modem, the router determines traffic destined for the cable network that corresponds to each service-flow on the cable network. The router receives, from the cable modem, an indication of network backpressure for a particular service-flow on the cable network. The indication of network backpressure is received when a threshold of network backpressure has been surpassed for the particular service-flow on the cable network. The router controls particular traffic that corresponds to the particular service-flow on the cable network based on the indication of network backpressure for the particular service-flow on the cable network.08-11-2011
20110194410Method and Arrangement in a Telecommunication System - A mobile station for use with a mobile network, and being arranged to be assigned one or more Temporary Block Flows, TBFs, by the mobile network, and to receive RLC/MAC Blocks from the mobile network, each of which RLC/MAC Blocks is associated with one of said TBFs, and to identify a received RLC/MAC Block by means of a Temporary Flow Identity, TFI, which has been assigned by the mobile network to the TBF with which the RLC/MAC Block is associated. The mobile station is arranged to recognize TFIs which belong to a first group of TFIs as well as TFIs which belong to a second group of TFIs, with a TFI in the second group comprising a TFI in the first group of TFIs together with additional information in the received RLC/MAC block.08-11-2011
20110194409OVERSUBSCRIBED PACKET STREAM-BASED INTERCONNECT PROTOCOL - A network device includes a receiver component that generates flow control information. The network device also includes a transmitter component that receives a packet for forwarding to the receiver component, receives flow control data for the packet from the receiver component, and provides the packet and the flow control data for the packet to a fabric component. The fabric component performs a congestion management operation for the packet, and forwards the packet to the receiver component based on the flow control data and results of the congestion management operation.08-11-2011
20090122704Limiting Extreme Loads At Session Servers - A method, system and computer program product for limiting extreme loads and reducing fluctuations in load at session servers. An admission rate controller of a SIP router calculates the “deflator ratio” equal to the average number of in-dialog messages received over a first fixed interval of time divided by the average number of out-of-dialog messages received over a second fixed interval of time. Further, the admission rate controller calculates the “dampening ratio” equal to the maximum number of messages allowed over a period of time divided by the number of messages admitted over a previous time interval. When an overload condition has been detected, the admission rate controller calculates the maximum number of out-of-dialog messages to be sent to its associated SIP server based on the deflator and dampening ratios. In this manner, a smoother transition from the overload condition to the non-overload condition may occur.05-14-2009
20090122703Electronic Device and Method for Flow Control - An electronic device is provided comprising a plurality of processing units (IP; MIP, SIP); an interconnect means (NOC) for coupling the plurality of processing units (IP; MIP, SIP); and a plurality of interia.ee means (NI; MNI, SNI) arranged between one of the processing units (IP; MIP, SIP) and the interconnect means (NOC), for enabling a communication between the processing units (IP; MIP, SIP) and the interconnect means. The communication between the processing units (IP; MIP, SIP) is a packet-based communication via the interface means (NI; MNI, SNI) and the interconnect means (NOC). Each packet first comprises a first header (H) followed by a pay load (P). Said interface means comprise (NI; MNI, SNI) a flow control means (FCM) for controlling the communication flow between two processing units (IP; MIP, SIP) based on flow control credit information (C), for inserting the first header (H) in each packet, and for additionally inserting a second header (H) into a packet according to an amount of required flow control credit information (C).05-14-2009
20090122702Bandwidth allocation for network packet traffic - Bandwidth is allocated among network interfaces of, for example, a switch, router, or server among based on network packet traffic. In one example the network device has a plurality of network interfaces, a performance monitoring unit to monitor buffer events for the network interfaces and to generate an interrupt if a network interface buffer is near an overflow state, and a processor to receive the interrupt and increase a priority of the associated network interface in response thereto.05-14-2009
20100157800METHOD FOR PROCESSING NETWORK TRAFFIC LOADING BALANCE - A method for processing network traffic loading balance is adapted for balancing the load of a session of various data packet processing threads in a network equipment. The method includes the following steps. First, a plurality of data packet processing threads is executed, a queue is assigned to each thread for storing the received data packets, and the data packet is read from the queue by the thread for processing. Then, it is determined whether the number of the data packets in the queue satisfies a traffic threshold value. If the number of the data packets in a certain queue satisfies an operating threshold value, new data packets are allocated by the network equipment to other queues without affecting the integrity of the session. Therefore, the present method not only maintains the integrity of the session, but also ensures the uniformity in load among the data packet processing threads.06-24-2010
20100118702METHODS AND APPARATUS SUPPORTING ADAPTIVE DECENTRALIZED TRAFFIC SCHEDULING INCLUDING A DYNAMIC TRANSMITTER YIELDING THRESHOLD - Methods and apparatus relating to scheduling of air link resources, e.g., traffic segments, in a wireless communications system are described. Various described methods and apparatus are well suited to wireless peer to peer networks in which traffic scheduling is decentralized, e.g. an ad hoc peer to peer network. An individual wireless terminal corresponding to a peer to peer connection which desires to transmit traffic signals make transmitter yielding decisions on a traffic slot by traffic slot basis. The transmitter yielding decision, in some embodiments, includes comparing a link quality estimate corresponding to a higher priority link intending to use the same traffic segment concurrently, to a dynamically generated transmitter yielding threshold. The dynamically generated transmitter yielding threshold is determined based on at least one of: quality of service information corresponding to its own link and historical link quality information corresponding to the higher priority link.05-13-2010
20100118703SYSTEM AND METHOD TO IDENTIFY AND COMMUNICATE CONGESTED FLOWS IN A NETWORK FABRIC - The invention provides a system and method for identifying and communicating congested paths throughout a network fabric. Briefly, the present invention augments the congestion management mechanism defined in ASI to allow for the communication of congested paths through the fabric, rather than the simple congested output port notification supported today through the use of DLLPs. Further, it also uses the communication mechanisms already defined in the ASI specification to implement this additional capability. Specifically, the present invention uses Transaction Layer Packets (TLPs) to communicate the information concerning congested flows throughout the network. This packet type allows the inclusion of much more information than DLLPs, allowing a more comprehensive and elegant solution to the issue of congestion management in an Advanced Switching network fabric.05-13-2010
20100074113FLOW CONTROL METHOD, TRANSMITTING TERMINAL DEVICE USED IN SAME, RECEIVING TERMINAL DEVICE AND PACKET TRANSFER SYSTEM - It is an object to provide a flow control method in which a packet round trip time is not excessively calculated out and its performance is not unnecessarily deteriorated even at the time of continuously connected packet transfers through relays of a plurality of receiving terminal devices. This method is directed to a flow control method in which the delivery of packets are carried out through relays of a plurality of receiving terminal devices. The method is comprised of steps (S03-25-2010
20130135999DESTINATION-BASED CONGESTION CONTROL - A method for communication includes sending communication packets over a network from a first network interface. A notification, which originates from a second network interface and indicates a network congestion encountered by one or more of the packets, is received in the first network interface. A network address of the second network interface is identified based on the notification. A transmission rate of subsequent packets addressed to the network address is regulated responsively to the notification, irrespective of a transport service instance on which the subsequent packets are sent from the first network interface.05-30-2013
20130077489CREDIT-BASED FLOW CONTROL FOR ETHERNET - A method for communication includes sending a pause frame from a first node to a second node over a communication link between the nodes. In response to the pause frame, one or more data frames are immediately transmitted from the second node to the first node upon receipt of the pause frame at the second node.03-28-2013
20130039183TELECOMMUNICATION QUALITY OF SERVICE CONTROL - Different quality of service policies are enforced for packets from traffic streams of different type in a communication network, according to the type of traffic types of traffic. A learning phase and an operation phase are provided. The learning phase teaching by example of characteristics that must be used to distinguish the different types of traffic. In the learning phase, an indication is received of a quality of service policy that is required for user applications of a selected type. An indication is provided indicating execution of a user application of said type in a user domain and characteristics of packet traffic are derived from inspection of packets transmitted through the communication network to and/or from the user domain during the indicated execution. In the operation phase packet traffic in the network to and/or from the user domain is inspected. It is detected whether observed characteristics of the packet traffic match the derived characteristics. When a match is detected, enforcement of the quality of service policy in the network to packet traffic of the selected type of user application is triggered.02-14-2013
20130077493VIRTUAL CONNECTION ROUTE SELECTION APPARATUS AND TECHNIQUES - Virtual connection route selection apparatus and techniques are disclosed. At a communication traffic routing apparatus, metric information associated with multiple different routes for a virtual connection, such as a PseudoWire, toward a destination is collected. The metric information may be collected from one or more remote route computation elements capable of computing routes for virtual connections between the routing apparatus and other routing apparatus over an underlying communication system, or during actual establishment of the virtual connections, for example. An initial or re-optimized route for a virtual connection can then be selected at the routing apparatus based on the collected metric information. In some embodiments, although the virtual connection routes are paths computed by Path Computation Elements (PCEs), actual path selection decisions are distributed to routers.03-28-2013
20130077492METHOD FOR CONFIGURATION OF A LOAD BALANCING ALGORITHM IN A NETWORK DEVICE - A method for configuration of a network device is described herein. Counter information for one or more ports of a plurality of ports of the network device is managed. The one or more ports are aggregated to a logical port in a logical communication channel. The counter information may be determined by the network device. A current load balancing algorithm is determined. The current load balancing algorithm is set for use on network packets on egress out of the logical port. Statistics are determined using the counter information and the current load balancing algorithm. Based on the statistics, the network device is configured with an available load balancing algorithm of a plurality of load balancing algorithms available to the network device.03-28-2013
20130077491SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR TRAFFIC DETECTION NETWORK CONTROL - Systems and methods for communicating in a wireless communication system are described. One implementation is provided for controlling aspects of a wireless communication system network via a traffic detection function at the user equipment. The method includes obtaining, at an electronic device, an application configuration, the application configuration including an application identifier identifying an application of a plurality of applications and a network communication characteristic corresponding to each of the plurality of applications. The method further includes detecting, at the electronic device, the application identifier in a packet of network traffic. The method also includes transmitting, from the electronic device, the packet of network traffic based on the network communication characteristic corresponding to the detected application identifier. By providing an application identifier, fine grained (e.g., application specific) network controls may be implemented such as quality of service, charging/accounting, idle handoff, and traffic redirection/load balancing.03-28-2013
20130077490LOAD BALANCING - A satellite communication system comprising a hub and plurality of terminals may be divided into multiple segments, wherein each segment may support part of the terminals. A method for decentralized balancing of traffic between the system segments is presented herein. One segment in each coverage beam may be designated as home carrier and include load balancing information. The terminals may be configured to tune on a home carrier, receive the load balancing information and then use it for selecting a least loaded segment on which they may remain operational until reset or powered off. In some embodiments of the invention, said load balancing information may be used for calculating relative probabilities for selecting segments through a weighted random selection algorithm.03-28-2013
20130077494METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING RELAY NODE CONFIGURATION AND RE-CONFIGURATION IN RELAY ENHANCED NETWORKS - A method for performing relay node configuration and re-configuration in relay enhanced networks, in particular in a 3GPP LTE-Advanced architecture, wherein the network includes a plurality of eNBs that function as donor eNBs providing wireless access to associated relay nodes, wherein the relay nodes function as eNBs from a UE perspective, is characterized in that the network is divided into clusters such that each cluster includes exactly one donor eNB and that each relay node is associated to at least one donor eNB any point in time, wherein the load of donor eNBs and the handover rates among relay nodes as well as between donor eNBs and relay nodes are monitored and/or estimated, wherein the association of relay nodes to donor eNBs is performed on the basis of the results of the monitoring and/or estimation. Furthermore, an apparatus for performing centralized relay node configuration in relay enhanced networks is disclosed.03-28-2013
20100034087Controlling congestion detection in hsdpa systems - A method controls transport network layer congestion detection in HSDPA systems. The method involves detecting, at an SRNC, a condition requiring the disabling, at a Node B, of measurements performed on certain fields of a data frame for detecting congestion for certain packet flows; sending, from the SRNC to the Node B, a command for disabling said measurements for the concerned packet flows; and resetting, at the Node B, any measurement performed until reception of said command for disabling the congestion detection.02-11-2010
20130039185Optimized Signaling in Relay-Enhanced Access Networks - Optimized signaling in relay-enhanced access networks There are provided measures for optimized signaling in relay-enhanced access networks, said measures exemplarily including receipt of at least one signaling message concerning at least one relay node of a relay-enhanced access network over at least one predetermined signaling interface, concentration of signaling concerning a respective relay node in terms of irrelevancy and/or redundancy from the at least one signaling message, and forwarding of the concentrated signaling in a signaling message over the at least one predetermined signaling interface towards the respective relay node. Said measures may exemplarily be applied for optimizing X2 messaging in relay-enhanced LTE access networks.02-14-2013
20130039184Load Estimation for Cell Stability in Interference Whitening Systems - A noise rise estimation method calculates (02-14-2013
20130039186APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR REDUCTION OF TRANSMISSION DELAY IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Apparatus and methods for reducing latency in coordinated networks are provided. The apparatus and methods relate to a protocol that may be referred to as the Persistent Reservation Request (“p-RR”), which may be viewed as a type of RR (reservation request). p-RR's may reduce latency, on average, to one MAP cycle or less. A p-RR may be used to facilitate Ethernet audiovisual bridging. Apparatus and methods of the invention may be used in connection with coaxial cable based networks that serve as a backbone for a managed network, which may interface with a package switched network.02-14-2013
20130039182CONGESTION CONTROL IN AN OPTICAL LINE TERMINAL - There are disclosed systems and methods for detecting and controlling congestion in an Optical Line Terminal (OLT). The OLT has a plurality of ports. Each port of the plurality of ports communicates with at least one Optical Network Unit (ONU), and each port of the plurality of ports has a respective enforced maximum upstream bandwidth. For example, the maximum upstream bandwidth may be enforced by a Dynamic Bandwidth Allocation (DBA) algorithm. The OLT further includes an uplink port through which data received from each of the plurality of ports are transmitted. In one embodiment, if there is congestion of the data at the uplink port, then the enforced maximum upstream bandwidth for at least one port of the plurality of ports is modified.02-14-2013
20130039181Methods of optimizing scanning parameters for a plurality of channels in a wireless band - A method of optimizing scanning parameters for a plurality of channels in a wireless band includes identifying channels in the plurality of channels as overlapping channels and identifying channels in the plurality of channels as non-overlapping channels, wherein each of the non-overlapping channels transmits and receives signals at frequencies that do not overlap frequencies of other non-overlapping channels. Then scanning parameters for each channel are optimized in order to assign the scanning parameters to be normal scanning parameters or extended scanning parameters, the extended scanning parameters indicating longer scanning times used for scanning channels than that of the normal scanning parameters. Next each overlapping channel is scanned with a networked electronic device using the normal scanning parameters. The method also includes scanning each non-overlapping channel with the networked electronic device using the extended scanning parameters.02-14-2013
20130033986Quality of Service Control in Multiple Hop Wireless Communication Environments - One or more relay stations may be employed along a wireless communication access path between an ingress station and an egress station. A logical communication tunnel is established between the ingress and egress stations through any number of intermediate relay stations to handle session flows of PDUs. As PDUs arrive, the ingress station may determine and add scheduling information to the PDUs before they are delivered to the downstream intermediate relay stations or egress stations. The scheduling information is used by the downstream stations to schedule the PDUs for further delivery. The scheduling information may also be used by the egress station to schedule the PDUs for delivery. The scheduling information added to the PDU by the ingress station bears on a QoS class associated with the PDU, a deadline for the egress station to deliver the PDU, or a combination thereof.02-07-2013
20100046370SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR FAST, RELIABLE BYTE STREAM TRANSPORT - Reliable byte stream transfer protocols play an important role in modern networks. The present invention implements such a protocol using credits for flow control and negative acknowledgements for reliable delivery. The credit mechanism uses credit transfer in installments and is immune to the losses or corruptions of intermediate credit installments. Negative acknowledgements are used to solicit the retransmission of data stream component. The present invention provides full compatibility at the programming interface with reliable byte transfer protocols, such as TCP, and also allows full interoperability among hosts running the aforesaid standard protocol or the protocol of the present invention.02-25-2010
20100046372Wavefront Detection and Disambiguation of Acknowledgements - One or more flow control modules, implemented on various types of network topologies, provide a number of functionalities for controlling the flow of IP packets (such as TCP/IP packets) over a network connection. The flow control modules may be implemented within a sender and/or receiver or may be deployed into a network as a separate device without requiring significant additional resources.02-25-2010
20100046371FEEDBACK-BASED ONLINE NETWORK CODING - A method, apparatus and computer program product for feedback-based online network coding is presented. In one embodiment, a transmitting node determines a linear combination of packets to transmit from a transmit queue. The transmitting node transmits the linear combination of packets. The transmitting node determines whether a packet can be removed from the transmit queue, wherein when a determination is made that a packet can be removed from the transmit queue then removing the packet from the transmit queue, and when a determination is made that a packet cannot be removed from the transmit queue then refraining from removing the packet from the transmit queue.02-25-2010
20090279434 Packet-Switched Access Networks - In a packet-switched access network using a tunnelling-type micro-mobility protocol whereby packets are caused to flow through at least one mobility agent located in said access network, a method of reducing congestion at and/or in routers near said mobility agent, which method comprises the steps of causing packet traffic of a first class to use said tunnelling-type micro mobility protocol and packet traffic of a second class to use another mobility protocol, whereby packet traffic of said second class is routed across said access network away from said mobility agent.11-12-2009
20090323531WIRELESS LOAD BALANCING - A technique for wireless load balancing involves providing a wireless infrastructure that creates a target band option and helps push clients toward that band. An example of a method according to the technique involves, by way of example but not limitation, responding only to probe requests on a first band when a client is detected on the first band and a second band. For example, using the techniques described herein, a platform that is both 802.11a and 802.11b/g compliant may attempt to connect preferentially to the 802.11b/g band of a wireless network, and be migrated toward the 802.11a band instead.12-31-2009
20120207021MULTIBAND, MULTIMODE SELECTION AND SIMULTANEOUS USE - A method including receiving, by a multiband, multimode user device, a request pertaining to a data flow; determining a state of the multiband, multimode user device; selecting at least one of multiple channels or multiple frequency bands, and a single mode, or selecting at least one of multiple channels or multiple frequency bands, and multiple modes to satisfy the request based on the state of the multiband, multimode user device; and using the selected at least one of multiple channels or multiple frequency bands, and the single mode, or the selected at least one of multiple channels or multiple frequency bands, and the multiple modes to satisfy the request.08-16-2012
20100103819FLOW CONTROL SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE - One or more flow control modules, implemented on various types of network topologies, provide a number of functionalities for controlling the flow of IP packets (such as TCP/IP packets) over a network connection. The flow control modules may be implemented within a sender and/or receiver or may be deployed into a network as a separate device without requiring significant additional resources.04-29-2010
20100110892NETWORK SYSTEM, ADJUSTING METHOD OF DATA TRANSMISSION RATE AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT THEREOF - A network system, an adjusting method of a data transmission rate of the network system, and a computer program product thereof are disclosed. The network system comprises a transmitting apparatus and a receiving apparatus. The transmitting apparatus is configured to transmit a packet train at a transmission rate to the receiving apparatus. The receiving apparatus is configured to receive the packet train and to compute at least one factor related to the received packet train to evaluate whether the transmission rate is suitable for the network system. The receiving apparatus is further configured to transmit an adjustment signal according to the at least one factor, such that the transmitting apparatus appropriately adjusts the transmission rate in response to the adjusting signal.05-06-2010
20090154354PROXY REACTION ENGINE IN A CONGESTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - An apparatus comprising a managed network interface configured to receive data from, and transmit data to, a managed network, wherein the managed network comprises a plurality of managed devices configured to queue and transmit data; an unmanaged network interface configured to receive data from, and transmit data to, an unmanaged network, wherein the unmanaged network is configured to request the amelioration of network congestion experienced by the unmanaged network; and a congestion manager configured to receive a network congestion amelioration request from the unmanaged network, ameliorate network congestion by controlling the rate of information forwarded from the managed network to an unmanaged network, and dynamically alter the rate of information forwarded from the managed network to the unmanaged network.06-18-2009
20090154353SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DISTRIBUTED CROSS-LEYER CONGESTION CONTROL FOR REAL-TIME VIDEO OVER WIRELESS LAN - A method for controlling congestion for real-time video transmission in a wireless network includes receiving a packet loss rate of a video camera in a wireless network, receiving an estimated maximum throughput of the video camera from the camera to a server, decrementing a bit transmission rate when the packet loss rate is greater than a first predetermined threshold, incrementing the bit transmission rate when the packet loss rate is less than a second predetermined threshold for a predetermined time period, and transmitting the bit transmission rate to a video encoder that is part of an application layer of a network communication protocol for the wireless network.06-18-2009
20090154352NETWORK SCHEDULING - A method of scheduling transmission between a base station (06-18-2009
20090154351NETWORK SCHEDULER FOR SELECTIVELY SUPPORTING WORK CONSERVING MODE AND NETWORK SCHEDULING METHOD THEREOF - Provided are a network scheduler and a network scheduling method capable of effectively managing network bandwidths by selectively supporting a work conserving mode to network entities by using an improved token bucket scheme. The network scheduler selectively supports a work conserving mode to network scheduling units (NSUs) serving as network entities by using a token bucket scheme, such that the network scheduler ensures an allocated network bandwidth or enables the NSUs to use a remaining bandwidth. The network scheduler manages the NSUs by classifying the NSUs into a green state, a red state, a yellow state, and a black state according to a token value, a selection/non-selection of the work conserving mode, and an existence/non-existence of the packet request to be processed.06-18-2009
20090154349Method and apparatus for managing traffic flow of forwarding entries through a virtual forwarding database of a network node - Disclosed herein is a method and apparatus for supporting a virtual forwarding database in response to telecommunications network service demands and standard Media Access Control learning processes to support an overall forwarding database greater than the size supported in hardware. An example embodiment of the present invention provides a possible solution or workaround for certain hardware platforms that limit the total number of forwarding entries that are currently available. This is done by creating a virtual forwarding database that may be maintained in local random access memory and not in the switch(es)/network processors' forwarding database. As such, a traffic module (e.g., application code/processor or central processing unit) may continuously update a virtual forwarding database along with a dedicated forwarding database based on the reception of external data, which includes, but is not limited to, any combination of the following: IPTV joins/leaves, new/unknown packets, and known packets.06-18-2009
20090175168PACKET FLOW CONTROL - Packet flow control techniques are disclosed. In one example case, a flow control method is provided that includes transmitting a plurality of packets with an inter-packet gap disposed between neighboring packets, and increasing the length of the inter-packet gap to decrease packet rate, wherein the increased length is selected based on severity of a congestion condition. In another example case, a flow control system is provided that includes circuitry for transmitting and/or receiving a plurality of packets with an inter-packet gap disposed between neighboring packets, and circuitry for increasing the length of the inter-packet gap to decrease packet rate, wherein the increased length is selected based on severity of a congestion condition. The techniques can be carried out at one node of a communication system (such as in a backplane switch) or multiple nodes (such as between a backplane switch and a circuit board operatively coupled to the backplane).07-09-2009
20130083663PATH CONTROL DEVICE AND PATH CONTROL METHOD - A path control device according to the present invention is a path control device 04-04-2013
20130083662BROADBAND REPEATER WITH SECURITY FOR ULTRAWIDEBAND TECHNOLOGIES - An ultrawideband radio transceiver/repeater provides a low cost infrastructure solution that merges wireless and wired network devices while providing connection to the plant, flexible repeater capabilities, network security, traffic monitoring and provisioning, and traffic flow control for wired and wireless connectivity of devices or networks. The ultrawideband radio transceiver/repeater can be implemented in discrete, integrated, distributed or embedded forms.04-04-2013
20130083661Multi-RAT Carrier Aggregation for Integrated WWAN-WLAN Operation - Systems and methods for Multi-Radio Access Technology (RAT) Carrier Aggregation (MRCA) wireless wide area network (WWAN) assisted wireless local area network (WLAN) flow mapping and flow routing are disclosed. One system comprises a dynamic flow mapping module that is configured to form a flow-mapping table to dynamically map service flows between the WWAN radio and the WLAN radio in the wireless device. A flow routing module is configured to route data packets to one of the WWAN radio and the WLAN radio in the wireless device based on the flow-mapping table to transmit and receive the data packets via the wireless device.04-04-2013
20130083660Per-Group ECMP for Multidestination Traffic in DCE/TRILL Networks - Consistent with embodiments of the present disclosure, systems and methods are disclosed for providing per-group ECMP for multidestination traffic in a DCE/TRILL network. Embodiments enable per-group load balancing of multidestination traffic in DCE/L2MP networks by creating a new IS-IS PDU to convey the affinity of the parent node for a given multicast group. For broadcast and unknown unicast flooded traffic, the load balancing may be done on a per-vlan basis.04-04-2013
20090109853Method for the optimization of the payload of a multispot telecommunication satellite - A Method for the optimization of the payload of a multispot telecommuncation satellite is disclosed. This type of satellite allows the use of several antenna spots on board the satellite to cover contiguous geographical zones, instead of a single broad spot. The method uses the division of an amplification unit such as a travelling wave tube TWTA between several spots.04-30-2009
20100067381Overlay Network Node and Mobile Node - A technology is disclosed for appropriately providing a certain service desired by a mobile node, even in an environment including overlay network nodes providing different functions. In the technology, a mobile node (MN) 03-18-2010
20100067379PICKING AN OPTIMAL CHANNEL FOR AN ACCESS POINT IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A novel technique involves evaluating a real-time environment of a channel based on a nonlinear function of the number of neighbor radios and channel utilization requirements. The technique can be used to pick a channel for an AP that is added to a wireless network or to tune a channel for an existing AP. The technique can be applied to, for example, a relatively new wideband option in the 802.11n standard.03-18-2010
20120182872METHODS FOR PACKET FORWARDING THROUGH A COMMUNICATION LINK OF A DISTRIBUTED LINK AGGREGATION GROUP USING MESH TAGGING - A method for packet forwarding through a communication link of a distributed link aggregation group (LAG) in a mesh network using a path tag is described herein. A packet is received on a non-mesh port of a first network device of the mesh network. A Media Access Controller (MAC) destination address of the packet that is associated with a plurality of network devices in the mesh is determined. Each network device of the plurality of network devices includes a link grouped in the distributed LAG. A destination mesh device from the plurality of network devices is selected. A plurality of available paths between the first network device and the destination mesh device are determined. A path of the plurality of available paths is selected. A tag associated with the selected path is inserted into the packet, and the packet is forwarded along the selected path.07-19-2012
20120182871LOAD BALANCING IN A DOCSIS SYSTEM BASED ON WEIGHTING UPSTREAM AND DOWNSTREAM CHANNEL LOADING CONDITIONS - Methods and apparatuses for balancing a network load are provided. A control attribute that allows a system operator to prioritize upstream and downstream channel loading conditions relative to each other for load balancing decisions is used to balance the network load.07-19-2012
20120182870System And Method For Implementing Periodic Early Discard In On-Chip Buffer Memories Of Network Elements - An advance is made over the prior art in accordance with the principles of the present invention that is directed to a new approach for a system and method for a buffer management scheme called Periodic Early Discard (PED). The invention builds on the observation that, in presence of TCP traffic, the length of a queue can be stabilized by selection of an appropriate frequency for packet dropping. For any combination of number of TCP connections and distribution of the respective RTT values, there exists an ideal packet drop frequency that prevents the queue from over-flowing or under-flowing. While the value of the ideal packet drop frequency may quickly change over time and is sensitive to the series of TCP connections affected by past packet losses, and most of all is impossible to compute inline, it is possible to approximate it with a margin of error that allows keeping the queue occupancy within a pre-defined range for extended periods of time. The PED scheme aims at tracking the (unknown) ideal packet drop frequency, adjusting the approximated value based on the evolution of the queue occupancy, with corrections of the approximated packet drop frequency that occur at a timescale that is comparable to the aggregate time constant of the set of TCP connections that traverse the queue.07-19-2012
20130070600NETWORK REPEATER, QoS CONTROL METHOD AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING QoS CONTROL PROGRAM03-21-2013
20130070598RADIO RESOURCE SIGNALING DURING NETWORK CONGESTION IN A MOBILE WIRELESS DEVICE - A method for radio link control in a mobile wireless communication device. The mobile wireless device transmits a sequence of service requests to establish radio resources with a wireless communication network for a data packet in a pending data buffer. When no radio resources are allocated in response to the transmitted sequence of service requests, the mobile wireless device sets a minimum threshold for the pending data buffer, discards all pending data packets above the minimum threshold and discards the oldest pending data packet. The mobile wireless device repeats transmitting and discarding until a radio resource is allocated or the pending data packet buffer is empty. A retry interval between successive service requests is increased after transmitting each sequence of service requests until reaching a maximum retry interval value.03-21-2013
20130070597METHOD FOR DETERMINING A ROUTE IN A WIRELESS MESH NETWORK USING A METRIC BASED ON RADIO AND TRAFFIC LOAD - A method and apparatus for calculating a routing metric for a wireless network including retrieving configured system parameters, selecting a form of a first weight factor based on channel load/utilization and parameters of the first weight factor, selecting a form of a second weight factor based on frame/packet error rate and parameters of the second weight factor, retrieving estimated link bit rate, measuring a channel/link busy time, estimating a channel/link load, estimating a packet/frame error rate of the link and calculating the metric are described. A method and system for determining a route/path between two nodes of a wireless network including calculating a weighted radio and load aware metric by each node in the wireless network, storing the metric and using the metric to select the route/path for communication between two nodes of the wireless network based on a sum of the metrics calculated by each node of the wireless network are also described.03-21-2013
20130070599METHOD, NETWORK, AND COMPUTER PRODUCT FOR FLOW BASED QUALITY OF SERVICE - A method, network, and computer program product are provided for traffic flow quality of service. A quality of service priority table is received for services defined by a user at the network, and the quality of service priority table includes quality of service levels for the services. Traffic flows are determined to correspond to packets being communicated over the network for the user. The traffic flows are mapped to services. The traffic flows are mapped to the quality of service levels for the services. The quality of service levels are assigned to the traffic flows as assigned quality of service levels corresponding to the services. Each of the traffic flows is routed over the network according to its assigned quality of service levels, respectively.03-21-2013
20130070595Unified Quality of Service Negotiation Method Cross Multi-Media - A method of unified quality of service, hereafter called QoS, negotiation cross multi-media for a first unified terminal device (UTD) using a first medium for communication in a network system is disclosed. The method comprises obtaining a QoS requirement from the first UTD, via the first medium, transmitting the QoS negotiation request including QoS requirement to a second UTD using a second medium for communication in the network system, and when a QoS negotiation response corresponding to the QoS negotiation request is received from the second UTD, reporting a QoS negotiation result to first UTD according to the QoS negotiation response.03-21-2013
20130070596Method and Apparatus of IP Flow Mobility in 4G Wireless Communication Networks - A method to realize IP flow mobility (IFOM) between 3GPP access and non-3GPP access over GTP based interfaces is proposed. A user equipment is connected to a PDN-GW via a 3GPP access network and a non-3GPP access network. The UE transmits an IFOM triggering message to the PDN-GW, which selects IP flows to be moved based on EPS bearer ID and IP flow description. The PDN-GW sends an Update Bearer Request to a WAG or ePDG, and updates its mapping table if the Update Bearer Request is successful. The UE also updates its mapping table upon receiving an IFOM acknowledgement from the WAG or ePDG. The PDN-GW initiates a 3GPP bearer modification procedure to move the selected IP flows.03-21-2013
20130070594Policy Controlled Offloading Among Neighboring Networks - Methods and apparatus are disclosed for controlling and distributing data traffic among neighboring access networks within a geographic area. Subscribers may be given different priorities. Requests of services by subscribers may be prioritized. Data traffic within a congested access network may be offloaded to alternate access networks based on criteria such as service types and Quality of Service requirements associated with the data traffic, subscriber priorities associated with the subscribers, software and hardware capabilities associated with the user terminals of the subscribers, and resource availabilities in the alternate access networks.03-21-2013
20130051232MANAGING DATA ON INFINIBAND (IB) NETWORKS - Methods, systems, and physical computer-readable storage medium are provided to improve efficiency of systems operating on internet protocol (IP) over Infiniband (IB) networks. A method includes multicasting a first ARP request from a source node, the first ARP request including an IP address of a source port of the source node, and performing load-balancing of host traffic across a plurality of ports of a plurality of nodes by sending a reply from a destination node corresponding to the IP address included in the first ARP request, the reply being sent over the source port to the source node.02-28-2013
20130088966FLOW MOBILITY FILTER RULE VERIFICATION - A method and system for flow mobility filter rule verification is provided. According to an embodiment of the present invention, a network node of a telecommunications packet network is configured to receive filter rules provided by a user entity (UE) relating to a requested IP-CAN session. The filter rules are applied by a Policy and Charging Control (PCC) network architecture for the session. The network node is also configured to compare received filter rules with Inter-Mobility Policies (IMPs) of the user in order to determine if the filter rules match with the user's IMPs, and to send a filter rule verification response indicating whether or not the filter rules match the user's IMPs.04-11-2013
20130088962DYNAMIC RADIO RESOURCE CONTROL STATE SWITCHING04-11-2013
20130088965BUFFER MANAGER AND METHODS FOR MANAGING MEMORY - Some of the embodiments of the present disclosure provide a method comprising managing a plurality of buffer addresses in a system-on-chip (SOC); and if a number of available buffer addresses in the SOC falls below a low threshold value, obtaining one or more buffer addresses from a memory, which is external to the SOC, to the SOC. Other embodiments are also described and claimed.04-11-2013
20130088964METHODS AND APPARATUS TO CONTROL TRAFFIC IN A PACKET-SWITCHED NETWORK - Methods and apparatus to control traffic in a packet-switched network are disclosed. An example circuit manager includes a usage analyzer to estimate a utilization of a network for a future time interval based on data associated with actual utilization of the network, a rebalancer to detect a trigger event based on the estimated utilization, and to identify a future virtual circuit path through the network for the future time interval based on the estimated utilization when the trigger event is detected, the usage analyzer and the rebalancer to repetitively change mapping of virtual circuit paths including the future virtual circuit path to physical resources to adapt the network to expected usage conditions, a rerouter to identify the future virtual circuit path based on a first predicted weighted cost for a first communication link and a second predicted weighted cost for a second communication link, and a capacity manager to determine whether the identified future virtual circuit path is expected to reduce a future utilization of a communication path below a first threshold, and to determine where additional transmission capacity should be added to the network when the predicted future utilization of the communication path exceeds the first threshold.04-11-2013
20130088963BROADBAND REPEATER WITH SECURITY FOR ULTRAWIDEBAND TECHNOLOGIES - An ultrawideband radio transceiver/repeater provides a low cost infrastructure solution that merges wireless and wired network devices while providing connection to the plant, flexible repeater capabilities, network security, traffic monitoring and provisioning, and traffic flow control for wired and wireless connectivity of devices or networks. The ultrawideband radio transceiver/repeater can be implemented in discrete, integrated, distributed or embedded forms.04-11-2013
20130088961Apparatus and Method for Load Balancing in a Cable Network - Apparatus and method for load balancing cable modems across channels of a load balancing group on a DOCSIS network are described. At least one Quality of Service (QoS) parameter is collected for each service flow from cable modems actively passing traffic across one channel of the load balancing group. The QoS parameter collected is used to identify at least one cable modem having a service flow with an inferior grade of the QoS parameter relative to a pre-defined threshold of the QoS parameter. The cable modem having service flows with the inferior grade of the QoS parameter is selected first from the cable modems of the load balancing group for being moved from the one channel to a different channel of the load balancing group for purposes of balancing load of active service flows across the channels.04-11-2013
20130088960System and Method for Information Delivery with Multiple Point Transmission - A system and method for information delivery with multiple point transmission are provided. A method for detecting lost packets is provided. The method includes initiating a timer for a received packet at a receiving transmission point, where the timer is set according to a time value associated with the received packet. The method also includes determining that a delivery of the received packet has failed according to the timer elapsing, and transmitting a lost packet report to a primary transmission point that distributed the received packet to the receiving transmission point.04-11-2013
20130088959CREDIT-BASED NETWORK CONGESTION MANAGEMENT - A switching network includes first, second and third switches coupled for communication, such that the first and third switches communicate data traffic via the second switch. The first switch is operable to request transmission credits from the third switch, receive the transmission credits from the third switch and perform transmission of data traffic in reference to the transmission credits. The third switch is operable to receive the request for transmission credits from the first switch, generate the transmission credits and transmit the transmission credits to the first switch via the second switch. The second switch is operable to modify the transmission credits transmitted by the third switch prior to receipt of the transmission credits at the first switch.04-11-2013
20130088968FLOW CONTROL NODE FOR MANAGING THROUGHPUT FAIRNESS OF A PLURALITY OF FLOWS, TRANSMISSION NODE, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING FLOW, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION RATE - According to one embodiment of the present invention, a multi-hop network system includes: a transmission node; a reception node; a router node; and a flow control node connected to all nodes within the multi-hop network system. The flow control node periodically receives flow monitoring information from at least one transmission node and evaluates whether the distributed state of the bandwidth of a network is fair. At this time, the flow control node sets a queue length threshold as transmission rate control information for fairly distributing the bandwidth of the network and transmits the set queue length threshold to at least one transmission node when unfairness has been detected. The transmission node sets the queue length threshold as a reference point for adjusting the transmission rate and performs the packet and/or link scheduling.04-11-2013
20130088967COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CONTROL APPARATUS, PACKET CAPTURE METHOD AND PACKET CAPTURE PROGRAM - A communication system includes, in addition to nodes, a controller for setting, in each node, a processing rule that stipulates a matching rule and processing for a packet matching to the matching rule. Each node processes a received packet in accordance with the processing rule. At least one of the nodes is capable of performing mirroring of a received packet. For a flow satisfying a pre-set condition, the controller sets a processing rule to perform packet mirroring in an arbitrary node, while setting, in a node on a packet capture route reaching a pre-set mirror server, a processing rule that stipulates the processing to forward a mirrored packet.04-11-2013
20090303881METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR NETWORK CONTROLLED MOBILE IP FLOW MOVEMENT - Methods and apparatus for network controlled mobile IP flow movement. An infrastructure node, such as a home agent, signals a mapping between care-of-addresses (CoAs) and flows to be transmitted from a mobile device in uplink communications. The CoA associated with each flow is determined from network, device, and/or flow information. A mobile node or mobile gateway receives the mapping and updates its local policy information. When a selected flow is to be transmitted in an uplink transmission, the local policy information is used to determine the CoA associated with the selected flow. The CoA is then used to determine an access network (or access path) on which the uplink transmission of the selected flow is to occur.12-10-2009
20090303879Algorithms and Estimators for Summarization of Unaggregated Data Streams - The invention relates to streaming algorithms useful for obtaining summaries over unaggregated packet streams and for providing unbiased estimators for characteristics, such as, the amount of traffic that belongs to a specified subpopulation of flows. Packets are sampled from a packet stream and aggregated into flows and counted by implementation of: (a) Adaptive Sampled NetFlow (12-10-2009
20090303878SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MINIMIZING CALL SETUP LATENCY IN A GROUP COMMUNICATION AMONG WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A system and method for minimizing call setup latency in a group communication among wireless communication devices by ensuring the requisite amount of communication bandwidth for group member devices that utilize separate communication systems to control communication channels established with each of the wireless communication devices. A group communication server that sets up group communications for wireless communication device members of a communication group communicates with a resource manager resident on a communication system to reserve a predetermined amount of resources, such as bandwidth, for wireless communication devices utilizing that communication system that are members of a communication group. The resource manager communicates the availability to the group communication server of the wireless communication devices utilizing that communication system for group communications only if the predetermined resources are available for a group communication to the wireless communication device.12-10-2009
20090303880DATA CENTER INTERCONNECT AND TRAFFIC ENGINEERING - A system for commoditizing data center networking is disclosed. The system includes an interconnection topology for a data center having a plurality of servers and a plurality of nodes of a network in the data center through which data packets may be routed. The system uses a routing scheme where the routing is oblivious to the traffic pattern between nodes in the network, and wherein the interconnection topology contains a plurality of paths between one or more servers. The multipath routing may be Valiant load balancing. It disaggregates the function of load balancing into a group of regular servers, with the result that load balancing server hardware can be distributed amongst racks in the data center leading to greater agility and less fragmentation. The architecture creates a huge, flexible switching domain, supporting any server/any service, full mesh agility, and unregimented server capacity at low cost.12-10-2009
20120218896CENTRALIZED SUPERVISION OF NETWORK TRAFFIC - A method and a device for supervising a computer network node in a computer network. The method includes receiving a network packet on a node input port, analyzing the received network packet, configuring a filter based on the analysis, sending the network packet to a filter input on the filter, and sending the filter output on the filter on the node output port.08-30-2012
20120218895Dynamic Routing - A method for managing transactions across a large number of service providers includes determining performance metrics associated with each of a plurality of service providers and generating a score for each service provider based on the performance metrics associated with each of the plurality of service providers taken over a short time period. The service providers are then sorted based on the scores to generate a list of service providers. Customer transactions are then assigned to one of the service providers based on the order of the list of service providers. The list of service providers is reprioritized based on mid-term metrics and accumulated costs taken over a mid-term period that is longer than the short term period.08-30-2012
20120218894IMPLEMENTATION OF A QoS PROCESSING FILTER TO MANAGE UPSTREAM OVER-SUBSCRIPTION - A switch device can be configured to operate in a manner that was not originally intended. For example, a switch device can be a Broadcom XGS type of device that is configured with a packet-processing unit to perform line speed lookups in accordance with a default configuration. The default configuration can include classifying and forwarding received packets to an upstream interface based on VLAN information. The default configuration can be overwritten such that the switch device operates in a different manner than originally intended. For example, the switch device can be reconfigured to include mapping rules that specify different QoS data to be assigned to different type of received packets. Subsequent to utilizing the maps to identify QoS information for received packets, the reconfigured switch device uses the QoS information to forward the packets to queues in an upstream interface.08-30-2012
20120218892SUBSCRIBER/SERVICE DIFFERENTIATION IN ADVANCED WIRELESS NETWORKS - A base station for an Internet protocol (IP) wireless access network receives a policy for subscriber traffic over a particular bearer, where the policy includes a particular quality-of-service control indicator (QCI) value, and an average bit rate (ABR) value, a maximum bit rate (MBR) value, and a weight factor value associated with the QCI value. The base station detects network congestion associated with the IP wireless access network and applies, to the subscriber traffic over a particular bearer, the weight factor, the ABR value, and/or the MBR value to manage the network congestion.08-30-2012
20090040930DATA PLANE AGGREGATION BASED ON ROUTE AND SERVICE TYPE - Methods and systems are operable to aggregate data. A plurality of data units can be received. The data units can be combined based upon a class associated with the data and a next hop associated with the data. A link can be provided for the combined data units based on service quality requirements for the traffic class associated with the class.02-12-2009
20090040929Method and apparatus for dynamically managing hierarchical flows - Provided are a method and apparatus for dynamically managing hierarchical flows that more efficiently process packet traffic while maintaining compatibility with an existing packet data network in transferring both circuit traffic and packet traffic in a packet switched network. The method for dynamically managing hierarchical flows includes: receiving data packets, classifying the data packets according to attributes of the received data packets, and producing first flows; determining whether traffic of each of the first flows exceeds a predetermined bandwidth limit, and performing a packet drop process or producing second flows for first flows that exceed the bandwidth limit, according to a flow-specific policy; and performing second flow processing on the second flows according to a second flow policy. Only flows exceeding the bandwidth limit or causing congestion are hierarchically divided for management. This makes it possible to finely manage the flows without complex operations.02-12-2009
20090296579EFFICIENT CONVERGENCE OF GROUPED VPN PREFIXES - In one embodiment, one or more virtual private network (VPN) prefixes may be grouped at a network node into sets having shared network border node next-hop options, where each border node has a defined index value associated therewith. Also, a list of VPN labels associated with each VPN prefix may be maintained by the network node, where each VPN label is associated with a border node of a particular set by a corresponding index value. Further, the network node may determine a particular border node for traffic to be forwarded, along with the defined index value. The network node may then apply the index value to select an associated VPN label, and may affix the selected VPN label to the traffic for forwarding.12-03-2009
20090092047SYSTEM TO MANAGE MULTILAYER NETWORKS - A system includes a capacity management tool. The capacity management tool is configured to be coupled to one or more of an application layer, a physical layer, and a transport layer of a processor-based network. In a particular embodiment, the capacity management tool is further configured to extract data from one or more of a network connectivity database, a customer provisioning and services ordered database, a customer equipment database, a network element management system database, and a server and application management system database. The capacity management tool can be further configured to correlate the data to manage the capacity of the network or isolate congestion points in the network.04-09-2009
20090092049System, method and computer readable medium for communicating with a zigbee device from a peripheral network - In order to minimize traffic on a Zigbee network, a gateway of the Zigbee network represents end devices in communications with peripheral networks. The gateway receives messages, such as status request messages, from the peripheral network intended for an end device on the Zigbee network. The Zigbee network generates a response message by retrieving stored data for the end device instead of communicating the received message to the end device.04-09-2009
20090092048SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTEXT-BASED HIERARCHICAL ADAPTIVE ROUND ROBIN SCHEDULING - A system and method which provides for efficient data transmission between multiple microprocessors in a computer system is disclosed. A physical data path is divided into a plurality connection queues. The connection queue size is compared to thresholds. Bandwidth allocation weights associates with the queues can be progressively refined based upon the comparison.04-09-2009
20110058477INTELLIGENT CONGESTION FEEDBACK APPARATUS AND METHOD - Apparatus and methods for intelligent congestion feedback are disclosed. An example apparatus includes a data interface configured to receive data packets from a source endpoint via an intermediate node. The data packets include a field indicating whether data congestion for data being sent to the destination endpoint is occurring. The example apparatus also includes a timer. The example apparatus further includes a feedback loop interface configured to selectively enable a feedback loop to the source endpoint and to transmit congestion notification (CN) messages to the source endpoint over the feedback loop. Upon receiving a data packet indicating that congestion has occurred due to the data packets from the source endpoint to the destination endpoint, the destination endpoint is configured to set the timer to a preset time value; start the timer reverse counting from the preset time value to zero, enable the feedback loop and transmit the CN messages.03-10-2011
20110058476Methods And Apparatus For Controlling Wireless Network Operations Associated With A Flow Control Process - Techniques for controlling wireless network operations associated with a flow control process of a wireless network involving a data session established between a mobile station and a service node. The network processor examines quality of service (QoS) data associated with the data session. The network processor causes the flow control process to be bypassed for the mobile station based on the QoS data indicating that the data session is associated with a predetermined traffic class (e.g. background traffic class). This serves to prohibit the flow control process from stopping the flow of data packets in the data session without terminating the data session based on detection of an out-of-coverage condition. Otherwise, the network processor allows the flow control process to be performed for the mobile station based on the QoS data indicating that the data session is not associated with the predetermined traffic class.03-10-2011
20110013515METHOD FOR ACCELERATING THE ACTIVATION OF A MBMS SERVICE - The invention relates to a method for accelerating the activation of a MBMS service distributed by a service provider to a plurality of user equipments UEs in the form of MBMS data packets, MBMS data packet, comprising each, compressed header information and a payload, characterized by:—creating a specific MBMS service data flow containing only header information,—transmitting said specific MBMS service data flow to the UE separately from said MBMS data packets.01-20-2011
20110013514Device and Method for Adaptation of Target Rate of Video Signals - A device, system, and method for adapting a current target rate of a video signal (VS) transmitted from a video provider (01-20-2011
20110013513Wi-Fi Quality of Service Signaling - The transmission of signaling frames in a QoS system may be prioritized over the transmission of content frames carrying time-sensitive information. The signaling frames and the content frames may belong to a single communication session. Alternatively, the signaling frames may belong to a different communication session than the content frames. The signaling frames and the content frames may be audio frames, video frames or frames of other time-sensitive information.01-20-2011
20090268613METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROCESSING A DATA UNIT - A given data unit of a first protocol layer for transmission in a data unit based communication system is passed to a second protocol layer. A numeric value of a numerically quantifiable parameter associated with said given data unit of said first protocol layer is determined and the given data unit is embedded into one or more data units of the second protocol layer and transmission control for the one or more data units of the second protocol layer is performed in accordance with said numeric value of said numerically quantifiable parameter.10-29-2009
20090073881MULTI-QUEUE FLOW CONTROL METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS - A multi-queue flow control method, a multi-queue flow control system, and a multi-queue flow control apparatus, applicable to a full-duplex Ethernet, are suitable for customizing a flow control frame reflecting buffer statuses of a plurality of queues. A receiving device informs a current buffer status of each queue of itself to a sending device by sending a flow control frame to the sending device, and the sending device stops sending data frames to an overflowing queue according to the flow control frame. Therefore, the multi-queue flow control in the full-duplex Ethernet is realized.03-19-2009
20120224484TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT IN DISTRIBUTED WIRELESS NETWORKS - Wireless networks and devices are ubiquitous today. For service providers to offer customers QoS and Service Level Agreements (SLAs) means in part providing resilient connectivity of wireless devices with good signal strength, good Signal to Noise and Interference Ratio (SNIR), and adequate useable bandwidth. Doing so requires that devices transmitting and receiving packets use over-the-air bandwidth efficiently and manage over-the-air congestion. According to embodiments of the invention QoS measurements and controls are incorporated only in the network (i.e. APs or controllers) and therefore QoS and SLAs can be achieved with all deployed client stations versus standards based approaches that require additional capabilities in network nodes, client stations and in most cases modifications to the applications. SLAs can be provided exploiting embodiments of the invention for traffic prioritization, capacity improvements through load distribution, and adjacent channel interference mitigation discretely or in combination with standards based mechanisms.09-06-2012
20130064092Method and system for implementing direct interface between access network nodes - The disclosure provides a method and a system for implementing a direct interface between access network nodes. The method includes: establishing, by an access network node, a direct interface with a proxy node (03-14-2013
20130064091METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONGESTION-AWARE ROUTING IN A COMPUTER INTERCONNECTION NETWORK - The present disclosure relates to an example of a method for a first router to adaptively determine status within a network. The network may include the first router, a second router and a third router. The method for the first router may comprise determining status information regarding the second router located in the network, and transmitting the status information to the third router located in the network. The second router and the third router may be indirectly coupled to one another.03-14-2013
20130064089METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR TRAFFIC CONTENTION RESOURCE ALLOCATION - Methods and apparatus for allocating traffic contention resource units in a wireless communications system in which decisions are made in a distributed manner are described. A wireless communications device, corresponding to a link, self allocates resource units for traffic contention. Decisions regarding initially acquiring resources, relinquishing acquired resources, and/or acquiring additional resources for traffic contention are based on detected levels of network congestion and/or detected changes in network congestion. A wireless communications device detects a level of network congestion and determines a number of resource units to acquire for traffic contention based on the detected level of network congestion.03-14-2013
20130064090Load Balancing Method and System for Peer-To-Peer Networks - System and method for balancing a number of incoming connections of nodes connected to a peer-to-peer network. The method includes receiving at a selecting node information about out-finger candidates. The information includes at least a quantifiable parameter for the out-finger candidates and the out-finger candidates are possible nodes to be connected to the selecting node. The method includes calculating in the selecting node, for each node of the out-finger candidates, a probability value by using a predetermined probability function that uses as input the corresponding quantifiable parameter; and selecting one node from the out-finger candidates to be an out-finger node for the selection node based on the probability value. The probability value is associated with a number of in-finger connections to the selected out-finger node.03-14-2013
20130064088Apparatus and System for Packet Routing and Forwarding in an Interior Network - An apparatus comprising a network node coupled to an internal network comprising a plurality of internal nodes and configured to forward a packet designated to the internal network based on service reachability information that indicates at least one of the internal nodes for forwarding the packet to, wherein the service reachability information is sent and updated in a dynamic manner by the internal network. Also included is a network apparatus implemented method comprising receiving service reachability information from an internal network, maintaining the service reachability information in an interior Forwarding Information Base (iFIB), receiving a packet with a public destination address associated with the internal network; and forwarding the packet to appropriate locations in the internal network using the service reachability information in the iFIB.03-14-2013
20130064087Cross-Frequency Network Load Balancing - A base station that supports different sectors and co-located different frequencies across the different sectors in a CDMA network having an Access Terminal includes a processing unit which determines a load imbalance on a connection in a first sector at a first frequency. The base station includes a network interface unit through which the processing unit offloads traffic from the connection in the first sector at the first frequency to a first or second sector at a second frequency. A method for sending traffic with a base station that supports different sectors and co-located different frequencies across the different sectors in a CDMA network having an Access Terminal including the steps of determining with a processing unit a load imbalance on a connection in a first sector at a first frequency. There is the step of offloading with the processing unit through network interface unit traffic from the connection in the first sector at the first frequency to a first or second sector at a second frequency.03-14-2013
20130188491Uplink Traffic Separation in an Edge Node of a Communication Network - For separating data traffic in an uplink (UL) edge node (07-25-2013
20130188492DEVICE AND METHOD FOR SCHEDULING DATA PACKET TRANSMISSIONS IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - For load balancing in a large-scale wireless mesh network, a device, a system and a method are provided for controlling data packet transmissions in the wireless mesh network, wherein a time slot is randomly selected within a determined answer interval for transmitting an answer responding to a received data packet.07-25-2013
20130188482ADAPTIVE BUFFER CONTROL - A method, device, computer readable medium, and system are disclosed that in one aspect may calculate a data rate and a latency of a packet flowing through a buffer, compare the data rate to a provisioned data rate, compare the latency to a threshold, and adapt a size of the buffer in response to results of the comparisons.07-25-2013
20130188483Resource Threshold Overload Protection - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a method of protecting against resource overload. The method may include: setting a resource critical threshold level of usage for a monitored resource; setting an overload rejection level for a plurality of operations; measuring a level of usage; determining an overload usage state based on the level of usage; shedding an operation if the overload usage state equals or exceeds the overload rejection level for the operation; determining whether the level of usage exceeds the resource critical threshold level; and if the level of usage exceeds the resource critical threshold level: changing the overload usage state to a resource critical overload usage state, and shedding an operation unless the overload rejection level indicates that the operation should never be shed. Various exemplary embodiments relate to a network element including: a monitored resource; a rejection level mapping; a status monitor; and an overload manager.07-25-2013
20130188484OPTIMIZING CAPACITY DURING NETWORK CONGESTION - A device receives, from mobile devices, scheduling requests for voice packets, and assigns grants to the scheduling requests. The device further determines whether there is network congestion in a network associated with the device. The device also selects a grant, from the grants, when there is network congestion, and drops a voice packets associated with the selected grant. The device assigns physical resource blocks (PRBs) to one or more of the grants that are associated with one or more of the voice packets that are not dropped.07-25-2013
20130188485COMMUNICATION DEVICE FOR THROTTLING TRANSMITTED DATA - A communication device and method for throttling transmitted data is provided. Token parameters of an aggregate token bucket, associated with a communication application, are distributed, at a processing unit, to respective application token buckets associated with at least two further applications. The communication application is enabled to receive respective data from the at least two further applications for transmission to a network via a communication interfaces. The respective data received from the at least two further applications is throttled via the respective application token buckets.07-25-2013
20130163431RADIO-AWARENESS OF MOBILE DEVICE FOR SENDING SERVER-SIDE CONTROL SIGNALS USING A WIRELESS NETWORK OPTIMIZED TRANSPORT PROTOCOL - System and method of radio-awareness of mobile device for sending server-side control signals using a wireless network optimized transport protocol are disclosed. One embodiment includes a method of sending a message over an alternate channel to a mobile device in the presence of an open TCP connection with a mobile device, including sending the message over the alternate channel to the mobile device, without utilizing the open TCP connection, responsive to determining that a timing criteria has been met. The alternate channel utilized need not cause a radio of the mobile device to switch on.06-27-2013
20130163430CONGESTION INDUCED VIDEO SCALING - Access nodes and methods adjust a bit rate of a data stream in a communication network. The access nodes and methods have a packet inspection unit configured to inspect one or more of the data packets to determine that the data stream includes video data. A congestion unit is coupled to the packet inspection unit and is configured to determine a level of congestion in the communication network, the level of congestion associated with a capacity of the wireless channel, the level of congestion capable of varying over time, and the capacity of the wireless channel capable of varying with the level of congestion. A video scaling unit is configured to adjust the bit rate of the data stream responsive to the packet inspection unit and the congestion unit.06-27-2013
20130163425SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING BEACON TRAFFIC WITHIN A NETWORK SYSTEM - One embodiment of the present disclosure sets forth an improved way for a node to manage beacon traffic. Specifically, the node determines that a new message is to be transmitted to one or more neighboring nodes. The node assigns a value to the message based on certain message characteristics. The node utilizes this message value to determine whether to unicast the message to each one of the subscribing nodes or to add the message to the node's beacon. If adding the message to the node's beacon results in a beacon length that is above a desired limit, then the node may add a second beacon to carry the new message. One advantage of this approach is that beacon transmission times are kept low in order to reduce the likelihood that the beacon encounters interference from artificial or natural sources, including interference from beacons transmitted by other nodes.06-27-2013
20130163429SYSTEM AND METHOD OF ADAPTIVE CONGESTION MANAGEMENT - A system and method for adaptive congestion management uses measurements of usage of each edge network segment both per-customer and for each edge network segment as a whole. The technique then processes these measurements to determine what changes to make to allowed transfer rates to alleviate congestion. Adaptive congestion management also uses these measurements to determine when to remove any restrictions on transfer rates in the case that the edge network segment is no longer congested.06-27-2013
20090252038FIBRE CHANNEL OVER ETHERNET - The present invention provides methods and devices for implementing a Low Latency Ethernet (“LLE”) solution, also referred to herein as a Data Center Ethernet (“DCE”) solution, which simplifies the connectivity of data centers and provides a high bandwidth, low latency network for carrying Ethernet and storage traffic. Some aspects of the invention involve transforming FC frames into a format suitable for transport on an Ethernet. Some preferred implementations of the invention implement multiple virtual lanes (“VLs”) in a single physical connection of a data center or similar network. Some VLs are “drop” VLs, with Ethernet-like behavior, and others are “no-drop” lanes with FC-like behavior. Some preferred implementations of the invention provide guaranteed bandwidth based on credits and VL. Active buffer management allows for both high reliability and low latency while using small frame buffers. Preferably, the rules for active buffer management are different for drop and no drop VLs.10-08-2009
20090238072METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LOAD BALANCING USING QUEUED PACKET INFORMATION - A computer readable medium including instructions executable by a processor to perform a method, the method including obtaining a packet by a load balancer, obtaining queued packet information for a plurality of target hosts operatively connected to the load balancer, selecting the one of the plurality of target hosts using the queued packet information, and sending the packet to the selected target host using a first communication channel between the load balancer and the selected target host.09-24-2009
20090238071System, method and apparatus for prioritizing network traffic using deep packet inspection (DPI) and centralized network controller - A method, system, and apparatus for prioritizing network traffic according to one embodiment includes receiving a packet addressed to a receiver device from a sender device, and identifying the packet in a network layer to determine an application and/or protocol associated with the packet. The method further includes generating traffic priority information associated with the packet based upon the identifying. The traffic priority information indicates traffic prioritization between the sender device and the receiver device. The method further includes sending the traffic priority information to a network controller. In various embodiments, the packet is identified in the network layer using deep packet inspection.09-24-2009
20090238070METHOD AND SYSTEM TO ADJUST CN CONTROL LOOP PARAMETERS AT A CONGESTION POINT - A method and system to adjust Congestion Notification control loop parameters at a congestion point are provided. The system comprises a monitor to sample a state of a congestion point the congestion point being to receive messages from a reaction point; a history generator to generate an updated reaction to congestion history by consolidating the state of the congestion point with a current reaction to congestion history, the current reaction to congestion history being associated with a current feedback message; a message generator to generate an updated feedback message based on the updated reaction to congestion history; a message update module to replace the current feedback message with the updated feedback message; and a communications module to communicate the updated feedback message to the reaction point.09-24-2009
20090238069DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING PROGRAM STREAM FLOW - A device for controlling program stream flow is described. The device is capable of saving power during computation. The device may include a de-multiplex unit and a direct memory access controller. The de-multiplex unit, for de-multiplexing a plurality of data, may include a request module for generating a request signal. The direct memory access controller is for receiving the request signal. The direct memory access controller obtains a plurality of data from a bus and sends the plurality of data to the de-multiplex unit according to the request signal.09-24-2009
20120230195RELIABLE EVENT BROADCASTER WITH MULTIPLEXING AND BANDWIDTH CONTROL FUNCTIONS - Data may be transmitted in a broadcast mode to multiple devices operating in a network. Efficient utilization of bandwidth while providing a desired level of quality of service is enabled for the applications executing on the devices that utilize the broadcasted data. A set of bandwidth constraints may be utilized in combination with a set of heuristics and rules for the allocation and re-allocation of bandwidth among multiple applications in a manner that minimizes the impact on the quality of service metrics of importance to the affected applications when contention exists for the network resources. Quality of service provided to each application may be degraded smoothly, with certain priorities and guarantees being maintained. Event segmentation and reassembly functions for applications may be provided, as well as reliability mechanisms to increase the ability to provide data to client devices that have not been actively receiving for significant periods of time.09-13-2012
20120230192LINK LAYER RESERVATION OF SWITCH QUEUE CAPACITY - A network switch, in response to receipt from a source station of a Layer 2 reservation request, establishes a reservation for capacity of an ingress queue of the network switch for a data flow of the source station. In response to a queue overrun condition on the ingress queue of the network switch while the reservation is active, the network switch preserves data frames in the data flow of the source station transmitted pursuant to the reservation and discards other data frames.09-13-2012
20090010167Method And System For Controlling Data Flow - A method and system for controlling data flow are provided. The method includes: selecting optional reference data of a flow algorithm to generate configuration information; and performing traffic calculation based on the configuration information to determine hash distribution of the data flow to load balancing links. The flow algorithm is a HASH algorithm. The system includes: a selecting configuring unit, for selecting corresponding reference data according to the optional reference data for the flow algorithm; a controlling information processing unit, for generating a corresponding controlling parameter according to the selected reference data; a forwarding table interface unit, for generating configuration information according to the generated controlling parameter and storing the information in a corresponding forwarding table; a forwarding controlling unit, for completing the traffic calculation according to the configuration information in the forwarding table and determining the hash of the data flow on the load balancing link.01-08-2009
20090010166SERVICE CURVE MAPPING - A method for configuring service curves for managing the output port of a networking device includes the following steps. A multitude of traffic classes is defined, each traffic class being characterized by a bandwidth and a delay priority. A multitude of traffic service curves is computed, each of the plurality of traffic service curves is associated with a different one of the multitude of traffic classes. At least one of the multitude of traffic classes service curves is characterized by a shifted two-piece linear function shifted such that the service curve limits service to during a nonzero time period prior to the start of the two-piece linear function.01-08-2009
20090010164METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ASSIGNING CHANNELS FOR A MULTI-RADIO WIRELESS MESH NETWORK - A method and device for assigning channels for a multi-radio mesh network is disclosed. The network comprises multiple mesh routers. Each mesh router has multiple radios, wherein, between two mesh routers that are within each other's radios transmission ranges, there is a pair of unidirectional links attached to them whose directions are oppositional each other. The method includes following steps: measuring link load of each link by measuring average busy time for the link to transmit data; and assigning a channel to each link based on the link load of the link.01-08-2009
20090010162Flexible and hierarchical dynamic buffer allocation - In one embodiment, a method comprises the following steps: receiving a first set of inputs comprising a first plurality of entities and a first traffic behavior; determining a first region of a buffer corresponding to the first traffic behavior; assigning the first plurality of entities to the first region; determining hierarchical relationships between at least some of the first plurality of entities; determining a first shared buffer space of the first region; and assigning at least one threshold for each of the first plurality of entities. The threshold may comprise a maximum amount of the first shared buffer space that may be allocated to an entity. The method may also involve configuring a logic device to allocate the first shared buffer space dynamically according to the hierarchical relationships and the thresholds.01-08-2009
20090010161Method for Ensuring Service Class of Packet Service and Method of Rate Limitation - The present invention discloses a method for ensuring service classes of packet services, which includes limiting the rate of services with different service classes uploaded to a ringlet from an RPR station in accordance with the RPR physical packet lengths; monitoring, in real time, the rate of non-class A0 services uploaded to the ringlet from the RPR station and forwarded by the RPR station in accordance with the RPR physical packet lengths, and when the rate of the non-class A0 services exceeds the un-reserved rate of the RPR network, reporting a congestion message and adjusting the rate of the non-class A0 services uploaded to the ringlet from the RPR stations in the congestion domain. A method of rate limitation is also disclosed, by which rate limitation is conducted based on a Token Bucket according to the total length of the sent packet after encapsulation. The methods, by means of rate limitation and rate monitoring of the services uploaded to the ringlet from each RPR station according to the RPR physical packet length, can effectively overcome the shortcoming that the reserved bandwidth in the RPR can not be ensured because forwarded services unexpected occupy the bandwidth of the services uploaded to the ringlet at a downstream RPR station due to the physical layer encapsulation overhead.01-08-2009
20090010165APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR LIMITING PACKET TRANSMISSION RATE IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a communication system, a token manager corresponding to a generated or arriving packet is determined, tokens corresponding to a target transmission rate limit are generated, and a corresponding packet is at least one of dropped and provided in consideration of the amount of the tokens created and the size of the generated packet. Through such a method, a packet transmission rate can be limited to the target transmission rate. In addition, when there is traffic of various service classes, service can be differentially provided according to the priorities of the service classes.01-08-2009
20130215750APPARATUS & METHOD - A method of controlling data packet congestion in a data packet network comprises determining a reference flow condition that results in data packet congestion at a node of a data packet network, and identifying a data packet flow having a flow condition substantially equal to the reference flow condition. For such an identified data packet flow the following actions are taken causing a data packet to be dropped from the identified data packet flow, allowing a predetermined number of data packets from the identified data packet flow to proceed, and dropping data packets from the identified data packet flow subsequent to the predetermined number of data packets, until the packets that were not dropped have been delivered to the egress ports of the network.08-22-2013
20130215751METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR PACKET FLOWS IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Logic may compress wireless communications frames and communicate compressed frames that do not include the duplicative bit sequences within the packet flow. Logic may include the compressed frames in flow frames. Logic may generate, encode, transmit, decode, parse, and interpret flow frames after a packet flow is created. Flow frames may comprise a flow frame control field, a compressed frame, and a frame sequence check. Logic may decompress the compressed flow frame based upon flow decompression rules associated with a flow index of the flow frame. Flow frames may include a duration field to set the network allocation vectors of other stations. And the frame sequence check may be generated based upon the entire flow frame.08-22-2013
20100085875METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR PROCESSING PACKETS IN A CREDIT-BASED FLOW CONTROL SCHEME - Methods and systems for processing a second request before processing of a first request has completed. The first request is associated with a first flow control credit type, and the second request is associated with a second flow control credit type. After a period of time, the second request is selected for processing based on the first flow control credit type and the second flow control credit type.04-08-2010
20130163424SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOAD BASED OPTIMIZATION IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - Systems and methods for providing load based optimizations in communication networks are provided. A network device that provides network management and exchanges control messages with other network devices in the communication network can be modified to masquerade as a radio access transceiver to obtain radio access transceiver load information. The network device can be modified to include a radio-related interface and can communicate messages with the radio access transceivers to setup a radio access transceiver connection for exchange of load information. The radio access transceiver load information can then be used in the core network to provide optimizations for the loaded radio access transceivers. The optimizations can include modifying packet flows to decrease the bandwidth needed and switching one or more packet flows to another radio access transceiver.06-27-2013
20130215747MOBILE INTERNET SERVICE SYSTEM FOR LONG DISTANCE TRAINS - Embodiments described herein generally relate to providing communication services to client devices in a transport system. In some examples, methods of providing communication services to client devices in a transport system are described. The methods can include exchanging, among a multiple number of routers provided in a transport system, status information of each of the multiple number of routers. The methods can also include receiving, at a given router included in the multiple number of routers, a communication addressed to a remote server accessible through a first network. The communication may be received from a client device connected to the given router through a second network different than the first network. The methods can also include, based on the status information, routing the communication to the remote server through at least the given router and the first network.08-22-2013
20130215748Intelligent and Scalable Network Monitoring Utilizing a Hierarchy of Devices - Systems and methods for intelligent and scalable network monitoring using a hierarchy of devices are described. In some embodiments, a method may include monitoring network traffic having a first data rate and identifying a portion of that traffic. For example, the network traffic may include packet-based traffic in a mobile telecommunications network (e.g., 3G, 4G, LTE, etc.), and identifying the portion of the traffic may include identifying high-value and/or low-value portions as determined by one or more traffic identification rules (e.g., by user, session, transport protocol, type of content, etc.). The method may also include selecting a network analyzer to receive the high (or low) value traffic, and which may not be capable of and/or configured to analyze packets at the first data rate. Accordingly, the method may further include transmitting the identified traffic portion to the selected analyzer with a second data rate smaller than the first data rate.08-22-2013
20090003213Linked network switch configuration - A network device having a plurality of ports including address resolution logic (ARL), a first switch, a second switch, and a CPU. The first and second switches include groups of ports which are a subset of the plurality of ports and are numbered by different numbering schemes, rate control logic for performing rate control functions related to switching data packets between the network ports, and local communications channels for transmitting messages between the groups of ports and the rate control logic. The first switch is configured to generate a rate control message and relay the rate control message to the second switch, and the second switch is configured to generate a second rate control message based on the first rate control message, where the second rate control message is different than the first message.01-01-2009
20120236721SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR THROTTLING A FABRIC LOGIN IN A FIBRE CHANNEL ADAPTER - A fabric login (FLOGI) in a Fibre Channel (FC) adapter is throttled. The system includes a first tracking mechanism, a second tracking mechanism, a switch, and an FC adapter. The FC adapter comprises three or more FLOGIs and a controller. First and second FLOGI requests are transmitted to the switch and indicate, via a first tracking mechanism, that a first FLOGI associated with the first FLOGI request and a second FLOGI associated with the second FLOGI request are active. A third FLOGI request is queued until the first FLOGI request or the second FLOGI request is processed by the switch and indicates, via a second tracking mechanism, that a third FLOGI associated with a third FLOGI request is queued.09-20-2012
20120236720DOWNLOADING VIDEO IN MOBILE NETWORKS - A method and network entity for downloading detected video packets. A minimum bit rate MinBR equals ViBR+M, where M≧0 is a configurable bit rate margin from an estimated video bit rate ViBR. A specific bit rate SBR is greater than MinBR. The method uses MinBR and SBR as a minimum bit rate limit and a maximum bit rate limit respectively between which the bit rate for delivering video in case of congestion is defined. The method can further compare the predefined specific bit rate with a real throughput of the user requesting video download with a QoS profile, and if there is congestion and if the throughput is larger than or equal to SBR, the priority value of a QoS profile to be used for downloading video in case of congestion.09-20-2012
20120236719WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE CONTROL METHOD - A wireless communication device, including a radio transceiver data configured to transmit and to receive data packets to and from a base station, and a processor configured to compute a proportional hidden standby time being computed on the basis of at least two of from among a proportional exposed communication time, a proportional exposed collision time, and a proportional exposed standby time, to compute a predicted PER from the proportional hidden standby time computed; to compute a threshold value for the number of retransmission attempts on the basis of the predicted PER computed, and to cause the radio transceiver to repeat transmission of a data packet to the base station until the number of transmissions exceeds the threshold value computed in the case of failed transmission of a data packet to the base station by the radio transceiver.09-20-2012
20120236717DYNAMIC CONTROL OF CELL RESELECTION PARAMETERS - Providing for dynamic cell resource management in wireless networking is described herein. By way of example, user terminal access parameters can be dynamically modified based on changing load conditions at one or more cells of a wireless network. For instance, resource capacity of a wireless network cell can be monitored over time to identify a potential resource overload condition. If such a condition occurs, a load management algorithm can be executed that progressively restricts or de-restricts user terminal access parameters based on changing load conditions. In particular aspects, the load management algorithm can analyze relative cell load of neighboring cells to implement coordinated load sharing. By dynamically modifying user access parameters, traffic can be directed toward or away from cells operating at low or high capacity, respectively.09-20-2012
20120236716PROFILE-BASED QUALITY OF SERVICE FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A profile-based quality of service (QoS) priority assignment mechanism can be implemented in a wireless communication network. In one embodiment, a plurality of network identifiers (e.g., SSIDs) associated with a plurality of client network devices that are communicatively coupled with an access point of the wireless communication network are determined. It is further determined which QoS profile of a plurality of QoS profiles supported by the access point is associated with each network identifier associated with each of the plurality of client network devices. A plurality of pending communications associated with the plurality of network devices are detected. A QoS transmission priority level is assigned to each of the pending communications associated with the plurality of network devices based, at least in part, on the QoS profile associated with each pending communication. A transmission of data associated with one of the plurality of pending communications is initiated based, at least in part, on the QoS transmission priority level assigned to each pending communication.09-20-2012
20130163428METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IMPROVED TCP PERFORMANCE OVER MOBILE DATA NETWORKS - Performance of transport protocols over a mobile data network is improved by a mobile accelerator, which performs protocol optimizations on-the-fly without requiring any modification to server or client protocol implementations in the operating systems of the server or client. The proposed mobile accelerator is compatible with existing TCP protocol implementations at the server and the client device, without server/client OS modification.06-27-2013
20110110236Multiple Logical Channels for Use in Network Devices - A method for establishing a virtual channel between network devices is disclosed. In the case of a local network device establishing a virtual channel with a remote network device, a virtual channel request message is sent from the local network device to the remote network device. A virtual channel acknowledgement message and a remote capability list are received and a virtual channel resume message and a local capability list are sent. The virtual channel is then enabled. In the case of a remote network device establishing a virtual channel with a local network device, a virtual channel request message is received from a local network device by a remote network device. A virtual channel acknowledgement message and a remote capability list are sent and a virtual channel resume message and a local capability list are received. The virtual channel is then enabled.05-12-2011
20090213734PACKET TRANSMISSION DEVICE - A packet transmission device including plural queues for storing packets to be transmitted is provided. The device includes a token storage section for storing queue information for identifying a queue and an accumulated token value in which token values assigned to the queue are accumulated so as to obtain correspondence therebetween and a capture section for identifying one or both of an unused queue and a queue in which the accumulated token value exceeds a given upper limit value and capturing the queue information thereof. The device includes a selection section for selecting the queue information of the unidentified queue on the basis of the queue information captured using the capture section and an addition section for adding the accumulated token value of the token storage section on the basis of the queue information selected using the selection section.08-27-2009
20090323528Method and Apparatus to Inspect Wireless Traffic and Mitigate Packet Elimination for Wireless Saturation Avoidance - A method for controlling packet flow in a packet transmission network. The method includes determining a parameter representative of packet congestion on the network, and adjusting a flow of packets onto the network in accordance with such parameter. The adjusting is a function of the time history of the parameter and the time average of such parameter relative to predetermined threshold levels. The adjusting selects one of a plurality of states, transitions between the states being a function of the time history of the parameter and the time average of such parameter relative to predetermined threshold levels.12-31-2009
20090059788Method and Apparatus for Dynamic Adaptation of Network Transport - An intermediate device of a network includes network and transport layers, a dispatcher, a splitter and a connections database. The splitter intercepts a message packet in the network layer and modifies the network routing header and transport header of the message packet to form a modified message packet. The dispatcher receives modified message packets from the transport layer, recovers information from the message packets, passes the modified message packets back to the transport layer and adapts the transport layer to adapt communication dependent upon the information recovered from the message packets. The connections database stores the original source address, the original destination address, the original source port identifier and the original destination port identifier of an incoming message packet. A message packet is modified, with reference to the connections database, so that message packets from the first and second nodes are routed through the dispatcher.03-05-2009
20110261697NETWORK DATA CONGESTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A system to manage data congestion in a computer network may include network devices to route data packets throughout the network. The system may also include a source node that sends data packets to any of the network devices. The system may further include a routing table at each network device that is updated by the source node, and the route the data packets are sent by any network device is based upon each respective routing table.10-27-2011
20110188376APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING DATA FLOWS BASED ON INDICATION OF SELECTION CRITERIA - An apparatus and method for allocating a data flow based on selection criteria including receiving at least one policy including at least one indication for selecting an access from two or more of available accesses; determining a selection criterion based on the data flow; and selecting the access based on the determined selection criterion and the at least one indication. In one example, the selection criterion is one of the following: a bandwidth requirement for the data flow, an application generating the data flow, a protocol used to carry the data flow, a file size, an application name/ID, a role ID, or a throughput of the data flow. In one example, the policy is a management object (MO) received from an Access Network Discovery and Selection Function (ANDSF) module and the selected access is for a wireless local area network (WLAN), a LTE network or for a 3GPP service.08-04-2011
20100014425METHOD FOR BALANCING OF MODEM LOAD - A method for achieving load balance of a modem (01-21-2010
20100014423Transmission in a Shared Medium Having Different Access Modes - A method of controlling access in a telecommunication network in which a communication medium, such as a set of frequencies, time slots, or codes, is shared among a plurality of mobile units. Transmissions from the mobile units utilize different access modes, such as a direct access mode and a scheduled access mode. Additionally, the transmissions are divided into different communication types, each having an associated priority. A mode access control unit determines for each priority, which access mode to utilize for the associated communication type. Mobile units having data to transmit access the shared communication medium utilizing the access mode determined for the priority of the communication type to which the data belongs.01-21-2010
20110280128GROUP CONFERENCE SYSTEM, CONFERENCE SERVER, SESSION SWITCHING CONTROL METHOD AND SESSION SWITCHING CONTROL PROGRAM - In switching of a conference server in a group conference system, switching of a session of each terminal device is completed smoothly in as a short time period as possible without imposing loads on a call control server.11-17-2011
20090141630METHOD FOR MONITORING DATA CONGESTION IN A COMPUTER NETWORK WITH MULTIPLE NODES AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING DATA TRANSMISSION IN THE COMPUTER NETWORK - A method for monitoring data congestion in a computer network with multiple nodes and for controlling data transmission in the computer network. The method includes generating a congestion notification by the node which detects a data congestion and transmitting the congestion notification to the data source which is involved in the data congestion. The method also includes generating in the data source a congestion value which indicates how severe the data congestion is, and storing in a worst case array of the data source those congestion values which indicate the most severe data congestions.06-04-2009
20130163432Technique for Determining Transport Capacity Required to Achieve Controllable Worst Case Throughput - A link in a communications network is provisioned with a particular bandwidth capacity determined as a function of a “sub-par customer data fraction. ” The sub-par data fraction is given by a) the amount of data transferred under sub-par condition divided by b) the total data transferred, where “sub-par condition” means that data is transferred below a given target bit rate.06-27-2013
20130163426FORWARDING ELEMENT FOR FLEXIBLE AND EXTENSIBLE FLOW PROCESSING IN SOFTWARE-DEFINED NETWORKS - A network device acting as a forwarding element within a software-defined network receives a representation of configurable flow table definitions and configurable logic for selecting between flow tables. The network device creates a flow table based on each of the configurable flow table definitions and installs the configurable logic for selecting between flow tables. The network device receives data to populate configurable key columns and action columns of the flow tables and populates the flow tables using that data. The network device then selects from forwarding decisions for packets according to the configurable logic for selecting between flow tables, the flow tables, and each packet's values in relevant header fields required by the configurable logic.06-27-2013
20130163427SYSTEM FOR FLEXIBLE AND EXTENSIBLE FLOW PROCESSING IN SOFTWARE-DEFINED NETWORKS - A system for flexible and extensible flow processing includes a first network device to act as a controller within a software-defined network. The first network device receives a processing definition, translates the processing definition to create a parser configuration package and transmit the parser configuration package to a plurality of forwarding elements, and transmit data to populate flow tables within the plurality of forwarding elements. The system also includes a second and third network device, each acting as a flow switching enabled forwarding element and able to receive a parser configuration package from the first network device. The second network device compiles the parser configuration package into machine code, which is executed on a processor to perform packet processing. The third network device includes a co-processor to execute the parser configuration package to perform packet processing. The parser configuration package includes representations of header, table definition, and stack instructions.06-27-2013
20090252037QUALITY OF SERVICE FOR iSCSI - A system adapted to provide quality of service (QoS) for an iSCSI environment including one or more initiators and one or more targets. Each initiator includes an iSCSI initiator and a TCP layer. The iSCSI initiator includes a QoS shaper for shaping one or more iSCSI PDUs according to QoS policies. The TCP layer includes a QoS marker for marking the PDUs according to the QoS policies. The target includes a first and second QoS component. The first QoS component is in an iSCSI target and handles I/O resources. The first QoS component shapes read commands and write commands according to QoS policies. The second QoS component is in a TCP layer and handles network resources. iSCSI PDUs are shaped and marked according to QoS policies of iSCSI. The QoS policies used by the initiators and targets include policies for network resources and policies for I/O resources.10-08-2009
20100309786MANAGING A NETWORK FLOW USING APPLICATION CLASSIFICATION INFORMATION AND ACTIVE SIGNALING RELAY - Techniques for classifying and managing network flows associated with a network service using application classification information and active signaling relay are described. A network device, for example, includes a signaling interceptor and a network flow interface. The signaling interceptor monitors a communication between a customer device and an application server, and identifies a network flow associated with a network service provided to the customer device by the application server. The network flow interface applies a policy to the identified network flow. An active signaling relay module communicates with the application server using data injected within the signaling communications, and utilizes the injected data to further control the network flows and the delivery of the network service.12-09-2010
20100128607METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR BUFFER-TO-BUFFER CREDIT RECOVERY IN FIBRE CHANNEL SYSTEMS USING VIRTUAL AND/OR PSEUDO VIRTUAL LANES - A method and system for distributing credit using a fibre channel switch element is provided. The switch element includes, a wait threshold counter that is used to set up a status for a port that has to wait for certain duration to send a frame due to lack of buffer to buffer credit; a credit module that controls buffer to buffer credit for a transmit segment of the fibre channel switch element; and a virtual lane credit module with a counter that is incremented every time a frame assigned to a virtual lane is sent and decreased every time a VC_RDY is received. The method includes, determining if a VC_RDY primitive is received; and allocating credit to a virtual lane that is not at its maximum credit, after the VC_RDY primitive is received.05-27-2010
20090310487SYSTEM AND METHOD OF LOAD DEPENDENT RATE POLICING - A system, method and node for rate policing of bearers in a network. The method includes the steps of associating individual bearers from a first plurality of bearers with a first bit rate limit and a maximum bit rate, MBR, setting a load level for the first plurality of bearers in the communication network, determining an actual load in the communication network, wherein the actual load depends on the first plurality of bearers, and determining if the actual load is below the set load level. If the actual load is below the set load level the individual bearers from said first plurality of bearers are policed based on the associated MBR for the individual bearers. Else policing of the individual bearers is based on the first limit for the bit rate associated with the individual bearers.12-17-2009
20090310488HIERARCHICAL MESH NETWORK FOR WIRELESS ACCESS - A wireless mesh network is configured as a multiple-level hierarchical network, with each level of the hierarchy having a plurality of nodes. Several clusters of nodes each acting as access points may be organized in numerous first-level meshes, with each of the first-level meshes being coupled to a second-level mesh having nodes that act as gateways to the first-level meshes. The number of nodes in each of the first-level and second-level meshes may be limited to a predetermined number of nodes during configuration in order to improve the performance of the mesh network.12-17-2009
20090310486NETWORK DATA TRANSPORT MULTIPLEXER BUS WITH GLOBAL AND LOCAL OPTIMIZATION OF CAPACITY ALLOCATION - Systems and methods enable maximizing network data throughput via optimizing network capacity allocation. The network throughput maximization system comprises a network transporting data from source nodes to a destination node of the network, buffers for buffering data bytes to be sent from the source nodes to the destination node, and distributed algorithms performed by the destination and source node that cyclically optimize allocation of the network capacity among the source nodes according to the amounts of data bytes written in the buffers at the source nodes. The network data transport capacity allocation optimization method comprises steps of buffering at network source nodes data bytes to be transported to a network destination node, and cyclically optimizing by the destination and source nodes the data transport capacity allocation among the source nodes based on the relative volumes of bytes written in the source node buffers associated with the destination node.12-17-2009
20090285098SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LOAD BALANCING STORAGE SYSTEM REQUESTS IN A MULTI-PATH ENVIRONMENT BASED ON TRANSFER SPEED OF THE MULTIPLE PATHS - Methods and systems for distributing I/O requests from a computer system to a storage system over multiple paths having non-homogeneous transfer speeds. A large I/O request is partitioned into a plurality of smaller I/O operations between a computer system and a storage system. The I/O operations are distributed over a plurality of communication paths coupling the computer system and the storage system. The distribution attempts to balance the load over the multiple paths based on the transfer speed of each path. In one embodiment, operations are distributed only to the highest speed paths presently operable. In another embodiment, an estimated completion time for an operation is determined for each path and a path with the lowest estimated completion time is selected to transfer the next operation.11-19-2009
20110128852Method and Apparatus for Communicating Unicast PQoS DFID Information - Methods and apparatus for communicating unicast PQoS DFID information in a MoCA network are disclosed. In a transmitting apparatus, values are assigned in a first set of fields of a reservation request element, the first set adapted to indicate a unicast PQoS flow with a DFID value. Values are assigned in a second set of fields of the reservation request element, the second set adapted to represent the DFID value. A message comprising the reservation request element is transmitted to a network coordinator. In a receiving network coordinator, a message comprising a reservation request element is received, the reservation request element comprising a first set of fields and a second set of fields. It is determined whether the first set is indicative of a unicast PQoS flow with a DFID value. The DFID value is determined from the second set if the first set is indicative of a unicast PQoS flow with a DFID value.06-02-2011
20120082033DYNAMIC CONTROL OF AIR INTERFACE THROUGHPUT - A method and network node for dynamically controlling throughput over an air interface between a mobile terminal and a radio telecommunication system. The method detects a type of service being utilized by the mobile terminal, and dynamically selects a target delay for the traffic between a base station and the mobile terminal. The detecting may be done by a Deep Packet Inspection (DPI) engine implemented in a core network node such as a Gateway GPRS Support Node (GGSN). When the mobile terminal activates a delay-sensitive service, the target delay is dynamically changed to a smaller value to reduce latency. When the mobile terminal deactivates all delay-sensitive services, the target delay is dynamically changed to a larger value to increase throughput.04-05-2012
20120087242SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR THROTTLING A FABRIC LOGIN IN A FIBRE CHANNEL ADAPTER - Systems and methods for throttling a fabric login (FLOGI) in a Fibre Channel (FC) adapter are provided. One system includes a first tracking mechanism, a second tracking mechanism, a switch, and a FC adapter. The FC adapter comprises three or more FLOGIs and a controller configured to perform the below method. One method includes transmitting first and second FLOGI requests to the switch and indicating, via a first tracking mechanism, that a first FLOGI associated with the first FLOGI request and a second FLOGI associated with the second FLOGI request are active. The method further includes queuing a third FLOGI request until the first FLOGI request or the second FLOGI request is processed by the switch and indicating, via a second tracking mechanism, that a third FLOGI associated with the third FLOGI request is queued. Also provided are computer storage mediums including computer code for performing the above method.04-12-2012
20110286331Differentiated Services Code Point Mirroring For Wireless Communications - The DSCP Mirroring System enables the automatic reuse of the Differentiated Services Code Point header by the user devices that are served by a network to enable delivery of wireless services to the individually identified user wireless devices and manage the various data traffic and classes of data to optimize or guarantee performance, low latency, and/or bandwidth without the overhead of the management of the Differentiated Services Code Point header.11-24-2011
20110286333FEEDBACK CONTROL FOR MULTICAST OR BROADCAST SERVICES - The invention relates to a method for controlling feedback of mobile terminals receiving via an air interface of a mobile communication system a multicast or broadcast service transmitted or forwarded by a feedback control entity and to a mobile terminal, the feedback control entity using this method. Further, a system comprising a feedback control entity and a mobile terminal receiving a multicast or broadcast service is provided. To enable configurable and adaptive feedback for multicast or broadcast services provided via an air interface maintaining the end-to-end session concept the invention suggests selecting a subset of the mobile terminals of the mobile communication system and which receive the multicast or broadcast service for providing feedback to a feedback control entity. In one embodiment of the invention the terminals may decide whether to provide feedback based on a probabilistic experiment performed based on parameters determined and provided by the feedback control entity.11-24-2011
20110286332Flow control apparatus, network system, network control method, and program - A flow control apparatus that sends control information to one or more switching node apparatuses, where the control information is assigned to each series of communications performed between terminal devices via the switching node apparatuses. The flow control apparatus includes an effective time setting unit that sets an effective time of the control information based on an elapsed time measured from when the terminal devices which perform the series of communications start a communication via a specific one of the switching node apparatuses, in a manner such that the longer the elapsed time, the longer the effective time; and a sending unit that sends the control information every time when the effective time has elapsed.11-24-2011
20110286330Hardware Filtering of Unsolicited Grant Service Extended Headers - A system and method is presented that uses hardware at a central node to determine if bandwidth being provided to a remote node in accordance with an unsolicited grant service (UGS) flow requires adjustment. In one embodiment, the hardware performs this function by comparing information in two consecutively-received UGS extended headers from the same remote device. If the information in the current and previous UGS extended headers differ, then an indication is provided to software of the central node that the bandwidth being provided to the remote node requires adjustment.11-24-2011
20100260049Limiting RLC Window Size in The HSDPA Flow Control - In one aspect, a method and apparatus are disclosed that can provide an efficient and robust HSDPA flow control solution. The RNC (10-14-2010
20130021905CONTROLLING TRAFFIC FLOW TEMPLATE GENERATION - It is indicated which filters are to be used for a traffic flow template generation, in rules informing a communications network about resources authorized for a user of the communications network. A gateway combines the rules to a bearer providing access to the communications network, and generates a traffic flow template for the bearer out of filters which are indicated to be used for traffic flow template generation for the bearer in the rules.01-24-2013
20120099428QUALITY OF SERVICE MANAGEMENT IN A FIXED WIRELESS CUSTOMER PREMISES NETWORK - A method, performed by a fixed wireless router device, may include receiving a packet from a Long Term Evolution network, where the packet is associated with a particular Long Term Evolution Quality of Service class and mapping the particular Long Term Evolution Quality of Service class to a particular Differentiated Services Core Point Quality of Service class. The method may further include assigning a Differentiated Services Core Point Quality of Service class to the packet based on the particular Differentiated Services Core Point Quality of Service class and forwarding the packet to particular device associated with a customer premises network serviced by the fixed wireless router device, based on a priority associated with the assigned Differentiated Services Core Point Quality of Service class.04-26-2012
20110299393Adaptive CQI-based HSDPA flow control method - The adaptive CQI-based HSDPA flow control method selectively eliminates flow control to greatly improve scheduler performance and increase the overall system throughput at low traffic load in a 3G High Speed Downlink Packet Access system. The method utilizes channel quality information (CQI) to predict potential handover conditions and adjusts the degree of flow control applied to classes of users to tune buffer levels accordingly. By regulating buffer levels, the adaptive HSDPA flow control method improves scheduler performance and significantly reduces handover data loss, thereby enhancing the effective Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) throughput.12-08-2011
20110299396METHOD, APPARATUS, AND NETWORK SYSTEM FOR MULTI-PORT LOAD SHARING - The present invention relates to network communications technologies, and discloses a method, an apparatus, and a network system for multi-port load sharing. The method includes: receiving packets destined for a destination; searching an address port mapping table for corresponding logical egress port information according to destination address information carried in the packets; searching a logical port table for information about a corresponding load sharing group according to the logical egress port information, where the load sharing group includes at least two physical ports and each physical port corresponds to at least two subchannels; and encapsulating the packets into at least one subchannel corresponding to each physical port in the load sharing group respectively according to a preset load sharing policy, and forwarding the packets to the destination through the corresponding physical port. The embodiments of the present invention are applicable to network communications.12-08-2011
20110299395Traffic Control for Roaming Subscribers - A method of controlling load within a cellular telecommunications network due to packet data traffic, where packet data traffic associated with subscribers roaming in said network is broken out to respective access gateways in the subscribers home networks. The method comprises, within said cellular telecommunications network, identifying peer networks whose subscribers are currently roaming in the network. Upon detection of a congestion event within the network, a notification is caused to be sent to one or more of said peer networks. Upon receipt of the notification at the or each peer network, a reduction in the packet data traffic bandwidth available to those of said roaming subscribers belonging to the peer network is caused, wherein the packet data traffic associated with those subscribers in said cellular telecommunications is reduced.12-08-2011
20110299394Translating Between An Ethernet Protocol And A Converged Enhanced Ethernet Protocol - Translating between an Ethernet protocol used by a first network component and a Converged Enhanced Ethernet (CEE) protocol used by a second network component, the first and second components coupled through a CEE Converter that translates by: for data flow from the first network component to the second network component: receiving, by the CEE converter, traffic flow definition parameters for a single CEE protocol data flow; calculating, by a credit manager, available buffer space in an outbound frame buffer of the CEE converter for the data flow; communicating, by the credit manager to a CEE credit driver of the first component, the calculated size of the buffer space together with a start sequence number and a flow identifier; and responding, by the CEE credit driver to the CEE converter, with Ethernet frames comprising a private header that includes the flow identifier and a sequence number.12-08-2011
20110299392QUALITY OF SERVICE AWARE RATE THROTTLING OF DELAY TOLERANT TRAFFIC FOR ENERGY EFFICIENT ROUTING - The invention is directed to energy-efficient network processing of delay tolerant data packet traffic. Embodiments of the invention determine if an aggregate of time critical traffic flow rates and minimum rates for meeting QoS requirements of delay tolerant traffic flows exceeds a combined optimal rate of packet processing engines of a network processor. In the affirmative case, embodiments set the processing rate of individual packet processing engines to a minimum rate, such that the cumulative rate of the packet processing engines meets the aggregate rate, and schedule the delay tolerant flows to meet their respective minimum rates. Advantageously, by throttling the processing rate of only delay tolerant traffic, energy consumption of network processors can be reduced while at the same time QoS requirements of the delay tolerant traffic and time critical traffic can be met.12-08-2011
20120008501HSPA Relative Bit-Rate AIMD-Based QoS Profiling - A method is disclosed for controlling, according to an additive increase multiplicative decrease (AIMD) principle, the bandwidth sharing among contending traffic flows over a transport network between a radio network controller and a radio base station. According to the method, a relative bit-rate (RBR) is determined (01-12-2012
20090201814COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, RECORDING MEDIUM STORING COMMUNICATION CONTROL PROGRAM - A communication control apparatus has a setting unit for setting a receiving filter for discarding a broadcast frame received continuously not less than a predetermined threshold during a predetermined N number of time slots.08-13-2009
20090201813METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR TCP FLOW CONTROL - A communication entity is located at one end of a high latency communication link to support Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) communications between a first transceiver entity and a second transceiver entity. The communication entity comprises proxy logic arranged to inspect a received segment and, in response to identifying that the received segment does not contain data, the proxy logic transparently allows a plurality of synchronising segments to pass between the first transceiver entity and the second transceiver entity through the proxy logic such that the proxy logic generates locally at least one acknowledgement message based on the synchronising segments and the inspected received segment.08-13-2009
20130215744Environmental Aware PCI Management - Geographical coordinates for a cell are obtained based upon the location of the cell, generating a physical layer cell identity matrix for the cell based upon a subset of physical layer cell values allocated for the location of the cell which is performed to eliminate interference among primary and secondary synchronization signaling for the cell based upon a subset of physical layer cell values allocated for the location of the cell, using one of the cell identities contained in the generated matrix for the new cell which is mapped to the location of the new cell and monitoring for physical layer cell color code collisions among neighboring cells reported by one or more user equipment in range of the new cell and neighboring cells, and if a collision occurs regenerate a physical layer cell matrix using unallocated physical layer cell values for the location of the new cell.08-22-2013
20110110233NETWORK SYSTEM, NODE, PACKET FORWARDING METHOD, PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - There is proposed a network system and the like achieving a packet relay transmission with high relay transmission efficiency according to Intermittent Periodic Transmit method (IPT). In order to achieve Intermittent Periodic Transmit in a mesh cluster, a communication control unit of a core node selects one of a plurality of communication units according to downlink priority and causes the selected communication unit to transmit a packet with a periodic interval. In order to transmit a packet from the core node to another slave node, a communication control unit of a slave node selects one of the communication units according to downlink priority, and in order to transmit a packet from a slave node to the core node, the communication control unit of the slave node selects one of the communication units according to uplink priority. Then, the communication control unit causes the selected communication unit to transmit the packet.05-12-2011
20110292801CONTROLLING BANDWIDTH SHARE - There is proposed a modification to the ECN protocol to remove the one-to-one relationship between the network signalling congestion and the sender response to that congestion. The result is to allow a receiver terminal to exhibit some control of bandwidth share relative to other receiver terminals. The idea is to calculate the average CE arrival frequency from received data packets and to set ECE flags at a rate determined as a function of the average CE arrival frequency. Preferably, the function is a multiplier applied to the average CE arrival frequency. The effect of averaging the CE arrival frequency as well as application of a multiplier is a decoupling of the ECE marked ACKs sent by a receiver to the sender, and control of the resulting transmission rate at the sender.12-01-2011
20110292802System and Method for Automatic Throttling of Resources in an Information Handling System Chassis - Systems and methods for automatic throttling of resources in an information handling system are disclosed. A method may include determining whether a first throttling condition exists, the first throttling condition existing when a chassis management controller fails to communicate a clock or synchronization signal to one or more devices in an information handling system chassis for a particular duration of time. The method may also include determining whether a second throttling condition exists, the second throttling condition existing when the chassis management controller fails to communicate data to one or more devices in the information system handling chassis. The method may further include throttling a resource in the information handling system chassis if at least one of the first throttling condition and the second throttling condition exists.12-01-2011
20110292800Systems and Methods For Controlling Data Transmission Rates - The present application discloses systems and methods for adapting the rate at which the packets are transmitted. In one embodiment, the method includes: (a) receiving a packet; (b) determining whether the packet is high priority packet or a low priority packet; and (c) determining whether a transmission rate value, which defines the maximum rate or maximum average rate at which the node should transmit the low priority packets, should be adjusted, wherein the determination is based, at least in part, on whether at least some number of high priority packets and/or bits was received since a point in time; and (d) adjusting the transmission rate value if it is determined in step (c) that the transmission rate value should be adjusted.12-01-2011
20110292799Handling of Overloads and Handovers in a Communications Network - The present invention refers to handling of an overload in a communications network and to handling of handovers occurring after the handling of handovers in the communications net work, wherein said communications network is based upon a tree topology providing several levels of nodes in said communications network. According to the present invention, in formation about an overload is provided through several levels of nodes in communications network, starting from the node, with regard to which said overload has occurred, and ending with nodes being located in levels arranged upside the level, in which the overload occurred, and being connected directly or indirectly with the node, with regard to which said overload has occurred. When handling a handover from a cell in a node, which is affected by the overload, the handover will be allowed only if the cell comprises at least one node, which is also affected by the overload.12-01-2011
20090219815Self-Adapting Mechanism for Managing Data Streams in a Multiple Access Shared Network - A method and a system for managing the transmission of data streams by a terminal of a multiple-access shared communications network, said data streams being structured as data frames and comprising at least one priority data stream and at least one non-priority data stream. The method comprises the steps of determining a congestion state of said multiple-access shared network, and managing the transmission by said station of said priority and non-priority data streams as a function of said congestion state.09-03-2009
20080247315Flooding of Data Packets in a Switching Telecommunications Device - A technique is described for flooding data packets in a telecommunication switching device comprising a plurality of interface blades. The technique comprises arranging a logical ring by interconnecting a group of interface blades of the telecommunication switching device, wherein the interface blades of the group comprise all leaf ports of the telecommunication device. Upon receiving a packet with un known destination at a particular interface blade of the logical ring, the packet is forwarded along the logical ring using unicast transmission. At each of the interface blades holding at least one leaf port, the packet is fed to at least one leaf port of the interface blade. The technique both ensures that the packet will be received at its destination via any of the leaf ports, and prevents burst flooding in the telecommunication switching device.10-09-2008
20100260051Adaptive Voice Packetization - A method is presented for adapting the packet size for VoIP communications, determined on-the-fly by the total network delay inherent at the time of packet transmission. If network delays are small relative to the maximum permissible latency for VoIP communications, the payload size per packet may be increased to maximize efficiency for the transmitted call. Alternatively, if network delays are large, the payload size per packet may be decreased in order to assure that the perceived quality of the transmitted call is acceptable.10-14-2010
20090003211Method and System for Efficient Provisioning of Multiple Services for Multiple Failure Restoration in Multi-Layer Mesh Networks - A method and system for efficiently provisioning a multiple service, multiple layer mesh network in a manner enabling restoration from multiple failures.01-01-2009
20080279103Network Availability Enhancement Technique for Packet Transport Networks - A packet communications network that transports a plurality of traffic over a plurality of server transport paths from a source to a destination, the network comprising: using a load distribution method to distribute each instance of traffic to an individual transport path, thereby avoiding reordering at the destination; enabling all the transport paths to carry the traffic; allowing the network to provision a preferred traffic distribution through a policy setting; and redistributing the traffic when a condition on one of the transport paths changes. Also disclosed is a composite transport group component comprising: a processor configured to implement a method comprising: receiving a server trail failure notification message; and performing a dynamic redistribution of traffic over a plurality of server trails, thereby transporting substantially all of the traffic associated with a class of traffic transported over the server trail associated with the server trail failure notification message.11-13-2008
20080310307IP converged system and packet processing method therein - An IP converged system includes a VoIP ALG module and a policer module. The VoIP ALG module acquires dynamically changing RTP IP/port information of a packet by parsing a VoIP SIP message, and transmits the RTP IP/port information to the policer module. The policer module sets IP/port, which provides a real-time data service, by referring to the information from the VoIP ALG module, and discriminatively sets a packet processing condition for a non-real-time data service and a packet processing condition for the real-time data service. The VoIP ALG module and the policer module share RTP IP/port information, dynamically determined by the negotiation between VoIP gateways or VoIP terminals, in call setup/release, so that the policer can discriminately drop or mark VoIP packets by referring to the RTP IP/port information.12-18-2008
20100232293Uplink congestion detection and control between nodes in a radio access network - Congestion in a radio access network (RAN) associated with transporting uplink information originating from one or more mobile terminals is detected. That detected RAN congestion is reduced using any suitable technique (several examples are described) and may be implemented in one or more nodes in the RAN. One advantageous (but non-limiting) application is to a RAN that supports high speed uplink packet access (HSUPA) and/or one or more enhanced uplink dedicated channels (E-DCHs).09-16-2010
20100054126METER-BASED HIERARCHICAL BANDWIDTH SHARING - Example methods and apparatus for hierarchical bandwidth management are disclosed. An example method includes, receiving a data packet included in a first data traffic flow and determining if a first rate of traffic of the first data traffic flow is less than or equal to a first threshold. In the event the first rate of traffic is less than or equal to the first threshold, the example method includes marking the data packet with a first marker type. In the event the first rate of traffic is greater than the first threshold, the example method includes marking the data packet with a second marker type. The method further includes receiving a second data traffic flow having a second rate of traffic and combining the first data traffic flow and the second data traffic flow to produce a third data traffic flow. In the event the data packet is marked with the first marker type, the data packet is forwarded in the third data flow. The example method also includes determining whether a third rate of traffic of the third data traffic flow is less than or equal to a second threshold. In the event the data packet is marked with the second marker type and the third rate of traffic is less than or equal to the second threshold, the example method includes changing the second marker type to the first marker type and forwarding the data packet in the third data flow. The example method still further includes, in the event the data packet is marked with the second marker type and the third rate of traffic is greater than the second threshold, discarding the data packet.03-04-2010
20100034086METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESIZING A TRUNK IN A NETWORK - A method and apparatus for resizing a trunk in a network are disclosed. For example, the method sets one or more target utilization levels for one or more trunks, and gathers trunk load data from one or more switches in the network in accordance with a pre-determined time period. The method evaluates the trunk load data in accordance with one or more trigger points for resizing the one or more trunks, wherein the one or more trigger points is based on the one or more target utilization levels. The method then resizes the one or more trunks if the one or more trigger points are reached or exceeded.02-11-2010
20100034088COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A communication apparatus of the present invention is used in the network where data communication is performed, and includes: a priority data information holding section for holding, in advance, QoS setting information corresponding to domain names, which QoS setting information is necessary to perform QoS setting for data communicated in the network; a control packet snooping section for snooping on a DNS packet received from a DNS server, and obtaining a domain name contained in the DNS packet; and a priority control setting section for, when QoS setting information corresponding to the obtained domain name is contained in the QoS setting information held in the priority data information holding section, performing, based on the QoS setting information, QoS setting for data communication performed by a communication apparatus which is the transmission source of the DNS packet. Thus, the communication apparatus of the present invention can reduce processing load for QoS setting for an AV flow which is used in real time communication, and can detect even an AV flow for which an unpublished protocol or the like is used.02-11-2010
20100232294EARLY GENERATION OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS FOR FLOW CONTROL - One or more flow control modules, implemented on various types of network topologies, provide a number of functionalities for controlling the flow of IP packets (such as TCP/IP packets) over a network connection. The flow control modules may be implemented within a sender and/or receiver or may be deployed into a network as a separate device without requiring significant additional resources.09-16-2010
20090232000NETWORK CONTROLLER AND CONTROL METHOD WITH FLOW ANALYSIS AND CONTROL FUNCTION (As Amended) - A network controller, capable of high-speed extraction of malicious traffic from networks and determining characteristics of such traffic, includes a unit for accumulating a number of packets for each arbitrary itemset included in the header portions of packets to be transferred, and a unit for determining whether the accumulated value obtained by the accumulating unit exceeds a predetermined threshold, and determines the types of packets to be transferred from accumulated values of the itemset and an itemset different from the itemset when the number of packets exceed a threshold.09-17-2009
20100091654Method For Controlling Path Switching In Wireless Communication System, And Controller And Wireless Base Station In That System - In a wireless communication system including a wireless terminal, a plurality of wireless base stations that wirelessly communicate with the wireless terminal, and a controller that changes the path used for communication with the wireless terminal from a first path via a first wireless base station to a second path via a second wireless base station, the controller monitors the amount of remaining data to the wireless terminal at the first wireless base station, controls to the timing to change to the second path according to the monitor result.04-15-2010
20080239963BYPASSING ROUTING STACKS USING MOBILE INTERNET PROTOCOL - Methods, systems and computer program products for load balancing using Mobile Internet Protocol (IP) Version 6 are provided. A request for a connection is received from a client at a routing stack. A Mobile IP Version 6 Binding Update message is transmitted from the routing stack to the client responsive to the received request. The Binding Update message identifies a selected target stack so as to allow the client to communicate directly with the target stack bypassing the routing stack.10-02-2008
20080239962NETWORK RESOURCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD, AND RADIO CONTROL APPARATUS - RNC includes an RNSAP protocol unit that receives a protocol message containing TFS (maximum number of blocks, TB size, TTI), a data definition unit that defines a first factor which is an average value of transport blocks and a second factor which is an average value of data size of a particular portion of an IP transport, and a resource management/CAC unit that calculates the amount of data on a user plane and the amount of data in the particular portion of the IP transport by using TFS that is included in the received protocol message and the first and second factors. The resource management/CAC unit employs the sum of the calculated amount of data on the user plane and amount of data in the particular portion as a band accumulated value for connection admission control.10-02-2008
20100124166COMBINED BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION AND BASE STATION CONTROLLER DATA CALL AND QUALITY OF SERVICE - A system, method, and computer readable medium for determining a data call rate comprises determining if a supplemental channel (SCH) should be allocated, if the SCH should be allocated, potentially altering the data rate, requesting an SCH allocation at a current data rate or the altered data rate, and receiving a response to the request with the current data rate, the altered data rate, or a further altered data rate.05-20-2010
20090147681METHOD AND APPARATUS OF DOWNSTREAM SERVICE FLOW CONTROL IN HFC NETWORKS - A method and apparatus of controlling a downstream service flow is provided. A method of controlling a downstream service flow, the method including: receiving a control request with respect to a service flow; generating classifier information for identifying a Quality of Service (QoS) classification standard of the service flow for which a generation request is performed, and registering the generated classifier information in a table when the control request is the generation request for the service flow; registering a pattern mask corresponding to the classifier information in the table; and composing the table for searching for downstream service flow information of a downstream input packet using the classifier information and the pattern mask.06-11-2009
20120140632Congestion Control in a Telecommunications Network - The invention relates to a method for congestion control in a telecommunications network. The telecommunications network supports one or more active data sessions between a server and at least a first and second communication terminal by providing at least a first and a second bearer for these terminals. The at least first and second communication terminal are assigned to a group for which a common group identifier is or has been stored. Further, a first individual congestion parameter for the first bearer and a second individual congestion parameter for the second bearer of the first and second communication terminal are or have been stored. A group load indicator is defined for the group of terminals corresponding to the common group identifier. The group load indicator is monitored and compared with a group load condition for the group of the at least first and second communication terminals corresponding to the common group identifier. Congestion is controlled by adjusting at least one of the first individual congestion parameter of the first bearer and the second individual congestion parameter of the second bearer when said group load indicator satisfies the group load condition.06-07-2012
20110170413SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DETERMINING TOP SPREADERS - Disclosed are a method and a system for determining top spreaders in high speed network. The method may comprise: sampling a plurality of packets from the plurality of hosts during an interval of time; determining a difference between a count and a count error for each host based on the sampled packets; ranking the hosts based on the determined difference to identify a first set of hosts that are top in the ranked hosts; and selecting a second set of hosts from the first set of hosts as the top spreaders.07-14-2011
20100226251Router and Packet Routing Program - An attraction acquisition unit of a first router acquires attraction values of third and fourth routers. When many packets the destination of which is a second router (identifier “A”) are then inputted to the first router, a traffic control unit distributes the many packets among communication interfaces so that a higher volume of traffic is sent to a communication interface with which a larger attraction value is associated. The traffic control unit then sends the many packets via the communication interfaces. As a result, a good part of the many packets are limited to a transmission route via the third router.09-09-2010
20100260048APPLICATION-SPECIFIC MANAGEMENT OF HIGH-BANDWIDTH TRANSFERS - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a system and related method for transmission of content over a telecommunications network. The system may include a deep packet inspection (DPI) device configured to perform DPI to identify an application associated with the new flow, determine an amount of bandwidth required for the application, and determine a current amount of bandwidth used by the subscriber. The DPI device may then determine a total amount of bandwidth used by the subscriber. When the total amount of bandwidth exceeds an amount of bandwidth guaranteed to the subscriber, the DPI device may perform a traffic management action on packets belonging to the new flow, such that the total amount of bandwidth used by the subscriber does not exceed the amount of bandwidth guaranteed to the subscriber.10-14-2010
20100085876METHOD FOR TRAFFIC ENGINEERING OF CONNECTIONLESS VIRTUAL PRIVATE NETWORK SERVICES - A method for traffic engineering of connectionless virtual private network (VPN) services that includes receiving physical connectivity data for a connectionless VPN. The data includes service nodes and links between the service nodes. One or more of the service nodes are also edge nodes. Logical connectivity data for the edge nodes is received. A restricted topology is created in response to the physical connectivity data and to the logical connectivity data. The restricted topology includes a single path between each pair of the edge nodes and each path includes a plurality of the service nodes and one or more of the links A bandwidth requirement for each link in the restricted topology is calculated. The bandwidth requirement is reserved on each link in the restricted topology. The method further comprises directing routing software to force a packet received from an edge node through one of the paths in the restricted topology.04-08-2010
20090109849SELECTIVE PERFORMANCE ENHANCEMENT OF TRAFFIC FLOWS - In an example embodiment, a method for selective performance enhancement of traffic flows, such as a Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) flow, on devices where enhancement of a limited number of concurrent flows is supported, or where a limited number of TCP accelerated or IP (Internet Protocol) compressed flows are supported. Flows are selected to be enhanced, accelerated or compressed based on configured priorities, including but not limited to type of the flow, importance of the flow, and availability of resources to enhance, accelerate or compress the flow. For example, a high-priority TCP session is accelerated for the lifetime of the session, while a low-priority TCP session is accelerated while there are available resources for the low-priority flow.04-30-2009
20110149737SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MANAGING SPILLOVER LIMITS IN A MULTI-CORE SYSTEM - The present disclosure is directed to a a system for managing spillover via a plurality of cores of a multi-core device intermediary to a plurality of clients and one or more services. The system may include a device intermediary to a plurality of clients and one or more services. The system may include a spillover limit of a resource. The device may also include a plurality of packet engines operating on a corresponding core of a plurality of cores of the device. The system may include a pool manager allocating to each of the plurality of packet engines a number of resource uses from an exclusive quota pool and shared quota pool based on the spillover limit. The device may also include a virtual server of a packet engine of the plurality of packet engines. The virtual server manages client requests to one or more services. The device determines that the number of resources used by a packet engine of the plurality of packet engine has reached the allocated number of resource uses of the packet engine, and responsive to the determination, forwards to a backup virtual server a request of a client of the plurality of clients received by the device for the virtual server.06-23-2011
20090207734ADAPTIVE BANDWIDTH UTILIZATION FOR TELEMETERED DATA08-20-2009
20110199904MESSAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND SYSTEM - The invention provides a message processing method, apparatus and communication system. The message processing method comprises: receiving by a base station a physical shared channel reconfiguration request transmitted from a control radio network controller, the physical shared channel reconfiguration request including priority queue specific deleting information; and deleting a priority queue corresponding to the priority queue specific deleting information. The communication apparatus comprises: a receiving unit configured to receive a physical shared channel reconfiguration request transmitted from a control radio network controller, the physical shared channel reconfiguration request including priority queue specific deleting information; and a processing unit configured to delete a priority queue corresponding to the priority queue specific deleting information. The claimed technical solution makes the base station more flexible in maintenance of the priority queue and more fully equipped with functions.08-18-2011
20100080123Method and Apparatus for Signaling Proprietary Information Between Network Elements of a Core Network in a Wireless Communication Network - The invention includes a method and apparatus for signaling proprietary information between network elements of a core network (CN) of a wireless communication network. A method for signaling proprietary information within the CN includes encoding the proprietary information in an IPv4 Options field of an inner header of an IP packet, and pre-pending an outer header to the IP packet for Mobile IPv4 (MIPv4) tunneling the IP packet from a first node of the CN to a second node of the CN. The first and second nodes of the CN may include a mobility anchor node and a mobility gateway node, respectively. The first and second nodes of the CN may include a mobility gateway node and a mobility anchor node, respectively. A method for signaling proprietary information includes receiving a tunneled IP packet at a first node of the CN (where the IP packet includes an outer header, an inner header, and a payload), removing the outer header from the IP packet, stripping an IP Options field from the inner header of the IP packet where the IPv4 Options field includes the proprietary information, and propagating the proprietary information from the first node of the CN to a second node. The first node of the CN may be a mobility gateway node and the second node may be a node of a radio access network (RAN). The first node of the CN may be a mobility anchor node and the second node may be another node of the CN.04-01-2010
20100080125Edge Continued Evolution, Improved Channel Request Method And System - The present invention is a method and system adapted to facilitate, between a mobile station (MS) and network, an indication of support for reduced time transmission interval (RTTI). The MS can provide a base station system (BSS) with an indication of its multislot capability within an access burst sent at the start of a contention based access. In another aspect, the MS can indicate support for a new Immediate Assignment message as the conventional Immediate Assignment message can only assign single timeslots. The present invention enables the Radio Access Network (RAN) to assign RTTI and more than one timeslot for GPRS/EDGE temporary block flows (TBFs) during an Access Grant Channel (AGCH) assignment. The method of the present invention can be implemented in a computer program product or distributed software adapted to be loaded into at least one or a plurality of memory locations and executed by at least one or a plurality of respective computer processors.04-01-2010
20100080124METHOD TO MANAGE THE LOAD OF PERIPHERAL ELEMENTS WITHIN A MULTICORE SYSTEM - A method to provide reliability, power management and load balancing support for multicore systems based on Networks-on-Chip (NoCs) and to efficiently implement architectural support for this method by introducing complex packet handling mechanisms is achieved by modifying the basic network interfaces attached to the cores of multicore computation systems. It also proposes policies to leverage the proposed hardware extensions. This aim is achieved with a method to manage the load of peripheral elements within a multicore system comprising several processing units accessing peripheral elements through a NoC, each processing unit and peripheral element attached to a Network Interface in charge of formatting and driving the packets sent to or received from the NoC, wherein, while considering at least two peripheral elements having a similar function, the Network Interface dedicated to a first peripheral element reroutes the incoming packets to a second Network Interface dedicated to a second peripheral element.04-01-2010
20100080126TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND TRANSMISSION METHOD - A transmission apparatus for stably transmitting or receiving data of high priority is provided. In the transmission apparatus of the present invention, processing of the priority packet to be transmitted and processed by priority and processing of the non-priority packet are conducted separately. At transmission side, the above-mentioned priority packet is transmitted by priority by making its average transmission interval shorter than its average generation interval, and said non-priority packet is transmitted during the transmit margin period caused by the above-mentioned processing. At receive side, in the layer of processing the receive frame as a layer lower than the layer of processing the priority packet and non-priority packet, the priority packet and the non-priority packet is sorted based on the communication protocol header of the receive packet stored in the receive frame, and processing of the priority packet and that of the non-priority packet are conducted separately.04-01-2010
20090141631VOICE ADAPTIVE GATEWAY PACING METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR WIRELESS MULTI-HOP NETWORKS - In accordance with aspects of the present principles, the quality of voice traffic and bandwidth utilization for data communication over a wireless multi-hop network may be improved. In an implementation of the present principles, a data packet transmission rate over a wireless multi-hop network may be controlled at an interface between the multi-hop network and a wired network based on a voice packet quality measure calculated from network parameters. Voice and data traffic quality and efficiency may be further improved by reordering a packet transmission queue at the interface to avoid timeout and/or varying a packet queue length at the interface using an acknowledgement window transmitted to a data packet sender.06-04-2009
20090097406METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACHIEVING DYNAMIC CAPACITY AND HIGH AVAILABILITY IN MULTI-STAGE DATA NETWORKS USING ADAPTIVE FLOW-BASED ROUTING - Methods and systems for determining paths for flows within a multi-stage network made up of clusters of processing nodes. The flow paths may be determined without knowledge of whether or not packets of a particular flow will actually traverse specific ones of the clusters within the multi-stage network. In various implementations, the nodes of the multi-stage network may be coupled to one or more physical network switches through respective physical interfaces and a virtual connectivity grid superimposed thereon and configured through the use of a flow routing framework and system management framework to group the nodes into a number of clusters. The nodes of each cluster are configured to perform similar packet processing functions and the clusters are interconnected through virtual networks to which the nodes are communicatively coupled via virtual interfaces overlaid on top of the physical network interfaces.04-16-2009
20090028047DATA STREAM CONTROL FOR NETWORK DEVICES - A method and apparatus for data stream control for network devices. Some embodiments of an apparatus include a receiver to receive a token for a command associated with a stream of data, where the command is one of multiple command types. The token has a fixed size and format, and the token is provided in a field of a data packet. The apparatus further includes a network unit to determine the type of command based on the token, to parse a set of fields in the data packet for command data, and implement the command.01-29-2009
20090219816ACCESS CHANNEL LOAD MANAGEMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for managing the load of an access channel in a wireless communication system are described. In an aspect, the load of the access channel may be controlled by having each terminal regulates its use of the access channel (e.g., its rate of system access) based on a rate control algorithm (e.g., token bucket). The rate control algorithm may maintain information on past activities of a terminal and may regulate the use of the access channel by the terminal based on its past activities in order to control the access channel load and achieve fairness. The system may determine at least one parameter value for the rate control algorithm based on load conditions and may broadcast the at least one parameter value to terminals. Each terminal may regulate its use of the access channel based on the at least one parameter value received from the system.09-03-2009
20090190474BANDWIDTH-AWARE MULTICAST LOAD BALANCING ON A MULTI-INTERFACE HOST - In one embodiment, a network device having a plurality of network interfaces maintains a database tracking multicast memberships associated with the network interfaces. The network device then uses the database for load balancing received multicast traffic over the network interfaces.07-30-2009
20110199906METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR PERFORMING DIAMETER ANSWER MESSAGE-BASED NETWORK MANAGEMENT AT A DIAMETER SIGNALING ROUTER (DSR) - Methods, systems, and computer readable media for performing Diameter answer message-based network management at a Diameter signaling router (DSR) are disclosed. According to one method, a Diameter answer message that includes error indicator information is received from a first Diameter node at a DSR. The error indicator information included in the Diameter answer message is examined, at the DSR, and information based on the error indicator information is used to update status information for routes maintained by the DSR to the first Diameter node.08-18-2011
20110199903METHOD FOR PCRF TO AUTONOMOUSLY RESPOND TO CELL CAPACITY SHORTAGE - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a method and related network node and machine-readable storage medium including one or more of the following: determining network status; receiving an application request at the PCRN; generating a new PCC rule in response to the application request and network status; and providing the new PCC rule to a PCEN. Various exemplary embodiments further include receiving an event message, determining the network status from received event messages and isolating congestion using previously issued PCC rules and a network topology.08-18-2011
20090168650TECHNIQUES TO CONTROL WIRELESS PERSONAL AREA NETWORKS - Techniques to control wireless personal area networks are described. An apparatus may include a radio coordinator module operative to receive a transmit data flow having media information and control information, and switch the media information to a media flow path and the control information to a control flow path, a first transceiver to couple to the radio coordinator module, the first transceiver operative to transmit the media information from the media flow path to a receiver using a first frequency band allocated for a wireless personal area network, and a second transceiver to couple to the radio coordinator module, the second transceiver operative to transmit the control information from the control flow path to the receiver using a second frequency band allocated for a wireless local area network. Other embodiments are described and claimed.07-02-2009
20120106343FLOW TRANSFER APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSFERRING FLOW BASED ON CHARACTERISTICS OF FLOW, TERMINAL APPARATUS AND FLOW PROCESSING METHOD - A flow transfer apparatus and method, which can make efficient use of limited resources in a wireless environment by dynamically mapping data flows to different transmission methods according to the characteristics of the flows, are provided. The flow transfer method includes analyzing an input packet stream to classify the input packet stream into a plurality of flows; dynamically determining a transmission method for each of the flows based on the characteristics of each of the flows; and transmitting the flows in parallel using their respective determined transmission methods.05-03-2012
20120106342SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATING IN A NETWORK - Systems and methods for prioritizing transmission control protocol (TCP) flows for communication devices in a network are described herein. The systems and methods herein may further allocate bandwidth to the flows based on the priority of the flows. Further, the systems and methods herein allow devices to determine whether particular flows share a traffic flow constraint or bottleneck that limits the overall available bandwidth to the flows. Therefore, allocation of bandwidth for one flow may be adjusted based on allocation of bandwidth to another flow if the flows share a traffic flow constraint. Further, the systems and methods herein allow for target data rates to be determined for the flows based on shared traffic flow constraints.05-03-2012
20120106341Method and System for Adaptive Resource Allocation - Methods and systems for adaptively allocating resources within a communication network, such as adaptive zone allocation in a wireless backhaul network.05-03-2012
20120106340Self-Optimizing Repeater - The object of the present invention is to reduce interference and power consumption of a repeater operated in a wireless communication network. According to the present invention this object is achieved by a self-optimizing repeater (05-03-2012
20120106339Probing Specific Customer Flow in Layer-2 Multipath Networks - Techniques are provided to enable a switch in a layer-2 multipath network to determine connectivity of a path to a destination switch. At a source switch, user flow parameters are determined for user flow packets to be transported in the layer-2 multipath network to a destination switch. The sourced switch determines a number of hops from it to the destination switch based on the user flow parameters. Timestamping is activated for time-to-live expiry packets received at the source switch and for time-to-live expiry packets received at the destination switch. One or more probe packets having user flow parameters matching the user flow parameters of user flow packets are generated so that the probe packets use the same path taken by the user flow packets between the source switch and the destination switch. In addition, a time-to-live value corresponding to the number of hops from the source switch to the destination switch is included in a hop count field of the one or more probe packets. The time-to-live value distinguishes the one or more probe packets from user flow packets. The one or more probe packets are sent in the layer-2 multipath network from the source switch to the destination switch. Connectivity between the source switch and the destination switch is determined based on the one or more probe packets.05-03-2012
20120106338DYNAMIC CONTROL OF AIR INTERFACE THROUGHPUT - A system, method, and network node for dynamically controlling throughput over an air interface between a mobile terminal and a radio telecommunication system. A Gateway GPRS Service Node (GGSN) receives a plurality of traffic flows for the mobile terminal and uses a Deep Packet Inspection (DPI) module to determine a target delay class for each traffic flow. The GGSN signals the target delay class of each traffic flow to a Radio Network Controller (RNC) utilizing per-packet marking within a single radio access bearer (RAB). The RNC defines a separate virtual queue for each delay class on a per-RAB basis, and instructs a Node B serving the mobile terminal to do the same. The Node B services the queues according to packet transmission delays associated with each queue. A flow control mechanism in the Node B sets a packet queue length for each queue to optimize transmission performance.05-03-2012
20090201815FLOW CONTROL METHOD - Methods and apparatus for providing a flow control mechanism in a wireless network are described. In order to force a transmitting station to implement a rate adaptation mechanism, in which speed is traded off for reliability, a receiver within a receiving station behaves as if the radio conditions were degraded. This may be implemented when defined criteria are met, such as when the available buffer space falls below a threshold, and for some or all types of frames. In an embodiment, when the criteria are met, the receiver does not acknowledge frames received at one or more higher data rates.08-13-2009
20090201812METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR RULES BASED WORKFLOW OF MEDIA SERVICES - A method for executing services over an enterprise service bus includes analyzing a message of a first service to a second service to determine a nature of a digital media object sent from the first service to the second service, analyzing one or more media rules to determine whether one or more intermediary services are to be performed based on the nature of the digital media object, and when it is determined that one or more intermediary services are to be performed, executing, after the first service and before the second service, the one or more intermediary services.08-13-2009
20110170412RADIO ACCESS NETWORK LOAD AND CONDITION AWARE TRAFFIC SHAPING CONTROL - Fine grained RAN aware traffic prioritization in spectrum constrained modern wireless networks which support differentiated service plans uses cell load metrics supplied to a Fine grained Traffic flow Prioritization Engine (FTPE) with and without the assistance from a client side collection module, Peer Agent (PA), at the mobile. Knowledge about a mobile's subscription plan is derived from a Subscription Profiles Repository (SPR). Dynamic control on traffic prioritization is applied through operator policy control engines, Policy and Charging Rules Function (PCRF) module. The FTPE works with flexible flow aggregation rules to simplify and scale prioritizing, blocking, and deferring decisions. The FPTE may apply Deep Packet Inspection (DPI) techniques to identify application flows, and uses hierarchical queue disciplines to achieve the necessary flow control. The FPTE may also instead use an adjunct DPI to perform the flow identifications.07-14-2011
20090285094Apparatus and method for estimating the fill factor of client input buffers of a real time content distribution - The invention concerns a solution for detecting conditions of dearth and overflow of a client input buffer to a real time content distribution. Said detection is performed upstream of clients through a dynamic estimation of the fill factor of the input buffers of said clients. Thus, it is possible to predict the occurrence of dearth or overflow situations and to take actions such as inserting stored video sequences or storing queueing packets.11-19-2009
20090274046TRANSPARENT OPTIMIZATION FOR TRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOL FLOW CONTROL - A system and method that optimizes transmission control protocol (TCP) flow control without intruding upon TCP's core algorithms. A control module relatively near a sender's local area network (LAN) automatically identifies a packet flow that has become window-limited. After the packet flow has been identified as window-limited, the control module relatively near the sender's LAN and another control module relatively near a receiver's LAN optimize the packet flow by increasing the window size indicated in the receiver's acknowledgment packet. Both control modules operate synchronously to transparently manage the packet flow between the sender and the receiver.11-05-2009
20090274045QOS PROVISIONING IN A NETWORK HAVING DYNAMIC LINK STATES - A network node for a network having dynamic link states includes a processing unit and computer-readable memory for causing the processing unit to monitor a link state of the network; perform QoS provisioning and make appropriate updates to the QoS provisioning based on changes in the link state and QoS provisioning demands of QoS-aware applications; and provide notification to the QoS-aware applications to allow those applications to dynamically adapt to the link state changes.11-05-2009
20090279432Intercept flow distribution and intercept load balancer - A system and method for intercepting and load-balancing information including one or more mediation devices configured to receive intercept instructions for intercepting information for a predetermined period of time, an intercept access device configured to receive the intercept instructions from the one or more mediation devices, wherein the intercept access device may identify and intercept information based on the intercept instructions and may encapsulate the intercepted information, and an intercept load balancer configured to receive the intercepted information and transmit the intercepted information to the one or more mediation devices for distribution to one or more law enforcement device.11-12-2009
20090279435METHOD FOR REALIZING BACKPRESSURE OF MASSES OF PORTS AND DEVICE THEREOF - A method for realizing backpressure of masses of ports and a device realizing the method are disclosed. The method for realizing backpressure of masses of ports includes: detecting whether user data transmitted to a channelized physical port reaches a backpressure threshold, generating an idle frame or a series of idle frames when the backpressure threshold is reached; combining the idle frame with the user data which needs to be transmitted to the channelized physical port reaching the backpressure threshold, and transmitting the combined data; discarding the idle frame before the combined data enters the channelized physical port. The idle frame is employed in the present invention to realize the backpressure. The idle frame occupies some of the transmission bandwidth and reduces the bandwidth of user data, while the idle frame does not enter the physical port. Therefore, the aim of backpressure is achieved. The bandwidth of idle frame can be pre-configured according to the requirements. After the idle frame is generated, its bandwidth can be increased or decreased smoothly based on the existence of the backpressure. The control is very easy and convenient.11-12-2009
20080298239METHOD AND APPARATUS TO PROVISION NETWORK ROUTES - A method to provision routes in a network having a plurality of nodes includes receiving a designation of a primary source node, determining possible destination nodes from the designated source node and outputting information indicating the possible destination nodes. The method further includes receiving a designation of a destination node from among the possible destination nodes and updating information regarding optical characteristics based on a route from the source node to the designated destination node and outputting information related to the updated optical characteristics.12-04-2008
20110170411Turning on Flows in Network Initiated QoS - Methods and apparatus for network pre-configuration of Quality of Service (QoS) parameters in a communication channel triggered by establishment of packet data access by an access terminal with the network. The network-determined and network-initiated pre-establishment of the QoS parameters are for one or more reservation links, which each relate to a corresponding one or more applications resident on the access terminal.07-14-2011
20090285096HARDWARE ACCELERATED PROTOCOL STACK FOR MEDIAFLO - Protocol stack layer processing for a MediaFLO™ mobile multimedia multicast system comprising a transmitter comprising a host processor and a host memory component. The processing includes a receiver that receives a wireless data stream comprising a MediaFLO™ mobile multimedia multicast system superframe comprising any of audio, video, and text media frames arranged in multiplexed Multicast Logical Channels (MLCs) and received from the transmitter, wherein each MLC is divided into 16 byte data packets, and wherein each MLC carries up to three logical sub-channels comprising stream 11-19-2009
20090290491End-Host Based Network Management System - An end-host based network management system and methods are described. The methods are performed independently at each end-host within the network based on data on local flows which is shared between end-hosts. In an embodiment, an end-host shares data on constrained local flows with other end-hosts and receives such data from other end-hosts. Based on this data, the end-host determines which flows from other nodes are competing for a shared resource with a constrained local flow and allocates the capacity of the shared resource between all the competing flows. This allocation is then enforced for the local flow by the end-host. Other end-hosts with competing flows perform similar methods and through an iterative process the contention for the shared resource is resolved and the utilization of the shared resource is optimized.11-26-2009
20090103438Grant Based Adaptive Media Access Control Scheduling - Methods and Apparatus are disclosed for grant based adaptive media access control scheduling. According to an embodiment, a method for MAC scheduling of a plurality of data flows for downlink transmission of data bytes is disclosed. The method enables determining a data flow to be scheduled amongst the plurality of data flows based at least in part on one or more Quality of Service (QoS) parameters. The method further enables computing number of data bytes that are associated with the data flow that is determined to be scheduled. Subsequently, the computed number of data bytes is scheduled for transmission. Further, a value is stored in a grant counter that is associated with the data flow that is determined to be scheduled. Based on the scheduling the value stored in the grant counter is modified.04-23-2009
20090103436System and method for reducing traffic in a wide area Ethernet network - A system and method retrieves device forwarding information from switching devices and installs it as static device forwarding information on other switches to prevent multiple copies of communications being sent from those switches.04-23-2009
20090296580Cooperative Flow Locks Distributed Among Multiple Components - Disclosed are, inter alia, methods, apparatus, computer-storage media, mechanisms, and means associated with cooperative flow locks distributed among multiple components, such as on different application-specific integrated circuits in a packet switching device. Flow locks are typically used for maintaining the order of packets and operations performed thereon by the coordination of a context (e.g., the processing of a packet by a packet processor) with a corresponding flow lock interface, and by the manner of communication performed among the flow lock interface and the distributed flow locks.12-03-2009
20090296581INTEGRATED FLOW CONTROL - Described herein is a flow control scheme suitably adaptable to Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP). In an example embodiment, the guaranteed and maximum allowable bandwidths are employed to determine the size of the congestion window. For example, the flow congestion window size starts proportional to the guaranteed bandwidth and increases until reaching the maximum allowable bandwidth. In particular embodiments, a fixed value is used for determining how fast the congestion window increases. For example the congestion window may increase exponentially while the current size of the congestion window is at or below a fixed value, and increase linearly when the current size of the congestion window is above the fixed value. In an example embodiment, the fixed value does not change even if a collision is detected and the current amount of unacknowledged data allowed is reset to an initial value.12-03-2009
20090262645METHOD AND EQUIPMENT FOR SHAPING TRANSMISSION SPEED OF DATA TRAFFIC FLOW - A method and apparatus for monitoring and limiting the transmission speed of a data traffic flow in a situation where the traffic flow also includes delay-critical traffic. With the sending of each protocol data unit it is determined whether the sending of the next protocol data unit should be delayed in order to meet a condition set on the transmission speed. It is also determined whether the transfer speed of delay-critical traffic meets a preset condition. If the transfer speed meets the condition, delay-critical protocol data units will not be delayed but if the condition is not met, delay-critical protocol data units will be delayed just like non-delay-critical protocol data units. Thus the transfer speed of non-delay-critical traffic adapts to variations in the transfer speed of delay-critical traffic and, furthermore, the transmission speed of the traffic flow can be monitored and limited.10-22-2009
20120269065METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DEFINING A FLOW CONTROL SIGNAL RELATED TO A TRANSMIT QUEUE - In one embodiment, a processor-readable medium can store code representing instructions that when executed by a processor cause the processor to receive a value representing a congestion level of a receive queue and a value representing a state of a transmit queue. At least a portion of the transmit queue can be defined by a plurality of packets addressed to the receive queue. A rate value for the transmit queue can be defined based on the value representing the congestion level of the receive queue and the value representing the state of the transmit queue. The processor-readable medium can store code representing instructions that when executed by the processor cause the processor to define a suspension time value for the transmit queue based on the value representing the congestion level of the receive queue and the value representing the state of the transmit queue.10-25-2012
20110205897PRIORITY AND SOURCE AWARE PACKET MEMORY RESERVATION AND FLOW CONTROL IN FORWARDING PLANES - A source-based memory usage table is accessed to identify a source having a memory usage satisfying a predetermined memory usage threshold, the source-based memory usage table including a plurality of source records, each corresponding to a source from which packets are received. A first flow control signal is transmitted to the identified source that has a memory usage satisfying the corresponding predetermined memory usage threshold to control further packet transmission from the identified source. A priority-based memory usage table is accessed to identify a priority of which a memory usage satisfies a predetermined memory usage threshold of the priority. A second flow control signal is transmitted to one or more sources associated with the identified priority having a memory usage satisfying the corresponding predetermined memory usage threshold to control further packet transmission from the identified one or more sources.08-25-2011
20100284278ADAPTIVE MULTI-RATE CODEC BIT RATE CONTROL IN A WIRELESS SYSTEM - In an exemplary embodiment a method includes monitoring traffic in one or more cells; determining that the traffic in one of the cells is congested; and responsive to the determining, initiating a rate change for at least one ongoing connection within the cell. Apparatus and computer programs are also determined for both a user equipment and a network node.11-11-2010
20100110891SHARING PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENTS AMONG ADDRESS PREFIXES OF A SAME DOMAIN IN A COMPUTER NETWORK - In one embodiment, performance measurements may be obtained at a local domain from a set of one or more responding targets of a particular remote domain. The performance measurements may then be applied to prefix-specific policies of any corresponding destination address prefix within the particular remote domain, such that traffic destined to a particular prefix of the particular remote domain may be routed from the local domain based on the corresponding prefix-specific policies and applied performance measurements.05-06-2010
20080212477APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA USING MULTI-ROUND CONTENTION AVOIDANCE - An apparatus and method for transmitting data by using Multi-round Contention Avoidance (MrCA) are provided. The method includes initializing a contention window for each of a plurality of contention rounds and setting a backoff counter corresponding to a size of the contention window for each contention round, starting from a first contention round to a last contention round, decrementing a backoff counter of a corresponding contention round in a time slot unit and transmitting data when the decremented backoff counter is zero and when the corresponding contention round is a last contention round. Accordingly, the number of contending nodes is exponentially decreased for each contention round, resulting in significant decrease in a collision probability in addition to improving fairness on channel use among users.09-04-2008
20080212476Wlan Transmit Scheduler Comprising an Accelerated Back-Off Function - This invention can generally be described as an overall transmit (TX) scheduler state-machine that is broken down into two different state-machines: One first TX-scheduler state-machine (FTSM), executed in software, and one second TX-scheduler state-machine (STSM) executed in hardware, which is operating in four different basic states. The functional partitioning between the two state-machines is such that the most constrained real-time requirements are allocated to the STSM, while all complex decisions and non time-critical controls are allocated to the FTSM. The invention also relates to a terminal comprising the invented transmit scheduler.09-04-2008
20080212478Service based bearer control and traffic flow template operation with mobile IP - A method for updating filters, at a Packet Data Serving Node, with a care-of-address associated with at least one of a mobile station or a correspondent node. The method includes the steps of implementing a soft filtering rule at a Packet Data Serving Node and receiving, by the Packet Data Serving Node, a care-of-address that is associated with at least one the mobile station and a correspondent node. The method also includes updating, by the Packet Data Serving Node, filters with the care-of-address to correctly identify flows belonging to a particular session during Mobile IP use. The method further includes filtering, by the Packet Data Serving Node, packets including a care-of-address that is associated with one of the mobile station and the correspondent node.09-04-2008
20080212475Method and Device for Management of Flow in a Packet-Telecommunication Network - This A flow management method includes a step (E09-04-2008
20080212473System and Method for Aggregated Shaping of Multiple Prioritized Classes of Service Flows - A system coupled between at least one input port and at least one output port comprises at least one queue, each queue being identified by a QID and operable to receive and buffer data in at least one service flow from the at least one input port. The system further comprises a predetermined at least one token allocated to each queue, each token indicative whether a predetermined amount of data may be dequeued from a queue and transmitted to the output port. The system comprises at least one group of queues where each queue in the group has a subordinate QID identifying a subordinate queue in the group having a lower priority for reallocating unused tokens. The at least one output port receives at least one output flow comprising the dequeued data from the at least one queue.09-04-2008
20120294150METHOD FOR OPERATING A WIRELESS NETWORK AND A WIRELESS NETWORK - In order to allow an efficient use of data or frame aggregation techniques with real-time communications a method for operating a wireless network, especially a Wi-Fi technology based network, is described, wherein the network includes at least one wireless device for transmission of data and wherein the device may use a data or frame aggregation technique to provide an adjustable amount of aggregation. The method is characterized in that the amount of aggregation provided by the aggregation technique will be adjusted depending on a level of congestion in the network. Further, an according wireless network is described, preferably for carrying out the above mentioned method.11-22-2012
20100061243SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AVOIDING STALL USING TIMER FOR HIGH-SPEED DOWNLINK PACKET ACCESS SYSTEM - At least one timer is used to prevent a stall condition. If a timer is not active, the timer is started for a data block that is correctly received. The data block has a sequence number higher than a sequence number of another data block that was first expected to be received. When the timer is stopped or expires, all correctly received data blocks among data blocks up to and including a data block having a sequence number that is immediately before the sequence number of the data block for which the timer was started is delivered to a higher layer. Further, all correctly received data blocks up to a first missing data block, including the data block for which the timer was started, is delivered to the higher layer.03-11-2010
20100061242METHODS AND APPARATUS RELATED TO A FLEXIBLE DATA CENTER SECURITY ARCHITECTURE - In one embodiment, edge devices can be configured to be coupled to a multi-stage switch fabric and peripheral processing devices. The edge devices and the multi-stage switch fabric can collectively define a single logical entity. A first edge device from the edge devices can be configured to be coupled to a first peripheral processing device from the peripheral processing devices. The second edge device from the edge devices can be configured to be coupled to a second peripheral processing device from the peripheral processing devices. The first edge device can be configured such that virtual resources including a first virtual resource can be defined at the first peripheral processing device. A network management module coupled to the edge devices and configured to provision the virtual resources such that the first virtual resource can be migrated from the first peripheral processing device to the second peripheral processing device.03-11-2010
20100061240METHODS AND APPARATUS RELATED TO LOW LATENCY WITHIN A DATA CENTER - In one embodiment, an apparatus includes a switch core that has a multi-stage switch fabric. The multi-stage switch fabric has a set of ingress ports and a set of egress ports. The switch core can be configured to be coupled to a set of edge devices via the set of ingress ports and the set of egress ports. The switch core can be configured to receive a packet from an ingress port from the set of ingress ports. The switch core can be configured to send a set of cells associated with the packet from the ingress port to an egress port from the set of egress ports without a store-and-forward delay associated with a zero-load latency for the switch core.03-11-2010
20100061239METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR FLOW-CONTROLLABLE MULTI-STAGED QUEUES - In one embodiment, a method includes sending a first flow control signal to a first stage of transmit queues when a receive queue is in a congestion state. The method also includes sending a second flow control signal to a second stage of transmit queues different from the first stage of transmit queues when the receive queue is in the congestion state.03-11-2010
20110267949QUALITY OF SERVICE-PROVIDING SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING QUALITY OF SERVICE IN THE SYSTEM - There are provided a quality of service (QoS)-providing system and a method for providing quality of service for mobile nodes in the QoS-providing system. Under a network environment running a host-based network layer mobility protocol based on tunneling mechanism, the QoS-providing system may be useful to allow effective mobility supports by distributing binding information to the distributed nodes, in order to provide session-based quality of service for tunneled packets between the mobile nodes on the access nodes and distribute traffic load concentrated on the central mobility control platform as well. Also, the QoS-providing system according to one exemplary embodiment of the present invention may be useful to provide the function of hiding locations of mobile nodes since a care-of address of the mobile node is not transferred to a correspondent node and to automatically perform a route optimization procedure even when the mobile node does not directly perform a route optimization procedure.11-03-2011
20110267948TECHNIQUES FOR COMMUNICATING AND MANAGING CONGESTION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Techniques are described that can be used to communicate congestion information concerning a downlink or uplink. In response to congestion on a link, a device can attempt to receive traffic on another network, scan for another node, or enter sleep mode for a time. In some cases, determination of congestion can be made based on an amount of time a packet is enqueued as well as the number of packets that experience a similar amount of enqueuing delay.11-03-2011
20110267947Load Balancing Over DCE Multipath ECMP Links for HPC and FCoE - Methods and apparatus for generating different hash values in an effort to achieve better load balancing among various paths in a data center environment, such as Data Center Ethernet (DCE) with Layer 2 Multipathing (L2MP), supporting equal-cost multipath (ECMP) routing are provided. In this manner, the data center environment may attain better network utilization for high-performance computing (HPC), storage area network (SAN), and/or local area network (LAN) traffic.11-03-2011
20080239958ROUTING PATH CALCULATION APPARATUS AND METHODS - Routing path calculation apparatus and methods are disclosed. Calculation of routing paths within different routing areas of a communication system is handled by respective routing path calculation devices. Multiple devices may be requested to perform respective routing path calculations for segments of a routing path between endpoints in different routing areas. Recalculations may be requested from the same or different devices in the event of a change in a routing area that affects a segment of a routing path. A routing path calculation device, whether or not in this type of distributed routing path calculation system, may determine whether a previously configured path exists between an intermediate node of a calculated routing path, and take the previously configured path into account in calculating the routing path if it is determined that a previously configured path exists. The previously configured path may be an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) shortcut, for example.10-02-2008
20080239957Ransmission Capacity Allocation Method, Communications Network, and Network Resource Management Device - The invention implements inter-terminal transmission with guaranteed capacity based on the single-path configuration function of networks composed of switching hubs with an MAC address learning function and centralized management of transmission capacity, without control over hubs. The capacity to be used by transmission links on a network is stored in advance and transmission capacity along the path to be used is allocated based on requests from terminals, with the allocation removed using a Terminate Request. At such time, by using transmission links and switching hubs with an MAC address learning function, transmission is limited to single-path transmission.10-02-2008
20090003210SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MONITORING CONGESTION IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A system and method for monitoring congestion in a communication system including an external packet switched network. The communication system includes a plurality of interconnected host devices, such as base stations, consoles, zone controllers. To determine the presence of congestion on links between a pair of host devices, a series of sequential packets are transmitted between the pair. The sequentially transmitted packets are then monitor fluctuations in transmission delays and lost packets. These two criteria are used to identify congestion levels present on the various links in the communication system, and communications on the relevant interzone link are controlled based on the identified congestion level.01-01-2009
20110199905ACCESS CONTROL AND CONGESTION CONTROL IN MACHINE-TO-MACHINE COMMUNICATION - A method for performing load balancing by a wireless transmit/receive unit includes evaluating a current cell load value and on a condition that the current cell load value is greater than a predetermined threshold, performing load balancing by barring the current cell.08-18-2011
20090147683FLOW BASED DATA PACKET PROCESSING - Flow based data packet processing is disclosed. In one embodiment, a method for processing a data packet in a flow comprises identifying a flow Identification (ID) of the data packet, where the flow ID is based on one or more portions of control information for the data packet. The method also comprises accessing an address pointer stored in a shared memory designated for the flow ID. The method further comprises performing a set of instructions stored in an address in a cache memory which is assigned by the address pointer, wherein the set of instructions is loaded to the address in the cache memory upon identifying of the flow ID if the flow is currently active. Additionally, the method comprises generating report data associated with the flow by executing the set of instructions.06-11-2009
20090109851METHODS AND APPARATUS RELATED TO SCHEDULING TRAFFIC IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM USING SHARED AIR LINK TRAFFIC RESOURCES - Methods and apparatus for use in a wireless communications system in which traffic air link resources may be, and sometimes are, shared are described. Various described methods and apparatus are well suited for use in a peer to peer communications system in which transmission control decisions are made in a decentralized manner. An exemplary peer to peer communications system implements the scheduling of traffic intervals in a distributed manner utilizing connection priority information and interference information. An exemplary peer to peer timing structure includes a user scheduling interval and an associated traffic interval. The user scheduling interval includes a plurality transmission request/request response rounds. By utilizing multiple request/request response rounds, a transmission decision corresponding to a connection to yield in an earlier round can be overridden in a subsequent round, resulting in higher overall traffic throughput in the system.04-30-2009
20080273462Hybrid Internet Protocol Encryptor/Decryptor Bypass Device11-06-2008
20080279101Context-Based Routing in Multi-hop Networks - Context-based routing in multi-hop networks involves using a context-based routing metric. In a described implementation, respective path values are calculated for respective ones of multiple paths using the context-based routing metric. A path is selected from the multiple paths responsive to the calculated path values. Data is transmitted over at least one link of the selected path. In an example embodiment, the context-based routing metric is ascertained responsive to an estimated service interval (ESI) of a bottleneck link of each path of the multiple paths. In another example embodiment, the context-based routing metric is ascertained responsive to an expected resource consumption (ERC) metric. In an example embodiment of path selection, the path is selected using a context-based path pruning (CPP) technique that involves maintaining multiple local contexts at each intermediate node, with each local context representing at least one partial path.11-13-2008
20080279104METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR CENTRALIZED LINK POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL (CLMC) - A method for centralized link power management control (CLMC), performed by a north-bridge of a processing unit, comprises the following steps. A data transmission status of a bus is monitored. CLMC is activated to configure devices corresponding to the bus in order to speed up data transmission of the bus when detecting that the data transmission status of the bus is continually busy. CLMC is activated to configure devices corresponding to the bus in order to slow down data transmission of the bus when detecting that the data transmission status of the bus is continually idle.11-13-2008
20080285455MEDIUM AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING ATM TRAFFIC USING BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION TECHNOLOGY - A medium and system for managing asynchronous transfer mode (ATM) traffic in a computer system is disclosed. The computer system is used in sending, receiving, or sending and receiving a plurality of ATM flows. Each ATM flow has a plurality of ATM cells, a minimum ATM bandwidth guarantee, and a maximum ATM bandwidth. The medium and system include determining whether excess bandwidth exists for the ATM flows. The method and system also include gracefully increasing a portion of the ATM cells transmitted for each ATM flow during periods of excess bandwidth. The portion of the ATM cells transmitted is not more than the maximum ATM bandwidth limit. If an ATM flow presents a sufficient offered load, the portion of the ATM cells transmitted in the flow is not less than a minimum ATM bandwidth guarantee.11-20-2008
20080285453METHOD FOR MONITORING BER IN AN INFINIBAND ENVIRONMENT - A method is disclosed for tuning each channel of a high-speed SerDes cable link interface arranged in a configuration linking a local side physical layer to a remote side physical layer. The method includes initiating an operational state of high-speed SerDes cable link interface, identifying flow-control packet Op codes not cited for use by operational high-speed SerDes cable link interface, transmitting a flow control signal from the local side physical layer to the remote side physical layer to control the remote side physical layer to monitor the bit error rate (BER) of the channels used by the local side physical layer to transfer data to the remote side physical layer, monitoring the BER in the channels used for data transfer, transferring BER data acquired in the monitoring to the local side physical layer and processing the BER data by the local side physical layer to generate equalization setting adjustments.11-20-2008
20080285452REMOTE MONITORING OF REAL-TIME INTERNET PROTOCOL MEDIA STREAMS - In one embodiment, a packet filter (or “trap”) is installed on one or more interfaces of a router, switch (intermediary) or other node in an IP network that identifies multimedia packets for a particular media stream. A packet replicator (or “cloner”) duplicates the identified packets allowing the original packets to continue through the IP network. A forwarder (“tunneler”) encapsulates and sends the cloned media packets to a central facility where the tunneled media stream is further analyzed.11-20-2008
20080285454SYSTEM FOR COMPRESSING MULTI-FIELD RULE SPECIFICATIONS - The present invention relates to a system for storing a plurality of multi-field classification rules in a computer system. Each multi-field classification rule includes a rule specification that itself includes a plurality of fields and a plurality of field definitions corresponding to the fields.11-20-2008
20090316580Methods and Systems for Managing Variable Delays in Packet Transmission - An improved method and system for the determination of jitter buffers enables the generation of buffers having sizes and delays such that, as designed, the buffers capture a substantial majority of packets while not being resource intensive. The present methods and systems provide for improved jitter buffer management by deriving playout buffer adjustments from a plurality of variances, centered around a distribution peak, or mean average delay. The playout buffer monitor uses the buffer adjustments, in size and delay, to select, store and playout packets at their adjusted playout time. The present invention may be employed in a media gateway that enables data communications among heterogenous networks and may be specifically deployed to manage jitter experienced in the course of receiving packetized data and processing the data for further transmission through a packet-based or circuit-switched network.12-24-2009
20120287788COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A setting unit sets a communication mode for different one or more counterpart communication apparatuses to a non-spatial multiplexing mode or a spatial multiplexing mode. Setting unit switches the setting of the communication mode for the different one or more counterpart communication apparatuses from the non-spatial multiplexing mode to the spatial multiplexing mode, on the basis of a capability of a communication system having an own apparatus and the different one or more counterpart communication apparatuses. A transmitting unit processes a transmitting signal to the different one or more counterpart communication apparatuses to output the processed signal to a plurality of antennas, on the basis of the set communication mode.11-15-2012
20080304414Method and Device for Remotely Controlling the Congestion of Meshed Flow in a Packet Mode Telecommunication Network - The invention relates to a method for remotely controlling the congestion of meshed flow exchanged in a packet mode telecommunication network between a number N of central sites C12-11-2008
20080310308System and method for adaptive flow control - The system and method for adaptive flow control transmits pause off packets to network nodes after a calculated time based on switch resource usage thereby alleviating congestion is a network switching system.12-18-2008
20080291828Detection of Signaling Flows - The embodiments of the present invention provide for methods, devices, and systems for providing quality of service (QoS) to network data that is received by an intermediate node in a local area network. In general, the embodiments of the present invention generally evaluate network traffic. Certain streams or flows are copied in appropriate buffer areas and accordingly evaluated by their traffic flow characteristics and further evaluated to determine if such streams/flows contain signaling or control information, which may be based on characteristic key words and/or structures. Based on the signaling or control information extracted, the appropriate stream is accordingly assigned or configured for quality of service (QoS) handling.11-27-2008
20080310305Interruption control - A communications system in which a user may control interruptions to ongoing communications operations is provided. Using a communications device, a user may perform any suitable communications operation (e.g., voice, video or data communications). In response to receiving a communications request from another device, the communications device may determine whether the other device is authorized to interrupt the ongoing communications operation using any suitable approach (e.g., priority rankings of devices, or specific exceptions for certain devices). The interruption, if authorized, may be in any suitable form including, for example, audio interruptions, visual interruptions, physical interruptions, or any other suitable interruption type.12-18-2008
20080267066Remote Direct Memory Access - Methods, parallel computers, and computer program products are disclosed for remote direct memory access. Embodiments include transmitting, from an origin DMA engine on an origin compute node to a plurality target DMA engines on target compute nodes, a request to send message, the request to send message specifying a data to be transferred from the origin DMA engine to data storage on each target compute node; receiving, by each target DMA engine on each target compute node, the request to send message; preparing, by each target DMA engine, to store data according to the data storage reference and the data length, including assigning a base storage address for the data storage reference; sending, by one or more of the target DMA engines, an acknowledgment message acknowledging that all the target DMA engines are prepared to receive a data transmission from the origin DMA engine; receiving, by the origin DMA engine, the acknowledgement message from the one or more of the target DMA engines; and transferring, by the origin DMA engine, data to data storage on each of the target compute nodes according to the data storage reference using a single direct put operation.10-30-2008
20080212474METHOD FOR SYNCHRONOUS TRAFFIC SHAPING - A method, a system, and a computer program product implements traffic shaping by processing as a synchronous request, tasks representing one or more units of work contained within the request. Before a request is sent through the network, the request is inspected in order to derive the amount of work that the request would generate in the network. A traffic manager queries the amount of work in that request compared to the amount of work that the network can support and generates a number of traffic envelopes. Based on the results of this query, “task pruning” may be implemented to break the request into smaller manageable task that fit into the traffic envelopes. Task pruning may also enable only a subset of the work to be performed. Thus, a measure of the amount of work, rather than the amount of data, within a request is considered when scheduling the request.09-04-2008
20080205273Network traffic monitoring - Systems, methods, and devices are described that monitor network traffic. One method includes monitoring a number of packets received by a network device based on a number of criteria to determine a flow of the packets. For each monitored packet for a particular source IP address/destination IP address pair, the method includes hashing a destination TCP/UDP port number into a range [0 . . . N]. The method further includes setting a bit in a bit field that has a width of N+1 bits based on the hashing.08-28-2008
20110007632TECHNIQUE FOR ROUTE OPTIMIZATION IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A technique for route optimization in a communication network is provided. A method implementation of this technique comprises the steps of providing a first data element containing information about first data session between a mobile terminal and a first gateway node and further containing mobility management information regarding the mobile terminal, wherein the first data element is associated with a first network address, providing a second data element containing information about a second data session between the mobile terminal and a second gateway node and further containing mobility management information regarding the mobile terminal, wherein the second data element is associated with a second network address, and switching an association of network traffic with the first data element to an association of network traffic with the second data element in order to optimize the flow of network traffic within the communication network.01-13-2011
20110007633COMMUNICATION NETWORK CONTROL SYSTEM, RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION NETWORK CONTROL METHOD - The present invention can provide a radio communication apparatus comprising an antenna which receives a restriction signal from a radio base station, a reception circuit which decodes the restriction signal received by said antenna, and a control circuit which controls the radio communication apparatus, in which the control circuit can be adapted to select appropriately a speech outgoing/incoming scheme for performing communication with the radio base station on the basis of the restriction signal from the radio base station. As the speech outgoing/incoming scheme, a domain scheme or a speech communication scheme is used. In addition, the present invention further provides a communication network control system using the radio communication apparatus, and a communication network control method.01-13-2011
20080304413Control of Data Flow in a Network - Methods and apparatus for encoding a number of small dynamic values over an n-bit field. Also methods and apparatus allowing for the stateless extraction of separate sequences from repetitions of a single field whereby to communicate more than one signal at once.12-11-2008
20090154350METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING A CLOCK FREQUENCY IN A NETWORK DEVICE BASED ON AGGREGATE THROUGHPUT OF THE DEVICE - Aspects of a method and system for controlling a clock frequency in a network device based on aggregate throughput of the device are provided. In this regard, for a network device comprising one or more network ports, a limit on aggregate throughput of the device during a time interval may be determined and an operating frequency of a clock within the network device may be controlled based on the determined limit on aggregate throughput. The limit on aggregate throughput may be determined based on past, present, and/or expected traffic patterns; how many of the device's network ports are active during the time interval, a data rate at which each of the active network ports operates during the time interval; a type of data communicated via the network ports; and/or one or more applications running on the network device during the time interval.06-18-2009
20090109848Flooding reduction method - In receiving a MAC (media access control) frame whose destination address is any of a broadcast address, an unknown multicast address and an unknown unicast address, the flooding is reduced by broadcasting the received MAC frame to all the other ports than one that has received the MAC frame. An output control that attains this object is realized by using a destination group identifier (ID) look-up table (04-30-2009
20100271949Traffic processing system and method of processing traffic - Enclosed is traffic processing system and a method of processing traffic. A plurality of apparatuses for processing traffic are provided to disperse traffic for mobile terminals, to prevent the bottle neck phenomenon of the traffic, to effectively process the traffic, and to rapidly use the services of the mobile terminals.10-28-2010
20090052325ROBOT CONTROL SYSTEM - A robot control system has a connection module for a data network and includes a filter module configured to read data out of a data flow of a data network. The filter module identifies real-time data in the data network and extracts the real-time data as required. In addition, a method for directing data traffic in real time between a data system based on real-time and a network includes the steps of monitoring a data flow in the network for defined data using a filter module in the data system, extracting the defined data from the network, identifying real-time data in the defined data using an identification characteristic, and relaying the real-time data to a first receiving module.02-26-2009
20090109852Statistics based forwarding information base repopulation - A method and apparatus for repopulating a forwarding information base at a network device are disclosed. In one embodiment, the apparatus includes a routing information base, forwarding information base, memory for storing performance data based on packets forwarded from the network device, and a processor configured to prioritize routes stored in the routing information base based on the performance data, propagate the routes from the routing information base to the forwarding information base in an order based at least in part on the route priorities.04-30-2009
20120092991ADAPTING TRANSMISSION TO IMPROVE QOS IN A MOBILE WIRELESS DEVICE - A method and apparatus for adapting transmission to improve quality of service in a mobile wireless device that includes an application processor and a transceiver. An application service connection is established between the mobile wireless device and a remote device. The transceiver in the mobile wireless device monitors real time properties of a radio frequency access link that transports packets for the application service between the mobile wireless device and a wireless communication network. The transceiver provides local feedback to the application processor of updated values of the monitored real time properties. The application processor adjusts packet data generation and transmission in response to the updated values to manage quality of service for the application service connection. Packet data transmission adjustment includes active management of queues in the transceiver by the application processor, selectively dropping packets based on packet classifications and the local feedback information provided to the application processor.04-19-2012
20120195199WIRELESS TERMINAL, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A QoS management unit receives notification of QoS parameters for a plurality of uplink service flows from a wireless base station. A burst region management unit receives notification of an uplink user data burst region from the wireless base station. A service flow assignment unit assigns a region of uplink service flows at the uplink user data burst region assigned to its own terminal. The service flow assignment unit assigns a region of uplink service flows, prioritizing the region of at least one service flow satisfying conditions for the transmission rate, delay time, and delay time variation of the notified QoS parameters for each service flow over a region of another service flow.08-02-2012
20120195198METHOD AND APPARATUS PROVIDING PROTOCOL POLICING - A method and apparatus providing policing of control plane protocols such as in computer network routing or switching devices.08-02-2012
20100142374FLOW QoS ETHERNET SWITCH AND FLOW QoS PROCESSING METHOD USING THE SAME - There are provided a QoS Ethernet switch and a flow QoS processing method using the same. More particularly, there is provided a technology that can easily ensure IP service quality at low cost by introducing IP flow QoS function to an Ethernet switch.06-10-2010
20100142375METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MEASURING QUALITY OF NETWORKING NODES - This method is applied to nodes of networks based on carrier sense measurements and defines as well as determines accurately the values of two quality metrics to characterize respectively the accuracy of a node in carrier sensing and the ability of said node to cope with a given workload of concurrent incoming and outgoing communication traffic. These two quality metrics characterizes the intrinsic losses of a node due to different hardware and software limitations, which generate unexpected traffic losses in the node and make experimentally obtained results not match with those obtained through theoretical models. A testing controlled scenario is provided for allowing to measure the values of the two quality metrics separately, detecting the presence of the maximum value measured for concurrent workload of the node under test in the measurement of the accuracy of said node in carrier sensing.06-10-2010
20110267951Systems and Methods For Prioritization of Data For Intelligent Discard in a Communication Network - Systems and methods for optimizing system performance of capacity and spectrum constrained, multiple-access communication systems by selectively discarding packets are provided. The systems and methods provided herein can drive changes in the communication system using control responses. One such control responses includes the optimal discard (also referred to herein as “intelligent discard”) of network packets under capacity constrained conditions. The systems and methods prioritize packets and make discard decisions based upon the prioritization. Some embodiments provide an interactive response by selectively discarding packets to enhance perceived and actual system throughput, other embodiments provide a reactive response by selectively discarding data packets based on their relative impact to service quality to mitigate oversubscription, others provide a proactive response by discarding packets based on predicted oversubscription, and others provide a combination thereof.11-03-2011
20110267950TUNNEL PROVISIONING WITH LINK AGGREGATION AND HASHING - A method for processing data packets in a communication network includes establishing a path for a flow of the data packets through the communication network. At a node along the path having a plurality of aggregated ports, a port is selected from among the plurality to serve as part of the path. A label is chosen responsively to the selected port. The label is attached to the data packets in the flow at a point on the path upstream from the node. Upon receiving the data packets at the node, the data packets are switched through the selected port responsively to the label.11-03-2011
20110267946WINDOWING TECHNIQUE FOR ADAPTIVE CLOCK RECOVERY AND OTHER SIGNAL-PROCESSING APPLICATIONS - In one embodiment, an adaptive clock recovery (ACR) system generates a current delay-offset estimate value (D11-03-2011
20090129273Method & apparatus for detecting and avoiding interference in a communications network - A wireless mesh communication network includes a plurality of wireless routers which can be managed in a hierarchical manner with respect to one another and all of the routers are capable of detecting and avoiding interference on channels over which they communicate with one another. Depending upon whether a channel is active or inactive, a wireless router can either passively detect interference and then switch channels to avoid it or actively detect interference and then switch channels to avoid it.05-21-2009
20090129274METHOD FOR THE OPTIMISED MANAGEMENT OF RESOURCES IN A TERMINAL COMPRISING MULTIPLE INTERFACES - A method is provided for the transmission of data flows through multiple interfaces. The method includes: comparing a maximum throughput value offered by an interface with a cumulative value resulting from a sum of the throughputs attributed to the flows effectively travelling through the interface; and switching a flow to another interface when the maximum throughput value offered is less than the cumulative value. The method can be used to redirect data flows to an interface other than the current interface when a congestion is detected in the comparison step and to perform optimum dynamic management of the resources of different interfaces as a function of the operating conditions of the interfaces.05-21-2009
20110205899System and Method for Wireless Network Congestion Control - Congestion control provides congestion control for one or more shared resources in a wireless communication network. In one exemplary embodiment, a congestion controller manages congestion of shared packet data channels by under-serving selected ones of the data connections sharing the packet data channel. Such selective under-serving may be effected by biasing scheduling of service on the packet data channel toward maximum throughput scheduling such that connections associated with poor radio conditions are naturally under-served. Further, the controller may manage congestion of other shared resources, such as shared transmit power resources, wherein congestion of the shared power resource is managed by under-allocating transmit power to selected ones of the connections. Congestion is sensed, for example, by monitoring transmit buffer occupancy levels, and/or reserve power levels. In either case, congestion relief may be amplified where operation of the controller “triggers” flow control on the intentionally under-served ones of the active data connections.08-25-2011
20090141633METHOD FOR ADAPTING LINK WEIGHTS IN RELATION TO OPTIMIZED TRAFFIC DISTRIBUTION - The invention relates to a method which is used to adapt link weights or, link costs, for optimized traffic distribution within a communication network. According to said method, a loop is circulated until an interruption criterion is met. The individual iterations comprise the following steps: Routing of traffic within the communication network is calculated based on link cost paths. Parameter values used for opt imization e.g. the link-related volume of traffic, are determined for the individual links by means of the calculated path, and an expected volume of traffic and the link are determined for the parameter having the highest value. When the highest determined value is equal to or less than the valve of the previous step (interruption criterion), the link costs are increased for the determined link. Said method enables link costs and paths for optimized traffic distribution to be determined in an economical manner.06-04-2009
20090141632SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR NETWORK ROUTING IN A MULTIPLE BACKBONE NETWORK ARCHITECTURE - Embodiments of a network architecture include a backbone node having a plurality of independent routers or switches connected in a matrix, wherein the matrix includes a plurality of stages of routers or switches, to form a node having a node switching capacity that is greater than the node switching capacity of the individual routers or switches. A method includes assigning one of a plurality of backbone networks to a destination network address, associating a next hop loopback address with the destination network address, and advertising the destination network address in combination with the next hop loopback address through the selected backbone network address.06-04-2009
20090129271PROVIDING SERVICES TO PACKET FLOWS IN A NETWORK - A system and method for providing services to packet flows in a communication network. The services include enhanced charging, stateful firewalls, traffic performance optimization (TPO) and advanced services such as content differentiated charging, per-subscriber stateful firewalls, and VPNs, for example. A gateway can be used to route each packet flow through the services on a per-subscriber basis by inspecting accounting messages and checking subscriber profiles prior to setting up a new packet flow session. By directing the packet flow through the services requested latency can be reduced as well as the need to have equipment for each session regardless of whether the service is provided to the packet flow. The services can be provided in-line as well.05-21-2009
20120140633SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PRIORITIZING AND SCHEDULING PACKETS IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Systems and methods provide a parameterized scheduling system that incorporates end-user application awareness and can be used with scheduling groups that contain data streams from heterogeneous applications. Individual data queues within a scheduling group can be created based on application class, specific application, individual data streams or some combination thereof. Application information and Application Factors (AF) are used to modify scheduler parameters such as weights and credits to differentiate between data streams assigned to a scheduling group. Dynamic AF settings may adjust relative importance of user applications to maximize user Quality of Experience (QoE) in response to recurring network patterns, one-time events, application characteristics, protocol characteristics, device characteristics, service level agreements, or combinations thereof. Scheduling parameters may be dynamic and incorporate the notions of “duration neglect” and “recency effect” in an end-user's perception of video quality in order to optimally manage video traffic during periods of congestion.06-07-2012
20120140627METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PLANNING SERVING GENERAL PACKET RADIO SERVICE SUPPORT NODES IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method and apparatus for providing planning of a plurality of serving general packet radio service support nodes in a wireless network are disclosed. For example, the method obtains input data, and determines a limit for at least one serving general packet radio service support node parameter in accordance with the input data. The method determines if the limit for the at least one serving general packet radio service support node parameter is exceeded and determines an optimal output for an objective function, wherein the objective function is based on a plurality of penalty factors, if the limit for the at least one serving general packet radio service support node parameter is exceeded.06-07-2012
20110103224DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A data communication system for starting transmission and reception of target data for processing upon recognition that switching between communication modes is completed. The data communication system includes a master communication device and a slave communication device that continuously perform, at a time of switching from half-duplex communication to full-duplex communication, (i) a handshake using a directional control code indicating the switching and a preamble code indicating completion of the switching and (ii) a handshake using the preamble code and an acknowledge code indicating receipt of the preamble code, whereby each of the devices recognizes that the switching between communication modes by the opposite device is completed and starts transmission and reception of the target data.05-05-2011
20080316929Method and Network Element for Guaranteeing a Quality of Service in a Decentralized Network - A guaranteeing a quality of service in a decentralized network, wherein at least one first network element at least temporarily provides a service for at least one second network element is provided. The parameters relevant for the quality of service are provided via an authentication of the first network element.12-25-2008
20080316928Method and apparatus for scheduling packets in an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) system - A method and apparatus for scheduling packets in an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) system is provided. More particularly, the presently described embodiments relate to a scheduling system whereby packets are prioritized based on packet delay information. The system also handles poor geometry users in an improved manner.12-25-2008
20090052321TAXONOMY BASED MULTIPLE ANT COLONY OPTIMIZATION APPROACH FOR ROUTING IN MOBILE AD HOC NETWORKS - In one embodiment, an apparatus comprises route management logic. The logic is operable to send a plurality of forward-route packets over a route to a destination node in a mobile ad hoc network. Each one of the plurality of forward-route packets is assigned to a different class of a plurality of classes. While traversing the route to the destination node, a forward-route packet accumulates a network metric that is associated with that class of the plurality of classes to which the forward-route packet is assigned. The logic is operable to receive from the destination node a plurality of backward-route packets. Each of the plurality of backward-route packets corresponds to one of the plurality of forward-route packets, and includes a network metric that is accumulated by the corresponding forward-route packet. The logic is operable to retrieve the network metrics from each of the plurality of backward-route packets and, based on the retrieved network metrics, to compute and store a probability value that is associated with the route to the destination node.02-26-2009
20090052322Selecting Channel Bandwidth and Data Error Target Dynamically Based On a Determined Transmission Need - In a mobile communication system having channels with different bandwidths, a channel bandwidth can be dynamically selected for transmitting data over a connection between a radio access network and a mobile station. According to the invention, a channel bandwidth and also a target for a data error rate for the transmission is selected based on a determined transmission need, i.e. a determined characteristics of the data to be transmitted and on a determined load of a communication resource, e.g. channel power and/or total carrier power used in a cell. By making it possible to dynamically select a data error rate, a connection can, by increasing the data error rate and consequently decreasing the channel power, carry on using a certain channel bandwidth even if at a first instance a load threshold level is achieved for the channel power or the total power used in the cell. Thereby, the capacity of the system can be increased, while at the same time the throughput over the connection is increased.02-26-2009
20110222405SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING A STATE OF A NETWORK SERVICE - A system and method for determining a state of a network service. Frames per second at an interface are measured to determine congestion. An effective throughput at the interface is measured to determine the congestion. An average packet size for a number of frames communicated through the interface is determined. The state for the network service is determined in response to the congestion and the average packet size. The state indicates whether the SLA is violated. A throughput rate communicated through the interface is adjusted in response to the state.09-15-2011
20110222404HTTP OPTIMIZATION, MULTI-HOMING, MOBILITY AND PRIORITY - Combining parallel Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) connections and pipelining overcomes an impact of increasing Round Trip Time (RTT) by varying in real time the number of parallel connections and pipelined requests such that the number of outstanding requests is minimal and the link remains fully utilized. Optimal construction and scheduling of requests and connections in an HTTP stack improves page load time and also provides for greater responsiveness to changes in object priorities. Multi-homing and mobility at the application layer for HTTP are addressed. Multi-homing provides for simultaneous use of multiple interfaces, for example WWAN and WLAN interfaces which improves download time, especially in the case that the available bandwidth the interfaces is of the same order of magnitude. Mobility provides for switching connections as the device moves. In combination they provide for smoother mobility. Mobility can be provided this way without server or network support.09-15-2011
20090028048Data transmitting and receiving method and broadcasting receiver - A data transmitting and receiving method and a broadcasting receiver are disclosed. A cable card transmits a new flow request message for requesting a connection of a data transmitting and receiving path to a host. The host receiving the new flow request message transmits a new flow response message to the cable card. The new flow request message includes a control field for recording processing information on an error generated during communication.01-29-2009
20130121150Modifying Backbone Service Instance Identifiers based on an Identified Flow of Associated Frames - In one embodiment, backbone service instance identifiers (I-SIDs) of backbone frames are modified based on flow identification of frames encapsulated therein to induce entropy into the headers of the backbone frames. Backbone packet switching devices use the modified service instance identifier to load balance the corresponding frame through the backbone network. At an exit point of the backbone network, the original backbone service instance identifier (I-SID) associated with a frame encapsulated in a backbone frame is recovered from the modified service instance identifier, with this recovery typically including determining the flow identification of the frame encapsulated in the backbone frame.05-16-2013
20130121151Traffic load management - A node may assist in the management of upstream network traffic in part by managing a contention window used by the node. The node may maintain a list of size(s) of contention window(s) of parent node(s) of the node. The node may set its own contention window to be longer (i.e., a longer period of time) than that of upstream neighbor nodes. With a longer contention window than that of its parent node(s), the node will refrain from using an RF channel needed by a parent node. Accordingly, upstream nodes are better able to transmit any backlog of data before receiving additional data from downstream nodes. This may better distribute data over the network, and may better manage data flow.05-16-2013
20130121152ADAPTIVE LOAD BALANCING - Methods and systems for performing load balancing within an Ethernet network are provided. According to one embodiment, a set of virtual networks, into which a network has been logically divided that can be used by a first component is maintained. Each of the virtual networks is a loop-free switching path, reverse path learning network and provides a path through the network between the first component and a second component. A packet destined for the second component is received by the first component. On a packet-by-packet basis or on a per flow basis, the first component dynamically selects a particular path by selecting a virtual network for transporting the received packet that tends to balance traffic load across the virtual networks. The first component causes the received packet to be transported through the network to the second component via the particular path.05-16-2013
20130121153DYNAMIC LOAD BALANCING USING QUALITY/LOADING BANDS - Methods and apparatus for load balancing data traffic are disclosed. An example method includes determining a respective quality metric for each of a plurality of members of an aggregation group of the network device, each respective quality metric representing respective data traffic loading for each member of the plurality of aggregation group members. The example method also includes grouping the plurality of aggregation members into a plurality of loading/quality bands based on their respective quality metric. The example method further includes selecting members of the aggregation group for transmitting packets from a loading/quality band corresponding with members of the aggregation group having lower data traffic loading relative to other members of the aggregation group.05-16-2013
20090059790CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MANAGEMENT OF BACKHAUL RESOURCES - A communication network element comprises traffic scheduler logic capable of scheduling transmission of a first category of queued traffic across a backhaul interface in accordance with a rate control value. The communication network element further comprises traffic manager logic capable of scheduling transmission of a second category of queued traffic across the backhaul interface in accordance with a determined backhaul bandwidth allocation, the backhaul bandwidth allocation being based on a determination of available bandwidth across the backhaul interface not required for scheduled first category traffic.03-05-2009
20090097405METHOD FOR SETTING OUTPUT BIT RATE FOR VIDEO DATA TRANSMISSION IN A WIBRO SYSTEM - A method for setting an output bit rate for video data transmission in a WiBro system in which an uplink state value for a predetermined unit time is calculated to determine an uplink network state of the predetermined unit time. An average of uplink state values for a predetermined number of unit times is calculated, and a video encoding bit rate is increased if the average of the uplink state values is larger than a predetermined first threshold. However, the video encoding bit rate is decreased if the average of the uplink state values is less than a predetermined second threshold.04-16-2009
20110228674PACKET PROCESSING OPTIMIZATION - Some of the embodiments of the present disclosure provide a method comprising receiving a data packet that is transmitted over a network; generating classification information for the data packet; and selecting a memory storage mode for the data packet based on the classification information. Other embodiments are also described and claimed.09-22-2011
20090052324METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING QUALITY OF SERVICE IN UNIVERSAL PLUG AND PLAY NETWORK - A universal plug and play (UPnP) network is provided. In the UPnP network, a QoS policy holder of a UPnP QoS architecture manages information on QoS modes that are previously set, and a QoS manager controls QoS devices by importing traffic policies for a predetermined QoS mode from the QoS policy holder. Accordingly, a user can suitably control traffic items in the network only by selecting a desirable QoS mode according to situations.02-26-2009
20110141892DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF SIMULTANEOUSLY COMMUNICATING WITH A GROUP OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION UNITS - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of simultaneously communicating with a group of wireless communication devices. For example, a wireless communication unit may assign a plurality of wireless communication devices to at least one Space-Division Multiple Access (SDMA) group based on traffic-specification (TSPEC) information corresponding to the plurality of wireless communication devices, wherein the wireless communication unit is to simultaneously transmit a plurality of different wireless communication transmissions to the plurality of wireless communication devices of the group, respectively. Other embodiments are described and claimed.06-16-2011
20110141895Hierarchical Wireless Access System and Access Point Management Unit in the System - A hierarchical wireless access system includes terminals, access points, centralized access gateways and a plurality of master access point management units located at the access layer and adopting distributed architecture. The master access point management unit includes a communication interface interacting with the centralized access gateway and/or core networks, to which one or more access points are attached. The master access point management unit processes forwards the data and signaling among the attached access points, and provides the function of access gateway and local operation maintenance and network management. Construction of the master access point management unit and the access point in the system is also provided.06-16-2011
20110141893APPARATUS FOR MANAGING NETWORK ON PER-SUBFLOW BASIS - A subflow management apparatus that transmits media traffic to a user over a network includes a subflow transmitter and a subflow controller. The subflow transmitter identifies the characteristics of the media traffic, and classifies a flow contained in packets of the media traffic transmitted during the same session into at least one subflow and transmits the subflow to the user. The subflow controller collects information of the network required to transmit the media traffic to the user, and controls the subflow transmitter so that the media traffic is classified into the at least one subflow according to the information of the network.06-16-2011
20110141891LDP EXTENSION FOR FORWARDING PATH CONGESTION NOTIFICATION - A system includes an ingress node, an egress node, and one or more intermediate nodes. A path is formed from the ingress node to the egress node via the one or more intermediate nodes, where the path carries label distribution protocol (LDP) packets of an LDP traffic flow. One of the intermediate nodes detects traffic congestion, modifies one of the LDP packets to include an indicator of the traffic congestion, and sends the modified LDP packet towards the egress node. The egress node receives the modified LDP packet and notifies the ingress node of the traffic congestion in response to identifying the indicator of the traffic congestion within the modified LDP packet.06-16-2011
20130215746REDUCING INTERARRIVAL DELAYS IN NETWORK TRAFFIC - The disclosed embodiments provide a system that facilitates use of a network link. During operation, the system continuously monitors an interarrival delay of packets received from a sender over the network link. Next, the system adjusts a receive window for the sender based on the interarrival delay to facilitate receipt of subsequent packets from the sender and other senders over the network link.08-22-2013
20130215749RESILIENT ATTACHMENT TO PROVIDER LINK STATE BRIDGING (PLSB) NETWORKS - A system for interfacing a client system in a first network domain with a Provider Link State Bridging (PLSB) domain includes at least two Backbone Edge Bridges (BEBs) of the PLSB domain. Each BEB is an end-point of a connection in the first network domain to the client system and an end-point of at least a unicast path in the PLSB domain. An inter-node trunk is provided in the PLSB domain for interconnecting the BEBs. A phantom node is defined in the PLSB domain and is notionally located on the inter-node trunk. Each of the BEBs is configured such that: an ingress packet received from the client system via the connection in the first network domain is forwarded through a path notionally rooted at the phantom node; and an egress packet destined for the client system is forwarded to the client system through the connection in the first network domain.08-22-2013
20130215752CONTROLLING GENERATION OF FILTERED RESULT PACKETS - A result packet generator includes a processor for generation and injection of filtered result packets, at least one counter for determining input/output/result packet bandwidth, and a controller for suppressing generation of the filtered result packets when an output and/or result packet bandwidth and/or a percentage of the result packet bandwidth in the output bandwidth exceeds at least one pre-determined threshold, which may be remotely programmable.08-22-2013
20110228675WIRELESS NODE - A module transmits a request for line connection to a module at a communication time notified from a module. The module proceeds to line connection processing in response to the request for line connection and notifies the module of success or failure of line connection. The module notifies a log database of the notified success or failure of line connection. The log database records success or failure of line connection in a database as log data and notifies the module of the log data at predetermined time intervals. The module revises a communication time based on the log data and notifies the module of the revised communication time.09-22-2011
20090196180Dynamic Time-Spectrum Block Allocation for Cognitive Radio Networks - Dynamic time-spectrum block allocation for cognitive radio networks is described. In one implementation, without need for a central controller, peer wireless nodes collaboratively sense local utilization of a communication spectrum and collaboratively share white spaces for communication links between the nodes. Sharing local views of the spectrum utilization with each other allows the nodes to dynamically allocate non-overlapping time-frequency blocks to the communication links between the nodes for efficiently utilizing the white spaces. The blocks are sized to optimally pack the available white spaces. The nodes regularly readjust the bandwidth and other parameters of all reserved blocks in response to demand, so that packing of the blocks in available white spaces maintains a fair distribution of the overall bandwidth of the white spaces among active communication links, minimizes finishing time of all communications, reduces contention overhead among the nodes contending for the white spaces, and maintains non-overlapping blocks.08-06-2009
20090129272METHOD AND APPARATUS TO CONTROL DATA RATE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A serving radio network controller controls the data rate for uplink and downlink transmissions between a mobile device and a serving access point by negotiating with a drift radio network controller of a drift access point in a wireless communication system. The serving radio network controller receives a first message from the drift radio network controller, wherein the first message includes information indicating a first maximum data rate for transmissions between the mobile device and the drift access point. Based on the information indicating the first maximum data rate, the serving access point determines a second maximum data rate for transmissions between the mobile device and the serving access point.05-21-2009
20090103439Method and Device for Realizing Content Flowing on P2P Network - This invention relates to a method and device for realizing content flowing continuously on P2P network, which is used for dividing the content to be transmitted into a plurality of blocks; detects connection state of all nodes performing the content transmission, calculates an upload rate coefficient of each node, determines the selected upload rate coefficient according to the upload rate coefficient, and determines a transmission rate of the content stream and the number of the content stream transmitted by a content source, the content source distributes the content blocks being able to be transmitted by each node proportionally according to the selected upload rate coefficient of each node; and transmits the distributed content blocks to the corresponding nodes respectively, and controls the node to re-transmit the received content block to other nodes. The present invention can utilize the resource more reasonably and fully.04-23-2009
20090238073Communication control apparatus, communication control method, and Communication control program - Disclosed herein is a communication control apparatus including: a bandwidth measuring section configured to measure a physical bandwidth of data communication via a communication channel; and a rate control section configured to set a threshold that does not exceed the physical bandwidth measured by the bandwidth measuring section, cause a rate of the data communication to increase exponentially up to the threshold, and cause the rate to decrease when the rate has reached or exceeded the threshold but not reached the physical bandwidth.09-24-2009
20090219814Methods and Apparatus for Prioritizing Message Flows in a State Machine Execution Environment - A method and apparatus are provided for prioritizing message flows in a state machine execution environment. A state machine is disclosed that employs a flow graph that provides a flow control mechanism The flow control mechanism defines a plurality of states and one or more transitions between the plurality of states, wherein one or more tokens circulate within the flow graph and execute functions during the one or more transitions between the states The disclosed state machine parses one of the tokens to extract one or more predefined information elements; and assigns a priority to the token based on the extracted information elements and a state occupancy of the token, wherein the assigned priority controls an order in which the token is processed.09-03-2009
20090257350SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR USING NETWORK PERFORMANCE INFORMATION TO DETERMINE IMPROVED MEASURES OF PATH STATES - A method of determining the state of a path in a network includes measuring at a node of the network a rate of throughput over an interval for at least a portion of the path and determining at the node of the network a derivation associated with a characteristic of the frames communicated over at least the portion of the path. The method also includes determining a state of congestion of the path in response to the measured rate of throughput and the determined associated derivation.10-15-2009
20090245109METHODS, SYSTEMS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR DETECTING FLOW-LEVEL NETWORK TRAFFIC ANOMALIES VIA ABSTRACTION LEVELS - Methods, systems and computer program products for detecting flow-level network traffic anomalies via abstraction levels. An exemplary embodiment includes a method for detecting flow-level network traffic anomalies in a computer network, the method including obtaining current distributions of flow level traffic features within the computer network, computing distances of the current distributions' components from a distributions model, comparing the distances of the current distributions to distance baselines from the distributions model, determining if the distances are above a pre-determined thresholds and in response to one or more of the distances being above the pre-determined thresholds in one or more distributions, identifying the current condition to be abnormal and providing indications to its nature.10-01-2009
20120195197Method For Controlling Admission And Assigning Resources To Data Flows, Without A Priori Knowledge, In A Virtual Network - A method for controlling admission and assigning resource, without any a priori knowledge, in a network (08-02-2012
20120195196SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR QoS CONTROL OF IP FLOWS IN MOBILE NETWORKS - A system and methods for application control which enable the delivery of Rich Internet Applications such as HD/Video Stream, Gaming, and Webservice delivery over mobile operator's PLMN is disclosed. The methods define Application Program Interfaces for Application Service Providers for delivering rich applications such as NetFlix Video service, Interactive Network Gaming etc., over wireless mobile network using state of the art web protocols such as HTTP, RTMP etc. The platform that incorporates these methods interacts with 3GPP/UMTS/LTE/CDMA defined standard compliant network devices using the standard network interfaces and present application specific control function. It further identifies extensions to the logical interfaces defined by the corresponding standards (3GPP, 3GPP2 etc.). Additionally, methods and procedures for controlling QoS in the transit network gateways, such as SGSN, GGSN, or P-GW, while delivering application traffic, are also disclosed.08-02-2012
20120195195Load-Balancing Traffic with Virtual Port Channels - Techniques are provided to load-balance traffic across a plurality of virtual PortChannel links (ports) at a switch device. The switch device interfaces to the plurality of virtual PortChannel links and receives packets to be routed of the plurality of links. The switch device routes the packets of the links so as to favor certain links over others based on operation conditions of the respective links.08-02-2012
20080259801APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING REVERSE-LINK DATA TRANSMISSION RATE DURING HANDOFF - Method and apparatus for controlling data transmission rate in a wireless communication system during handoff comprises a terminal recognizing an active set comprising a serving base station and at least one non-serving base station with respect to the terminal communicating with the network at a first data transmission rate, receiving a first rate control parameter from the serving base station and a second rate control parameter from the at least one non-serving base station, wherein the first and second rate control parameters are associated with determination of a second data transmission rate of the terminal during the handoff and determining the second data transmission rate in response to the first and the second rate control parameters, wherein the second data transmission rate is one of increased rate, decreased rate and same rate from the first data transmission rate.10-23-2008
20080259799Packet Scheduling with Quality-Aware Frame Dropping for Video Streaming - The embodiments of the invention relate to video streaming, particularly to quality-aware adaptive and selective transmissions. The embodiments of the present invention provide for a set of scheduling patterns to be evaluated, and from such set determine the target scheduling pattern that is calculated to provide the least distortion increment based on the evaluation set.10-23-2008
20090129275ACCESS GATEWAY, TERMINAL AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING FLOW IN WIRELESS SYSTEM - A wireless system includes plural different access networks and terminals (05-21-2009
20100157803METHOD AND SYSTEM TO MANAGE NETWORK TRAFFIC CONGESTION IN NETWORKS WITH LINK LAYER FLOW CONTROL - A method and system to manage network traffic congestion in networks with link layer flow control is provided. The system comprises a physical queue monitor configured to monitor a state of a physical queue at a network device, a link layer flow control activator configured to activate link layer flow control based on the state of the physical queue, a proxy queue control module, a proxy queue monitor to monitor the state of the proxy queue, and a transport layer flow control activator. The proxy queue control module may be configured to update a state of a proxy queue based on the state of the physical queue. The proxy queue monitor may be configured to monitor the state of the proxy queue. The transport layer flow control activator may be configured to activate transport layer flow control based on the state of the proxy queue.06-24-2010
20100157801WIRELESS MESH NETWORK FOR INTER-COMPONENT DATA COMMUNICATIONS IN SATELLITE SYSTEMS - A network system for inter-component communications in an electronic device is disclosed. The system comprises a plurality of components for an electronic device, where each of the components communicates with at least one other component over a communications medium for a wireless mesh network. Each of the components comprises a communications transceiver operable to determine network traffic load levels for an exchange of communication data between the components, and allocate the network traffic between at least one pair of the components over a plurality of wireless links within the wireless mesh network based on potential-field based measurements at each of the components. In addition, each of the communications transceivers share the exchange of the communication data between the components based on a prescribed priority level for allocation of the network traffic.06-24-2010
20090122705Managing Bursts of Traffic In Such a Manner as to Improve The Effective Utilization of Session Servers - A method, system and computer program product for managing bursts of traffic. A counter, referred to herein as a “frequency counter,” is incremented during those time intervals an overload condition is detected and is decremented during those time intervals an overload condition is not detected. An overload condition may refer to when the number of out-of-dialog messages exceeds a threshold value corresponding to the maximum number of out-of-dialog messages that should be accepted and forwarded to an associated session server. If the count of the frequency counter exceeds some pre-configured value, then traffic that exceeds the threshold for the overload condition is stopped from being sent to the associated session server. Otherwise, traffic that exceeds the threshold for the overload condition is permitted to be sent to the associated session server. By managing bursts of traffic in such a manner, the effective utilization of session servers is improved.05-14-2009
20100165842Credit Management When Resource Granularity is Larger than Credit Granularity - In one embodiment, a receiver on a credit-based flow-controlled interface is configured to free one or more data credits early when a data payload is received that incurs fewer unused data credits within a buffer memory that is allocated at a coarser granularity than the data credits. In another embodiment, header credits and data credits are dynamically adjusted based on actual packet data payload sizes.07-01-2010
20100149980VIRTUAL ROUTER WITH A PRIORITY VALUE PER PORT - A virtual router spans a number of physical routing devices. A set of physical ports on one of the physical routing devices is logically represented as a trunk. A respective port priority value is associated with each of those ports, and a device priority value is associated with the physical routing device. If a port in the trunk is out-of-service, then the device priority value can be adjusted by the port priority value associated with the out-of-service port. A corrective action can be implemented if the device priority value fails to satisfy a condition. For example, the physical routing device may failover to another one of the physical routing devices spanned by the virtual router.06-17-2010
20100149983BROADCAST LATENCY OPTIMIZATION IN MULTIHOP WIRELESS NETWORKS - A system and methodology that can optimize practical performance by reducing broadcast latency and collisions in a multihop wireless network is provided. The system includes an optimization component that determines a schedule for transmitting and/or receiving messages at nodes in the network during one-to-all broadcasting, all-to-all broadcasting, and/or all-to-one collection. The schedule enables each node in wireless network to participate in broadcasting as soon as possible, such that, when a node transmits a message to its parent to deliver the message to a source node, the children of the node also receive the message and initiate broadcasting the message in their subtrees in parallel. Further, during data collection, the schedule for messages to be transmitted to a sink node is determined based in part on a priority associated with the message. Additionally, the generated schedule does not affect a set of theoretical bounds associated with a broadcast algorithm employed by the network.06-17-2010
20100157802TRANSPARENT NETWORK TRAFFIC INSPECTION - Methods and systems are disclosed for providing parties with levels of transparency into filtering functionality of network traffic inspection implementations. Embodiments include receiving a filter change request from a subscriber over a network that defines a modification to a set of filter criteria for filtering network traffic, the filter criteria being stored in association with the subscriber in a filter criteria data store; updating the set of filter criteria in the filter criteria data store as a function of the filter change request; receiving a content dataset relating to the network traffic; identifying the content dataset as being associated with the subscriber; retrieving the set of filter criteria associated with the subscriber from the data store; and filtering the network traffic as a function of the set of filter criteria. Embodiments further provide layers of access for different entities to the filtered traffic.06-24-2010
20100157799LOAD BALANCING - A method of load balancing data packets at an array is disclosed. The method includes receiving a data packet encoded in a first format at an input of the array. The received data packet is assigned to an assigned element of the array, and the data packet is routed to a device. A message encoded in a second format is received from the device at the array. Information is extracted from a payload portion of the message, and the message is assigned to the assigned element of the array based on the information extracted from the payload portion of the message.06-24-2010
20100157804SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRACKING MAXIMUM THROUGHPUT AND SLA COMPLIANCE - A system and method for controlling maximum throughput for communications. A frame size of each packet communicated to a UNI is determined. A maximum throughput is determined in response to the determined frame size of each packet communicated to the UNI. Frames per second are measured at the UNI. An amount of loss at the UNI is determined. A message indicating the maximum throughput, the amount of loss, and the frames per second is communicated in response to determining there is loss.06-24-2010
20100157805TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT FOR FRAME RELAY SWITCHED DATA SERVICE - A new type of data transport service which uses a frame relay layer 06-24-2010
20090285097METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING TRAFFIC ENGINEERING INTERWORKING - An approach is provided for interworking traffic onto a composite transport group (CTG). An attribute associated with a composite transport group is determined based on a characteristic of a traffic flow associated with a label-switched network. The traffic flow is mapped to one or more component connections of the composite transport group based on the attribute.11-19-2009
20100002584MANAGING TRAFFIC IN COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM HAVING DISSIMILAR CDMA CHANNELS - In a code division multiple access (CDMA) communications system including one or more terminals (such as customer premise equipments, CPEs) that communicate with a node (such as an Internet gateway) via at least a random access channel and a reservation-oriented channel, various schemes of managing communications traffic among the channels are provided. Decisions as to the channel on which a given terminal may transmit may be based on: traffic statistics (such as packet size or average data rate over a time period), traffic content (such as packet type), the terminal's output buffer loading (queue state, or “Q-state”), a history of the terminal's output buffer loading (one or more Q-states), and so forth. In one application, decisions in managing traffic in a live user's web browsing sessions may involve intelligent ascertainment of whether a given terminal is busy based on traffic analysis or output buffer loading.01-07-2010
20100002583Systems And Methods For Modeling A Mobile Ad Hoc Wireless Network - Systems and methods for modeling a mobile ad hoc wireless network are disclosed herein. In some embodiments of the disclosed subject matter, methods for modeling a mobile ad hoc wireless network for a predetermined geographical area. An exemplary method includes dividing the geographic area into a network grid including a plurality of network grid elements, locating obstacles, if any, to communication between transmission nodes located in at least two different grid elements from the plurality of network grid elements, locating bottlenecks within the plurality of network grid elements, locating network grid elements from the plurality of network grid elements where wireless transmission is unconstricted, determining a transmission flow rate across the bottlenecks, and comparing the transmission flow rate across the bottlenecks to determine if any of the bottlenecks are not real bottlenecks.01-07-2010
20100188979FORWARDING PACKETS TO A DIRECTED ACYCLIC GRAPH DESTINATION USING LINK SELECTION BASED ON RECEIVED LINK METRICS - Each network node having at least one destination-oriented link toward a directed acyclic graph (DAG) destination can receive a corresponding set of path performance metrics via the destination-oriented link. The set of path performance metrics, initiated by the DAG destination outputting initial link metrics on each of its source-connecting links, identifies aggregate link metrics for a corresponding path to the DAG destination via the corresponding destination-oriented link. The network node outputs a corresponding updated set of path performance metrics on each of its source-connecting links based on the received set of path performance metrics and the corresponding link metric for the corresponding source-connecting link. Hence, each network node in the DAG can assess the performance of each connected path to the DAG destination, and forward a data packet via a selected destination-oriented link based on the corresponding path performance metrics and forwarding policies for the forwarded data packet.07-29-2010
20100188978METHOD FOR TIME DELAYING DIGITAL CONTENT FLOWS, CORRESPONDING DEVICE, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A method is provided for delaying a digital flow broadcast. The digital flow is carried by a plurality of datagrams, each including a first network level flow destination address. The method includes capturing and continuously recording the broadcast datagrams in a temporary recording space, creating a recorded flow. The datagrams of the recorded flow are continuously retransmitted after a preset length of time.07-29-2010
20110128854MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL FORWARDING PROTOCOL06-02-2011
20100188976Dynamic Management of Network Flows - A plurality of flow network elements monitors network flows at the subscriber level for a plurality of subscribers. The flow network elements export flow records to a collector, which organizes the flow records. A policy client correlates the flow records and determines whether any network flows are violating a flow policy definition. If a flow policy definition is violated, the policy client transmits a policy action to a policy server which indicates what action to take for a given violating flow. The policy server assigns a flow policy for the subscriber corresponding with the violating flow. The assigned flow policy is then transmitted to the flow network element having that violating flow, and that flow network element installs the flow policy.07-29-2010
20100182908TRAFFIC CONTROL METHOD FOR IPTV BROADCASTING SERVICE - Provided is a traffic control method of IPTV broadcast service that allows a broadcast server to transmit data in a maximum bandwidth. The broadcast server sets a maximum buffer amount. The broadcast server monitors a network state to transmit data in a maximum bandwidth allowed by a network. The broadcast server judges whether a buffer amount of transmitted data reaches a maximum buffer amount. When the buffer amount of transmitted data reaches the maximum buffer amount, the broadcast server controls a bandwidth depending on a reproduction speed of a set-top box (STB) to transmit data. When the buffer amount of transmitted data does not reach the maximum buffer amount, the broadcast server transmits data in a maximum bandwidth allowed by the network.07-22-2010
20100188977INTERNET PROTOCOL HEADER COMPRESSION REORDERING - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a method and related network node including one or more of the following: receiving, at the network node, a packet belonging to a flow, the packet including a marking used to identify a quality of service (QoS) required for the packet; assigning a compression context identifier to the packet; queuing the packet in a queue selected from a plurality of queues based on the marking in the packet; identifying a period of congestion and, in response, blocking the packet; when the period of congestion has ended and the packet is dequeued, determining whether the QoS associated with the packet is the same as a QoS stored in a context identifier storage; and when the QoS associated with the packet is not the same as the QoS stored in the context identifier storage, determining that the flow has expired and discarding the packet.07-29-2010
20120063317BASE STATION, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING BASE STATION, CONTROL PROGRAM, AND MOBILE STATION - To provide a base station in which an electric power consumed in the base station can be suppressed and an electromagnetic wave interference between the base stations can be avoided, a method for controlling a base station, a control program, and a mobile station. The base station includes storage means, traffic history generation means for measuring a traffic of the base station for each unit time and storing it in the storage means as a traffic history, and control means for controlling transmission of a control signal based on the traffic history.03-15-2012
20100260050VIDEO AND DATA NETWORK LOAD BALANCING WITH VIDEO DROP - A network access unit includes: a source data receiver module adapted to receive multiple first source data representing respective video content and second source data representing broadband data content; a network control module adapted to receive link condition data and configuration data, calculate priority data based on the link condition data and the configuration data, and use the priority data to generate a master schedule including program data indicating that some but not all of the multiple first source data are to be transmitted; a pre-coder module adapted to pre-code respective first source data using respective pre-coding schemes to generate respective sets of representation data, if the program data is determined to indicate that the respective first source data is to be transmitted; and an ACM module adapted to associate, for each first source data indicated for transmission, the respective sets of representation data with respective coding and modulation schemes.10-14-2010
20100149982System and Method for Controlling Streaming Content in a Cellular Telephone - A method includes receiving a plurality of control parameters at a first mobile communications device, and storing the control parameters in a memory of the first mobile communications device. The method also includes setting a plurality of first Internet Protocol data flow restrictions for a respective plurality of ports first of the first mobile communications device based on the settings in the memory. A device for implementing the method is also disclosed.06-17-2010
20100182907Congestion Control in Stateless Domains - Reducing congestion in an IP domain wherein congested data flows arriving at an egress edge node of the network are identified. Total congestion represented by the congested flows is determined, and a congestion extent notification is sent from the egress edge node to its ingress edge node peer. The congestion extent notification includes information regarding the total congestion and is sent on a per-class basis. Congested core routers in the network insert DSCPs into data packets passing through them to enable the egress edge nodes to identify the affected flows. The core routers may also send congestion metric messages, designed to follow the same path as the marked packets, to inform the egress edge nodes of the extent of congestion. In an alternative method, the egress edge nodes inform their ingress peers that congestion is present, without initially identifying the extent. The ingress edge node sends a query downstream with a congestion metric.07-22-2010
20130215745DYNAMIC BUFFER MANAGEMENT IN HIGH-THROUGHPUT WIRELESS SYSTEMS - Dynamic buffer management for wireless communication systems facilitates enhanced throughput. The dynamic buffer management reduces buffer allocation for the current service period near the end of the current service period, and allocates the freed buffer space to one or more subsequent service periods before they begin. As a result, the host may begin to transfer data for those subsequent service periods in advance, so that data is immediately available to send when the subsequent service periods begin.08-22-2013
20130215753NON-INTRUSIVE METHOD FOR SYNCHRONIZING MASTER AND SLAVE CLOCKS OF A PACKET-SWITCHED NETWORK, AND ASSOCIATED SYNCHRONIZATION DEVICES - A method is devoted to the synchronization of master (HM) and slave (HE) clocks of a packet-switched network, capable of exchanging synchronization packet flows via intermediary equipment (E1-E9) of that network, connected to one another. This method comprises the following steps: 08-22-2013
20100177638HIGH PERFORMANCE PROBABILISTIC RATE POLICER - A data flow rate policer enforces data flow policies for a number of data flows using a probabilistic policy enforcement mechanism. The policer includes a memory that stores the state of each data flow in a compact data structure. Additionally, the policer includes one or more policing engines that implement the actual data flow policies based on information derived from the data structures. The policing engines may be implemented in hardware to increase performance.07-15-2010
20090116391METHOD FOR DATA FLOW CONTROL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The invention relates to a method for controlling the flow of data between an RNC (R) and a base station (BS) of a UMTS mobile communications system with HSDPA capability via an lub interface (I05-07-2009
20090116389RESOURCE SCALING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate resource scaling for inter-access point fairness in a wireless communication system. As described herein, an offered load of an access point can be determined based on one or more loading metrics relating to associated terminals, throughput, data rate, quality of service (QoS), or the like. Based on the determined offered load of an access point, resources used by the access point and/or power utilized for communication over those resources can be scaled based on a comparison of the offered load of the access point to a nominal or default offered load. Centralized techniques for resource scaling are described herein, wherein one or more centralized controllers coordinate resource scaling with respective access points via backhaul messaging. In addition, distributed techniques for resource scaling are described herein, wherein neighboring access points communicate with each other via over-the-air messaging to determine a local optimal resource apportionment.05-07-2009
20090116388Vehicle Communication Method and Communication Device - In a vehicle communication method in which communication between a plurality of communication devices is performed and an amount of communication data sent from each communication device is changed, features are as follows. That is, if the amount of communication data sent from the first communication device is to be increased, the amount of communication data sent from the second communication device is decreased so that a total sum of the amounts of communication data sent from all the communication devices does not exceed a predetermined value.05-07-2009
20090116387BANDWIDTH CONTROL CIRCUIT AND BANDWIDTH CONTROL METHOD USED FOR THE SAME05-07-2009
20100238804FLOW CONTROL FOR MULTI-HOP NETWORKS - Solutions are provided that allow a network device to apply flow control on the MAC layer while taking into account the priority of the frame of traffic. This may be accomplished by generating a frame indicating that traffic flow should be paused, while utilizing a new opcode value, or alternatively by utilizing a new type/length value (possibly combined with a new opcode value). A receiving device may then examine the fields of the frame to determine whether it should it should use priority-based pausing, and then examine other fields to determine which priority-levels to pause and for how long. This allows for improved efficiency in flow control at the MAC layer. Additionally, the tagged pause frames can be forwarded over multiple hops on Local Area Networks across a Metropolitan Area Network or Wide Area Network.09-23-2010
20100254264METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR DYNAMICALLY RATE LIMITING SLOWPATH PROCESSING OF EXCEPTION PACKETS - The subject matter described herein includes methods and systems for dynamically rate limiting slowpath processing of exception packets. According to one embodiment, a method includes monitoring processing resources in a packet forwarding device used for performing slowpath processing of exception packets at the packet forwarding device. It is determined whether usage of the processing resources used for slowpath processing exceeds a first threshold and, in response to determining that the processing resources exceed the first threshold, rate limiting the slowpath processing of the exception packets.10-07-2010
20120127862INGRESS TRAFFIC FLOW CONTROL IN A DATA COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Embodiments of the invention provide flow control of incoming data packets to data processing resources via a controller that can receive and react to advanced backpressure messages. These advanced backpressure messages are used to rate limit the data packets based one or more of the following factors: traffic class, traffic priority, destination port. The controller can also generate a traffic preference message to an upstream source of the data packets to inform the upstream unit of the most appropriate type of data that should be transmitted downstream at that time, thereby improving the likelihood of the transmitted data being processed in a proper and timely manner by the downstream data processing resources. Embodiments of the invention can improve the performance of a communications system during periods of congestion by ensuring that high-priority traffic has precedence over traffic of lower priority while maximizing utilization of the ingress data path bandwidth.05-24-2012
20120127860Dynamic Flow Redistribution for Head of Line Blocking Avoidance - An apparatus and related methods are provided to greatly reduce the negative impact of head of line (HOL) blocking. At a device (e.g., switch, router, etc.) configured to forward packets in a network, new packets that are to be forwarded from the device to other devices in the network are stored in a memory of the device. Entries are added to a queue link list for the at least one queue as new packets are added to the at least one queue. A detection is made when the at least one queue exceeds a threshold indicative of head of line blocking. For new packets that are to be added to the at least one queue, entries are added to a sub-queue link list for the plurality of sub-queues such that packets are assigned to different ones of a plurality of sub-queues when the at least one queue exceeds the threshold. Packets are output from the memory for the plurality of sub-queues according to the sub-queue link list.05-24-2012
20110058475Utilization of Data Links - Control of a data packet buffer in a communication system is described. Control of a data packet queue in a transmission link is shown. In the queue there is stored a plurality of received data packets that are intended for transmission over a wireless interface. Selected packets are discarded from the queue without the selected packets having been transmitted. A packet is selected for discarding depending on at least the length of time the packet has been stored in the queue. The discarding of a selected packet is effectuated on condition that at least a predetermined time period has elapsed since a previous discarding of a packet has taken place. Such a solution is advantageous in that, for varying transmission bandwidth conditions in the transmission link, it is possible to achieve good link utilization and throughput, while at the same time enabling a low end-to-end delay for packets transmitted in the link.03-10-2011
20100208590PEER-TO-PEER TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT BASED ON KEY PRESENCE IN PEER-TO-EER CONTROL TRANSFERS - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a method and related network element including: receiving a first plurality of packets transmitted between a peer-to-peer (P2P) client and a P2P central entity; performing deep packet inspection (DPI) to extract a key from one or more of the first plurality of packets, the key identifying a P2P content item; receiving a second plurality of packets; performing DPI to extract location information of at least one P2P peer from one or more of the second plurality of packets; detecting at least one subsequent IP flow between the P2P client and the at least one P2P peer using the extracted location information, the at least one subsequent IP flow relating to a transfer of the P2P content item; and performing a traffic management action on the at least one subsequent IP flow.08-19-2010
20100128606FIRST-HOP DOMAIN RELIABILITY MEASUREMENT AND LOAD BALANCING IN A COMPUTER NETWORK - In one embodiment, probe messages may be transmitted from a local domain to a set of one or more responding probe targets located beyond a plurality of probed first-hop domains of the local domain, the probe messages transmitted via each of a plurality of probed first-hop domains. A reliability of each probed first-hop domain may then be determined based on responsiveness of probe messages transmitted via each respective probed first-hop domain, such that traffic destined beyond the probed first-hop domains may be load balanced across the probed first-hop domains based on the respective reliability, regardless of a traffic-class and a destination of the traffic.05-27-2010
20120140630Method Of Limiting The Amount Of Network Traffic Reaching A Local Node Operating According To An Industrial Ethernet Protocol - A method of limiting the amount of network traffic reaching a local node in an electronic device operating an Ethernet networking protocol and using a network stack including at least one physical layer (PHY) and one link layer, preferably a media access controller (MAC). The electronic device is connected to a communication network, the network traffic is filtered, and an unwanted data reception is filtered out. Filtering the network traffic takes place during reception. Network traffic is inspected, and if an unwanted reception is detected, the unwanted data is discarded when it reaches media access controller (MAC) of the network stack of the electronic device. An electronic device, functioning as a node, embodying aspects of the invention is described, and a computer program for carrying out the invention is also described.06-07-2012
20100061238METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR FLOW CONTROL ASSOCIATED WITH MULTI-STAGED QUEUES - In one embodiment, a method, comprising receiving at a receive side of a physical link a request to suspend transmission of data from a queue within a transmit side of a first stage of queues and to suspend transmission via a path including the physical link, a portion of the first stage of queues, and a portion of a second stage of queues. The method includes sending, in response to the request, a flow control signal to a flow control module configured to schedule transmission of the data from the queue within the transmit side of the first stage of queues. The flow control signal is associated with a first control loop including the path and differing from a second control loop that excludes the first stage of queues.03-11-2010
20090323532NETWORK SYSTEM WITH QUALITY OF SERVICE MANAGEMENT AND ASSOCIATED MANAGEMENT METHOD - A network system with QoS management and an associated management method are provided. The network system comprises a switch network, a target device, and at least a source device for issuing a packet to the target device via the switch network. The switch network comprises a flow control unit, a switch unit and a scheduling unit. The flow control unit determines whether to output a high priority packet according to a target priority level and a high priority bandwidth quota of the source device, and directly outputs a low priority packet. The switch unit determines a packet forwarding sequence according to a packet arbitration policy. The scheduling unit determines the sequence for packets to enter the target device. The scheduling unit updates the target priority level as the priority level of a packet entering the target device, and informs the flow control unit of the updated target priority level.12-31-2009
20090073883Methods And Apparatus For Controlling Wireless Network Operations Associated With Flow Control Process - Methods and apparatus for controlling wireless network operations associated with a flow control process which terminates data communications to a mobile station based on an out-of-coverage condition between the mobile station and a wireless communication network. In the wireless communication network, an indication is identified which indicates whether a mobile station utilizes an always-on connection for a data service. Based on the indication indicating that the mobile station utilizes the always-on connection, the flow control process is bypassed. Otherwise, the flow control process is performed. The always-on connection may be utilized for an e-mail application for the mobile station and involve a Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) session.03-19-2009
20090073879METHOD OF MANAGING AN INTERFACE COMPRISING MEANS FOR CONTROLLING REMOTE TERMINALS - A method is provided for transmission within a telecommunication system, which includes a plurality of terminals that can exchange data flows therebetween. The method includes at least: a step of comparing a maximum throughput value offered by an interface with a cumulative value of the throughputs of flows that are intended to pass through the interface; and a step of adjusting the throughput of a particular flow following transmission of an adjustment value to a flow-emitting entity, which is executed when the maximum value is less than the cumulative value. The method enables a given terminal to adjust the throughput of a flow even when the flow is generated by a remote terminal.03-19-2009
20090073884NETWORK RECEIVE INTERFACE FOR HIGH BANDWIDTH HARDWARE-ACCELERATED PACKET PROCESSING - Disclosed is a system and methods for accelerating network packet processing for devices configured to process network traffic at relatively high data rates. The system incorporates a hardware-accelerated packet processing module that handles in-sequence network packets and a software-based processing module that handles out-of-sequence and exception case network packets.03-19-2009
20090073880SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING CONGESTION IN A DEDICATED SHORT RANGE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system and method is disclosed for controlling congestion in communications between an RSE and multiple OBEs in a DSRC system. In certain embodiments, a system and method for controlling congestion in communications between an RSE and multiple OBEs includes determining a priority level for each of multiple OBEs with respect to reserving a channel between each OBE and an RSE. Based on this determination, each OBE is assigned a waiting period based on their respective priority levels. The OBEs then send requests to reserve a channel to the RSE after waiting the assigned waiting periods.03-19-2009
20110032823PACKET DECONSTRUCTION/RECONSTRUCTION AND LINK-CONTROL - The present disclosure includes methods, devices, and systems for packet processing. One method embodiment for packet flow control includes deconstructing a transport layer packet into a number of link-control layer packets, wherein each of the link-control layer packets has an associated sequence number, communicating the number of link-control layer packets via a common physical connection for a plurality of peripheral devices, and limiting a number of outstanding link-control layer packets during the communication.02-10-2011
20090147682Bandwidth Managing Router and System - A system for managing network and internet access provides a combined router and bandwidth management unit (BMU) in communication with a client server. The client server contains account information for clients and automatically communicates with the BMU to transmit changes in access setting based on changes to the clients account status.06-11-2009
20130128741FLOW BASED QOS ROUTER CAPABLE OF REPORTING REAL-TIME STATISTICS - Disclosed is a flow-based QoS router capable of reporting real-time statistics, including: a line card configured to collect flow information by analyzing a flow, classify the collected flow information into flow information not requesting filtering and flow information requesting filtering, and transmit each of the flow information not requesting filtering and the flow information requesting filtering; a system supervisor controller configured to receive the flow information not requesting filtering and the flow information requesting filtering from the line card and store the flow information not requesting filtering and the flow information requesting filtering, and accessed by a manager terminal to monitor the flow information not requesting filtering and the flow information requesting filtering to perform filtering of and QoS application to a predetermined flow; and an application processor configured to command QoS application to the predetermined flow according to a request from the system supervisor controller.05-23-2013
20100220593COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - Each of PLC modems 09-02-2010
20110110232BACK PRESSURE REMEDIATION - Back pressure is mapped within a network, and primary bottlenecks are distinguished from dependent bottlenecks. Further, the presently disclosed technology is capable of performing network healing operations designed to reduce the data load on primary bottlenecks while ignoring dependent bottlenecks. Still further, the presently disclosed technology teaches identifying and/or suggesting a switch port for adding a node to the network. More specifically, various implementations analyze traffic load and back pressure in a network, identify primary and dependent bottlenecks, resolve the primary bottlenecks, collect new node parameters, and/or select a switch port for the new node. Further, a command can be sent to a selected switch to activate an indicator on the selected port. New node parameters may include new node type, maximum load, minimum load, time of maximum load, time of minimum load and type of data associated with the new node.05-12-2011
20100220594EFFICIENT FLOW CONTROL IN A RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER (RNC) - In one aspect, a mechanism is provided to resolve the Iub transport network congestion in the uplink direction by using the transmission window of the RLC to control the transfer rate of the flow. The RNC (09-02-2010
20100220595DISTRIBUTED CONGESTION AVOIDANCE IN A NETWORK SWITCHING SYSTEM - According to an example embodiment, a total offered traffic load for a shared resource within a network switching system may be determined, the total offered traffic load may include, for example, a sum of offered traffic loads from one or more active virtual output queues (VOQs) of the network switching system. A capacity of the shared resource within the network switching system may be determined. A transmission rate from one or more of the active VOQs over the shared resource may be adjusted such that the total traffic load from the active VOQs does not exceed the capacity of the shared resource.09-02-2010
20080273464Retro Flow Control for Arriving Traffic in Computer Networks - The decision within a packet processing device to transmit a newly arriving packet into a queue to await further processing or to discard the same packet is made by a flow control method and system. The flow control is updated with a constant period determined by storage and flow rate limits. The update includes comparing current queue occupancy to a threshold. The outcome of the update is adjustment up or down of the transmit probability value. The value is stored for the subsequent period of flow control and packets arriving during that period are subject to a transmit or discard decision that uses that value.11-06-2008
20090103437Method of transmitting/receiving data in sensor network for reducing overhearing of sensor nodes - Provided is a method of transmitting/receiving data in a sensor node for reducing overhearing of sensor nodes, and a sensor network which implements the method. A sender node having transmission data from among a plurality of nodes which perform a low power listening (LPL) operation in an asynchronous manner at predetermined time intervals, generates a long preamble including short preambles, each having information including a destination address of the transmission data, a remainder of the long preamble, and a length of the transmission data, and sequentially transmits the second preamble and the transmission data. A receiver node from among the plurality of nodes determines whether a valid signal is sensed during an active state in the LPL operation. If it is determined that the valid signal is sensed, the receiver node receives the short preamble transmitted from the sender node. The receiver node determines a duration time of a deactivated state of the receiver node based on the received first preamble, thereby reducing overhearing in the sensor network.04-23-2009
20100296399WIRELESS BASE TRNSCEIVER STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND DATA TRANSFER METHOD - A wireless base transceiver station that transmits and receives data to and from an external device via fixed-line communication and transmits and receives data to and from a mobile station via radio communication. The wireless base transceiver station includes a radio communication unit configured to measure radio quality in a radio zone based on an error rate of data received from the radio zone, and a fixed-line communication unit configured to measure the amount of data flow in a fixed-line zone to perform flow control on data in the fixed-line zone. The wireless base transceiver station includes a control unit configured to control the flow control performed by the fixed-line communication unit, based on the amount of data flow in the fixed-line zone and the radio quality in the radio zone that have been measured by the fixed-line communication unit and the radio communication unit.11-25-2010
20110128853PACKET RELAY APPARATUS AND CONGESTION CONTROL METHOD - A packet relay apparatus relaying a packet exchanged between communication apparatuses with a connection established is provided. The packet relay apparatus includes a buffer for storing a packet selected from among arrival packets so that a transfer of the selected packet is to be suspended, and a congestion controller for monitoring, after the storage of the packet on the buffer, a packet passing through the packet relay apparatus, and causing the packet, stored on the buffer, to be transmitted at a timing responsive to a passage status of a packet having the same connection as the connection of the packet stored on the buffer.06-02-2011
20110128850BAND CONTROL SYSTEM, LOAD DISTRIBUTION DEVICE AND BAND CONTROL DEVICE - Band control is conducted for each user by distributing traffic for each user in a case where a plurality of band control devices are required due to increased traffic and under the condition where the user uses a plurality of terminals or has a plurality of IP addresses with one terminal to generate a plurality of communications at the same time. The band control is performed for each user, using a load distribution device for specifying a user identifier such as a contractor number or telephone number from the source IP address used by the users in making the communication, and transferring the traffic based on the user identifier, a user management device for managing the correspondence between the user identifier and the source IP address, and a plurality of band control devices for managing the traffic for each user identifier, and making the band control of traffic for each user through a transparent process installed on the network path and not recognized by the originator and recipient of the communication.06-02-2011
20100302946System and Method for Relay Node Flow Control in a Wireless Communications System - A system and method for relay node flow control and/or congestion control in a wireless communications system are provided. A method for relay operation includes determining a buffer status of a buffer for data to be transmitted on a communications channel allocated from network resources controlled by a communications controller, computing buffer status information based on the buffer status, and transmitting the buffer status information to the communications controller.12-02-2010
20100278046METHOD FOR DISTRIBUTING MESSAGES TO DESTINATION NODES - In the method of the invention, messages received by a message distributor are distributed to destination nodes. The method includes an optional procedure for obtaining a congestion metric of each of the at least two destination nodes, and a procedure for obtaining a latency metric of each of at least two destination nodes. The latency metric of a destination node includes a measure of a transmission time between the message distributor and the destination node. The method further includes a procedure for computing destination weights of each of the at least two destination nodes by taking into account the congestion metric, if obtained, and the latency metric of each of the at least two destination nodes; and a procedure for selecting as a destination for a received message one of the at least two destination nodes, depending at least on the destination weights.11-04-2010
20100302944System & method for load spreading - Various method and apparatus are provided directed to load allocation. In one embodiment, a distributor distributes a load to one of a plurality of peer nodes, each peer node having associated thereto a corresponding scalar based on a load factor value, the scalar of the one peer node satisfying a load management condition. The corresponding scalar of the plurality of peer nodes may be tested in a sequentially order until the load management condition is satisfied by the scalar of the one peer nodes. Testing may include threshold testing and begin with the scalar of a last remote peer node to which a most recent prior load was distributed. When the load management condition is satisfied by a scalar, it is decremented based on the load factor value, which may approximate a first number divided by the number of peer nodes in the plurality.12-02-2010
20130136002APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA AND METHOD FOR DETERMINATION OF TRANSMISSION RATE - Disclosed is a data transmitter including: a plurality of write tasks configured to transmit data in parallel to a receiver over a network; and a control task configured to control the plurality of write tasks so that the plurality of write tasks are operated in a fixed transmission rate operation mode or a variable transmission rate operation mode in which a transmission rate varies depending on network conditions. Thus, network bandwidth can be efficiently shared with cross traffic even when a parallel TCP stream is used.05-30-2013
20090052323Managing Traffic in a Satellite Transmission System - Methods and apparatus are described for management of traffic comprising a statistical shaper having a plurality of inputs each for receiving a data stream and a plurality of outputs forming a variable rate bit streams; a multiplexer which combines the bit streams to form an output stream; a modulation stage which is operable to use one or more of a plurality of different modulation schemes to modulate the bit streams onto an output bearer; and, a controller which is operable to control the amount of data arriving at the modulation stage. The controller performs rate control of the data arriving at the modulation stage so that the rate of data output in the output stream from the modulator stage is within a predetermined limit for the transmission channel. For example if the modulation rate for any one bitstream changes, this would alter the rate of data transmission after the modulation stage except that excess data is stored in buffers. For example, by controlling the data rate arriving at the modulator stage, the controller regulates the amount of data stored in buffers at the modulation stage.02-26-2009
20100302945METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING A COLLABORATIVE REPLY OVER AN AD-HOC MESH NETWORK - An approach is provided for providing a collaborative reply to a flooding message over an ad-hoc mesh network. A reply message to a flooding message is received by a wireless node within the ad-hoc network. The wireless node monitors for an acknowledgement of receipt of the reply message according to a routing table and initiates a scheduled transmission of the reply message based on the monitoring.12-02-2010
20110122770LAWFUL INTERCEPTION FOR 2G/3G EQUIPMENT INTERWORKING WITH EVOLVED PACKET SYSTEM - A method, system, and a computer program product for reducing consumption of resources for lawful interception or retention data related to traffic concerning a 2G/3G target mobile connected to a telecommunications network interworking with Evolved Packet System is provided. At least a first parameter value in data for which lawful interception or data retention has been activated is detected at a first node. Based on at least the first parameter value, whether the traffic is intercepted or retained at a second node crossed by the traffic in the same network is evaluated. If the second node is located downstream of the first node, lawful interception requests or intercepted data are filtered out.05-26-2011
20090073882DIRECTIONAL AND PRIORITY BASED FLOW CONTROL MECHANISM BETWEEN NODES - A node uses a two dimensional array of transmit queues to store frames to be transmitted from the node to another node. The size of the array is governed by the number of directions to which the other node may forward frames once received from the node, and the number of priorities that may be associated with the frames. The transmit queues are distinguished from each other based on direction and priority. A transmitter transmits frames dequeued from the transmit queues to the other node. Control logic that controls the transmit queues receives an indication from the other node whether the other node is experiencing traffic congestion in any of the directions and the priority of frames at or below which the control logic is to control the dequeuing of frames from transmit queues corresponding to the directions in which the other node is experiencing traffic congestion.03-19-2009
20100322075SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SELECTIVELY PERFORMING EXPLICIT CONGESTION NOTIFICATION - A system provides congestion control and includes multiple queues that temporarily store data and a drop engine. The system associates a value with each of the queues, where each of the values relates to an amount of memory associated with the queue. The drop engine compares the value associated with a particular one of the queues to one or more programmable thresholds and selectively performs explicit congestion notification or packet dropping on data in the particular queue based on a result of the comparison.12-23-2010
20100322073COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION TERMINAL APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - The amount of information reported by a communication terminal apparatus to a communication control apparatus is reduced based on the congestion status of communication. Communication control 12-23-2010
20110128851Reverse Link Power Control - This description describes examples of performing reverse link power control in a mobile network having a plurality of first modem devices that receive and transmit signals to wireless access terminals (ATs) and a second device in communication with the plurality of first devices. One of the first devices derives a first power control threshold (PCT) value for reverse link power of one of the access terminals (ATs) and the second device derives a second power control threshold (PCT) value for reverse link power of the one of the ATs. The second power control threshold (PCT) value is transmitted using a data traffic path and either the first PCT value or the second PCT value is selected.06-02-2011
20110128849Signaling for Safety Message Transmission in Vehicular Communication Networks - Messages are broadcast in a vehicular environment using a network of nodes. Each node includes a transceiver and a processor arranged in a vehicle. A bandwidth of the network is partitioned into a set of channels including a control channel (CCH) and multiple service channel (SCH). Time is partitioned into alternating control channel intervals (CCHI) and service channel intervals (SCHI). A particular node transmits an attention signal indicating intent to access a particular channel to transmit a high priority safety message, wherein the network is designed according to a standard for a vehicular environment. The node then waits a random length backoff time and transmits the high priority safety message related to the vehicular environment after the random length backoff time.06-02-2011
20110002223OPTIMIZING PHYSIOLOGIC MONITORING BASED ON AVAILABLE BUT VARIABLE SIGNAL QUALITY - When transmitting patient data over a hospital network, data types are prioritized into a data type hierarchy (01-06-2011
20110002222METER-BASED HIERARCHICAL BANDWIDTH SHARING - Example methods and apparatus for hierarchical bandwidth management are disclosed. An example method includes, receiving a data packet included in a first data traffic flow having a first rate of traffic. The example method further includes marking the data packet with a first marker type if the first rate of traffic is less than or equal to a first threshold, otherwise marking the data packet with a second marker type. The example method also includes combining the first data traffic flow with a second data traffic flow having a second rate of traffic to produce a third data traffic flow having a third rate of traffic. The example method still further includes, if the data packet is marked with the first marker type, forwarding the data packet in the third data flow. The example method yet further includes, if the data packet is marked with the second marker type and the third rate of traffic is less than or equal to a second threshold, forwarding the data packet in the third data flow, otherwise, discarding the packet.01-06-2011
20110242980Capacity Monitoring of Multi-Service Networks - A network management device (10-06-2011
20110242979Enhanced Random Early Discard for Networked Devices - Methods, apparatuses and systems directed to enhanced random early discard mechanisms implemented in various networked devices including end-systems such as servers and intermediate systems such as gateways and routers. In one implementation, the present invention enables a random early discard mechanism that intelligently biases the drop probabilities of select packets based on one or more application-aware and/or flow-aware metrics or state conditions.10-06-2011
20100182909CONJESTION CONTROL SYSTEM - A congestion control system is provided between a terminal and a server device to avoid a congestion state in the server device by preferentially regulating the request with a high load on the server device. The congestion control system estimates the load of the request from the terminal to be placed on the server device for the next communication sequence, based on the response from the server device to the request from the terminal, and adds the estimated load information to the response to the terminal. Subsequently, the request from the terminal includes the load information, so that the congestion control system controls the regulation of the request from the terminal based on the load information included in the request.07-22-2010
20090067333APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRAFFIC FLOW IN BACKHAUL LINK IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method, system, and apparatus for controlling traffic flow in one or more backhaul links in a wireless communication network is provided. Each backhaul link of the one or more backhaul link includes a backhaul uplink and a backhaul downlink. The method includes analyzing one or more backhaul uplinks and one or more backhaul downlinks between a controller and one or more Base Transceiver Stations (BTSs). The method further includes communicating one or more messages between the controller and the one or more BTSs. The one or more messages include analysis of the one or more analysis of one of the one or more backhaul uplinks and the one or more backhaul downlinks. The method further includes controlling the traffic flow in at least one of the one or more backhaul uplinks and the one or more backhaul downlinks based on the one or more messages.03-12-2009
20090067330COMPUTING PATH INFORMATION TO A DESTINATION NODE IN A DATA COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Approaches for computing path information to a destination node in a data communications network are described. A data communications network comprises as components nodes and links therebetween and comprising a core subdomain of components and a plurality of non-core subdomains of components and having a common identifier for each non-core subdomain. An apparatus comprises first logic which when executed is operable to receive reachability information for a destination node and an associated identifier; and second logic which when executed is operable to perform a computation of path information for a path in the network to a destination node dependent on a particular identifier of a subdomain associated with the destination node, and to forward data for the destination over the path according to the path information.03-12-2009
20110026402TCP ACKNOWLEDGE FOR AGGREGATED PACKET - A method and apparatus according to one embodiment of the invention are operable to detect the accumulation of redundant ACKs (acknowledgment signals) in a queue for streaming data packet units, and to delete a portion of the redundant ACKs to improve transmission efficiencies. In one embodiment, only the most relevant ACK is kept before the ACKs are processed for transmission. In an alternate embodiment, a ratio of defined that limits the maximum number of redundant ACKs that may be deleted. This ratio is based upon a transmission window size. The teachings of the present disclosure may also be applied to flow control in a more general sense in which a plurality of redundant signals responses are being transmitted after being aggregated.02-03-2011
20110026400NETWORK ON CHIP WITH QUALITY OF SERVICE - The present invention relates to a method for limiting the throughput of a communication in a meshed network, comprising the following steps: allocating fixed paths to communications likely to be established on the network; identifying the communications likely to take a mesh segment; allocating respective throughput quotas to the identified communications such that the sum of these quotas is less than or equal to a nominal throughput of said segment; and measuring the throughput of each communication at the input of the network and suspending the communication when its quota is reached.02-03-2011
20110110235COMMUNICATION BANDWIDTH CONTROL DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION BANDWIDTH CONTROL METHOD - The present invention can prevent a fuzzy image, which is caused due to insufficient bandwidth when the bandwidth necessary for transmitting a content cannot be secured, to be displayed on a display device. When a relay apparatus (05-12-2011
20110019551FLOW STATE AWARE MANAGEMENT OF QoS WITH A DISTRIBUTED CLASSIFIER - Packet network node and method of operating packet network node. Conventional packet network nodes react to congestion in packet network by dropping packets in a manner which is perceived by users to be indiscriminate. In the described system, indiscriminate packet discards are prevented by causing packets to be discarded on lower priority flows and flow aggregates. Further action is taken to reduce the likelihood of packet discards through: (1) classification of flows that are not observable at the point in the network where flow-based packet discards are deployed, but are consuming bandwidth and signaling classification information to flow-based packet discard function or a flow-based monitoring function or network management function; (2) classification of flows making use of extended monitoring functions that are not co-located with a flow-based packet discard function, where extended monitoring functions may perform monitoring of a flow or a group of flows over a period of time.01-27-2011
20110026403TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT OF CLIENT TRAFFIC AT INGRESS LOCATION OF A DATA CENTER - A switch device includes a packet-forwarding table for providing traffic management across servers in a server group. Each table entry maps a hash value to a server in the server group. A hash value is computed from data in one or more fields in the header of a received packet. The computed hash value is used as an index into the packet-forwarding table to access a table entry and to identify from the table entry the server in the server group to which the table entry maps the computed hash value. The switch device forwards the packet to the identified server. Implementing traffic management decisions in hardware enables packet switching at the line rate of the switch ports. In addition, the hardware-based traffic management performed by the switch device eliminates session tables and the memory to store them, enabling the switch device to handle an unlimited number of client connections.02-03-2011
20110026401TRANSMISSION RATE CONTROL METHOD AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - There is provided a transmission rate control method. In this method, data is transmitted to a receiver at the most recent transmission rate R02-03-2011
20110026405ROUTER, INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE HAVING SAID ROUTER, AND PACKET ROUTING METHOD - A router includes: a flit arrival time management section that records flit arrival time which is the time at which the packet is received for the first time, transmission interval of the packet which are acquired from a control packet transmitted prior to the first transmission of a packet and input and output channels of the control packet and requires a crossbar section for an output channel from which the packet is supposed to be output before the flit arrival time; a switch assignment section that performs arbitration on the output channel request and performs input/output connection relationship setting processing; and a switch assignment verification section that verifies whether a result of the input/output connection relationship setting processing coincides with the actual routing of the packet. The cross bar section performs switching of the arriving packet using a result of the input/output connection relationship processing.02-03-2011
20110242981MULTI-STAGED SERVICES POLICING - A multi-staged services policer implements multiple policies, at an edge device of network, on the data traffic of a single customer. In such a multi-staged services policer, services policers in a given stage may receive information from policers in subsequent stages. This information may be used when policing in the given stage.10-06-2011
20100177637FLOW BASED CONGESTION CONTROL - A method for selectively controlling the flow of data through a network device is discussed. The network device has a plurality of ports, with each port of the plurality of ports having a plurality of priority queues. Congestion at one priority queue of the plurality of priority queues is detected and a virtual channel message is sent to other network devices connected to the network device causing data destined for the one priority queue to be halted. After the congestion at the one priority queue has abated, a virtual channel resume message is sent to the other network devices.07-15-2010
20090034416METHOD FOR THE TRANSMISSION OF DATA PACKETS IN A TUNNEL, CORRESPONDING COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT, STORAGE MEANS AND TUNNEL END-POINT - A method is proposed for the transmission of data packets in a tunnel interconnecting two sub-networks in order to form a general communications network, the tunnel being implemented between two tunnel end-points, each of the sub-networks comprising a distinct tunnel end-point among the tunnel end-points, the tunnel implementing at least two transmission channels, the method being implemented by one of the tunnel end-points, known as a tunnel incoming end-point. The method comprises the following steps for each data packet: reception of the data packet coming from a source device belonging to the same sub-network as the tunnel incoming end-point; selection of an effective channel from among the transmission channels, as a function of a protocol associated with the payload data contained in the received packet, and of a piece of information on quality of transport linked to current conditions of transmission in the transmission channels; encapsulation of the received packet, according to a transport protocol associated with the effective channel, used to obtain a packet to be sent; and transmission of the packet to be sent in the tunnel on the effective channel selected.02-05-2009
20090034415WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE - A wireless communication device (02-05-2009
20110044170MULTI-HOP WIRELESS TERMINAL AND TRAFFIC CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A multi-hop wireless terminal having a user application section, a traffic control section and a wireless transmitting/receiving section, the traffic control section enqueuing a packet of a transmission flow from the user application section and a packet of a forward flow from the wireless transmitting/receiving section in queues different for each flow and performing traffic control, where the traffic control section includes a queue manager for sorting a packet of each input flow into a corresponding queue and enqueuing the packet, and a packet scheduler for dequeuing a packet from each queue and outputting the packet, and where the packet scheduler selects from the queues a queue from which a packet is to be dequeued and output, based on transmission information of each of the flows.02-24-2011
20110044171CONGESTION HANDLING IN MULTICAST NETWORKS - The invention relates to techniques for traffic handling in congestion situations in a point-to-multipoint (‘PTM’) enabled network. A method embodiment of the inventive technique is performed in an egress node of the network and comprises the steps of detecting marked packets, the marking being indicative of a congestion situation in a core node of the PTM-enabled network; selecting, based on the detected markings, a particular PTM flow from one or more PTM flows passing the egress node for termination; and indicating the selected PTM flow in an upstream direction of the selected flow.02-24-2011
20110116379METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SYNCHRONIZATION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method and device are provided for synchronizing data transmission of multicasting/broadcasting services (MBS) by a plurality of Base Stations. The method disclosed includes providing synchronization information to enable the plurality of Base Stations to start transmitting MBS data at a synchronized starting time point. Meanwhile, each of the Base Stations receives the MBS data to be transmitted and determines whether any of the MBS data has not been properly received. If so, the respective Base Station may initiate a process to recover the missing MBS data and/or to obtain information regarding the missing data to determine the duration of the time period that would have been required for transmitting the missing MBS. If the missing data has not been timely recovered, the respective Base Station determines a starting point and the duration of a silence period based on the information obtained, and refrains from transmitting signals along a communication channel allocated for transmission of MBS data, during that silence period.05-19-2011
20110116378PROVIDING SERVICES TO PACKET FLOWS IN A NETWORK - A system and method for providing services to packet flows in a communication network. The services include enhanced charging, stateful firewalls, traffic performance optimization (TPO) and advanced services such as content differentiated charging, per-subscriber stateful firewalls, and VPNs, for example. A gateway can be used to route each packet flow through the services on a per-subscriber basis by inspecting accounting messages and checking subscriber profiles prior to setting up a new packet flow session. By directing the packet flow through the services requested latency can be reduced as well as the need to have equipment for each session regardless of whether the service is provided to the packet flow. The services can be provided in-line as well.05-19-2011
20110116376METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING INTEGRATED CONTENT DELIVERY - An approach is provided for integrated content delivery. A request for content stored on a disk array of a router is received. In response to the request, one or more disks of the disk array are selected to retrieve the content, wherein the disk array is natively coupled to a switch fabric of the router. A path is determined through the switch fabric for transmission of the content.05-19-2011
20110116375Method and apparatus to manage per flow state - A method and apparatus to reduce memory required in a network interface controller to store per flow state information associated with a network connection is provided. Instead of storing per flow state information for a connection in the network interface controller at an endpoint of the connection, the per flow state information for the connection is stored in memory external to the network interface controller. The stored state information is conveyed in a packet by the network interface controller between the endpoints of the connection. For a Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) connection, the state information is conveyed between the endpoints of the TCP connection in a TCP option included in the TCP header in the packet.05-19-2011
20110044169Method and Apparatus for Early Warning of Congestion in Ad-Hoc Wireless Networks - The present invention embodiments bypass congested links in a multi-hop Ad-Hoc wireless network. Initially, congestion is measured at each network node based on channel utilization for both transmission and reception of TDMA and CSMA messages. The measured utilization is quantized to conserve transmission bandwidth. Non-uniform quantization is applied to enable the measured utilization to be quantized to the highest value within the quantization range prior to occurrence of congestion, thereby effectively providing early notification of the congestion. The quantized utilization is distributed with the original use costs of a communication link to the remaining network nodes by a Link State Advertisement (LSA) flood and supplemental ACK and/or HELLO packets. After a network node receives the quantized utilization, the link cost is updated and used to select a routing path that minimizes the total costs from the source node to the destination node for a multi-hop network.02-24-2011
20110116377SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REPORTING PACKET CHARACTERISTICS IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A method is provided in one example and includes receiving a request to initiate a communication flow associated with a subscriber and identifying one or more parameters to be monitored for the communication flow. The method further includes extracting one or more bits from packets associated with the communication flow; the bits are used to determine an operating system associated with the communication flow. A policy decision can be executed for the communication flow based on the operating system associated with the communication flow. In more specific examples, the bits are sent to a next destination in response to a threshold being reached for at least one of the parameters. The parameters can be associated a volume parameter or a time parameter. The policy decision could include blocking traffic associated with the subscriber, initiating billing, redirecting the communication, managing a quality of service level for the communication flow, etc.05-19-2011
20100149984Self Dimensioning and optimization of telecom Network - SDAOTN - A system which monitors traffic, call routing, statistics, signaling, CDR, suggests improvements and optimizes the network by generating auto scripting for all Telecom Elements. Human intervention is only needed to confirm the changes after which they come into effect during maintenance window. The system will provide alternative to extensive human effort to maintain and expand the network as this system will suggest ways to optimize the network, provide expansion plans, suggest improvement in the network. In critical outage time implement steps to minimize effects of an outage.06-17-2010
20100149981Determining Normal Call Blocking Volume From Call Blast Affecting Trunk Groups - A method is provided for utilizing a call block analysis tool of a computer system to determine the number of normal calls blocked on a telecommunication trunk group during a call blast event. After a call blast event has been determined to have occurred during a trunk group's calling hour, the method uses current and history trunk group traffic statistics to determine the number of “normal” calls that were blocked during a calling hour. This method uses historical average holding time, current offered load, current blocking proportions as well as current and historical peakedness to numerically solute for the number of “normal” calls blocked.06-17-2010
20110090795DIFFERENTIATION AMONG OCCURRENCES OF PACKET REORDERING, CONGESTIVE PACKET LOSS, OR RANDOM PACKET LOSS IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - Example embodiments disclosed herein may relate to differentiating among network congestion, packet reordering, or random packet loss in wireless networks.04-21-2011
20090067331ROUTING NETWORK PACKETS BASED ON ELECTRICAL POWER PROCUREMENT ARRANGEMENTS - In general, this disclosure describes techniques of selecting routes for network packets through a computer network based, at least in part, on electrical power procurement arrangements of devices in the computer network. As described herein, there may be a plurality of routes through a computer network from a first device to a second device. Each of these routes may include one or more devices that consume electrical power. A route selection device may make a determination regarding how network packets are to be routed among these routes based, at least in part, on arrangements made to procure the electrical power consumed by the devices along the routes. After the route selection device makes this determination, the route selection device may cause network packets to be routed among these routes in accordance with this determination.03-12-2009
20110242978SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DYNAMICALLY ADJUSTING QUALITY OF SERVICE CONFIGURATION BASED ON REAL-TIME TRAFFIC - A system and method for dynamically adjusting QoS configuration and a network in which said system or said method is employed. In one embodiment, the system includes: (10-06-2011
20120243411TRUNKING IN A MATRIX - A multistage switch includes a matrix of coupled switch devices. A logical link comprising a plurality of physical links couples a destination through the plurality of physical links to a plurality of ports in the multistage switch. Each switch device performs trunk aware forwarding to reduce the forwarding of received frames through the matrix of coupled switch devices to the destination in order to reduce unnecessary traffic in the multistage switch.09-27-2012
20100149985METHOD FOR BALANCING LATENCY IN A COMMUNICATIONS TREE, CORRESPONDING DEVICE AND STORAGE MEANS - According to the method for balancing a latency of transmission of at least one data content in a communications tree defined in a synchronous communications network, the communications tree comprising a root node to which there is connected a junction terminal which is a convergence terminal in the context of a capture application or divergence terminal in the context of a broadcast application, the communications tree furthermore comprising the leaf nodes to which there are connected capture terminals, for capturing or broadcast terminals, for broadcasting, the root node and the leaf nodes being interconnected by intermediate nodes, the nodes being interconnected by links, steps are performed for: 06-17-2010
20100020694System and method for providing dynamic bandwidth on demand - A system and method to adjust dynamically network speed or bandwidth allocation. A network connection is established at some initial speed. The bandwidth usage through the connection is monitored, and when the connection speed becomes congested with data, the connection is dropped and a higher-speed connection is established.01-28-2010
20100014426METHOD TO BALANCE TRAFFIC LOAD BETWEEN NEARBY LTE/WiMAX CELLS GROUPED INTO INNER AND BORDER CONSTELLATIONS - The embodiments disclose a method for balancing traffic load between nearby cells of a mobile radio communication network, e.g. WiMAX Forum stage 2, 3 specifications or 3GPP UMTS Long Term Evolution (LTE), where cells are configured as peer network nodes interconnected by a transport network, e.g. an IP backbone preferably with multicast capability. In a preliminary off line step a) nearby cells are grouped into inner and border constellations. The first ones include group of nearby cells, not necessarily hosted by the same base station site, and belonging to a well defined geographic area, which are characterized by a common target utilization and by a common guard threshold for traffic load measured value. The second ones include the set of cells which are at the border between two inner constellations; target utilization and guard threshold are not defined, instead and cells actually belong to more than one inner constellation and have visibility over their target utilization and guard threshold parameters. Successively, in each constellation are executed the following on line steps: b) among all cells are exchanged their actual and residual traffic load status; c) all cells calculate the average actual traffic load into the constellation and compare it to their actual traffic load; d) cells with actual traffic load over the average book unreserved adjacent cells with the lowest actual traffic load and the highest residual traffic load as targets for traffic offloading; e) each booking cell command a fraction of its mobile terminals to execute handovers towards respective target cells accepting to be reserved; f) the reserved cells are released. Border constellation cells are enabled to trigger traffic offloading only when the average actual traffic load of the neighbor constellation is lower than its target utilization parameter.01-21-2010
20090323526PROVIDING BACKPRESSURE FLOW CONTROL TO SPECIFIC TRAFFIC FLOWS - A method and apparatus for providing backpressure flow control to traffic flows of a data communications system are provided. Embodiments of the invention selectively apply a measure of flow control to traffic flows responsive to a level of congestion at a packet processor of the system. These embodiments advantageously provide flexibility in the application of flow control to specific traffic flows in accordance with one or more of characteristics of those traffic flows.12-31-2009
20090323529Apparatus with network traffic scheduler and method - An apparatus for servicing connections in a telecommunications network comprises N ports in communication with the connections through the network. Each port supporting a plurality of virtual links, and each virtual link supporting a plurality of rate groups. The apparatus comprises a processor for providing service to the connections. The apparatus comprises an associative array that stores timestamps of the virtual links and the rate groups. The apparatus comprises a scheduler which chooses which virtual link and rate group is to receive service from the processor as a function of a timestamp. An apparatus for servicing connections in a telecommunications network. The apparatus comprises N ports in communication with the connections through the network. Each port supporting a plurality of virtual links, and each virtual link supporting a plurality of rate groups. The apparatus comprises a processor for providing service to the connections. The apparatus comprises a memory that stores timestamps of the virtual links and the rate groups. The apparatus comprises a scheduler which chooses which virtual link and rate group is to receive service from the processor as a function of a timestamp by searching the timestamps while the timestamps are stored in the memory. A method for servicing connections in a telecommunications network.12-31-2009
20090323527Reducing Retransmission of Out of Order Packets - Methods and arrangements of network communications are discussed. Embodiments include transformations, code, state machines or other logic to determine an average rate of duplicate packets per connection for packets received by a node over an interface. The embodiment may involve selecting a connection from the connections established over the interface, determining that a rate of duplicate packets for the selected connection exceeds the average rate of duplicate packets by a threshold percentage, and sending a message to a transmitter of the duplicate packets over the connection to increase a timeout interval to retransmit packets. Another embodiment may provide an apparatus for increasing a timeout interval to retransmit packets. Still another embodiment may provide a computer program produce for increasing a timeout interval to retransmit packets.12-31-2009
20100014424DISCOVERING NETWORK TOPOLOGY FROM ROUTING INFORMATION - A method for inferring network link topology includes receiving an address of a seed node in a network, initializing a set of links and monitors of the network, refining, iteratively beginning at the seed node, the set of links and monitors of the network, wherein a local topology of links is inferred from routing information of a current node and a remote topology of links is inferred from routing information of the set of monitors, wherein the set of monitors is created from the local topology of links, and outputting the topology of links including the local and remote topology of links as a topology of the network.01-21-2010
20120243410SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING QUALITY OF SERVICE OVER DEDICATED LOCAL LOOP NETWORKS - An apparatus, method, and system for quality of service over dedicated local loop networks is provided. Information regarding uplink and downlink speeds, and information regarding WAN interface protocol and encapsulation mode, is received from a network device. A link throughput limit is calculated based on the uplink speed of the network device, and a link throughput limit is set based on the calculated uplink throughput limit. An uplink network protocol overhead of the network device is calculated based on the WAN interface protocol and encapsulation mode of the uplink device and is factored in upstream available bandwidth calculations. Communication data size(s) are set based on the calculated uplink network protocol overhead. The downlink throughput limit is set to match the downlink speed based on the downlink speed and WAN network protocol overhead. The WAN network protocol overhead is factored in the downstream available bandwidth calculations and communication data sizes.09-27-2012
20100054127AGGREGATE CONGESTION DETECTION AND MANAGEMENT - Example embodiments of methods and apparatus for aggregate congestion detection and management are disclosed. An example method includes, receiving a data packet, where the data packet being associated with a respective destination data queue. The example method also includes determining an average queue utilization for the destination queue and determining a first aggregate utilization for a first set of data queues, the first set of data queues including the destination queue. The example method further includes determining, based on the average queue utilization and the first aggregate utilization, one or more probabilities associated with the data packet. The example method still further includes, in accordance with the one or more probabilities, randomly marking the packet to indicate a congestion state or randomly determining whether to drop the data packet. The example method also includes, dropping the packet if a determination to drop the packet is made.03-04-2010
20100054129Virtual switch quality of service for virtual machines - In one embodiment a method includes selectively controlling a virtual network switch to control a quality of service (QoS) for a flow associated with a virtual machine (VM). Controlling the QoS may include controlling the virtual switch to provide classification, congestion management, congestion avoidance, bandwidth limiting, traffic shaping, and/or priority manipulation. The method may also include migrating a policy associated with a virtual interface between the VM and the virtual switch from a first server to a second server when the VM is to be migrated from the first server to the second server. The migration may also include moving statistics associated with the policy. The method may include selectively adapting the policy or an existing policy on the receiving server when a discrepancy is detected between the policies. The method may include reserving resources to provide guaranteed minimum bandwidth, even without control of an ingress and egress queue.03-04-2010
20100054130Data Flow Management Device Transmitting a Plurality of Data Flows - Provided is a data flow management device managing a plurality of data flows. The data flow management device transmits data flows received from a plurality of sources to be transmitted to a plurality of destinations. The data flow management device includes a plurality of buffers outputting data flows received from the sources; and a transmitting unit transmitting the data flows output from the buffers to the destinations. The buffers do not output at a same time any two data flows received from two different sources to be transmitted to a same destination.03-04-2010
20100188980Explicit Flow Control in a Gigabit/10 Gigabit Ethernet System - In one embodiment, a system comprises a communication medium; a first controller coupled to the communication medium; and a second controller coupled to the communication medium. The first controller is configured to interrupt transmission of a packet on the communication medium to the second controller subsequent to transmission of a first portion of the packet. The first controller is configured to transmit at least one control symbol on the communication medium in response to interrupting transmission of the packet, and wherein the first controller is configured to continue transmission of the packet with a second portion of the packet. The controller(s) may include, in some embodiments, a media access controller and a physical coding sublayer.07-29-2010
20110176422Method and Arrangement in a Communication System - The present invention proposes a solution in the area of HSDPA flow control. It proposes an improvement to transport network congestion detection and avoidance. The improvement proposes to use a measurement of incoming bitrate to determine the reduction of bitrate after a transport network congestion event. The advantage is that high bitrate reduction is only used when it is necessary; otherwise only small bitrate reduction is used, which results in small oscillation, and consequently higher transport network utilization.07-21-2011
20110176420WIRELESS TRANSMISSION DEVICE, WIRELESS TRANSMISSION METHOD, PROGRAM, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A wireless transmission device (07-21-2011
20100135158Flow State Aware QoS Management Without User Signalling - Conventional packet network nodes react to congestion in the packet network by dropping packets in a manner which is perceived by users to be indiscriminate. In embodiments of the present invention, indiscriminate packet discards are prevented by causing packets to be discarded according to bandwidth allocations that intelligently track flow sending rates. Flows are allocated bandwidth based on policy information. Where such policy information indicates that the flow should be treated as delay-sensitive, the present invention includes means to allocate an initial minimum rate that will be guaranteed and such flows will also have the use of an additional capacity that varies depending on the number of such flows that currently share an available pool of capacity. This provides a congestion alleviation method which is less annoying to users since communications that have been in existence for longer are less susceptible to component packets being deleted.06-03-2010
20110075561Method and Apparatus for Handling a Switch Using a Preferred Destination List - The present invention relates to switching technology, such Ethernet, where data switching is performed based on a collision-prone switching table (03-31-2011
20110075560METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING LABELED FLOWS IN A COMMUNICATIONS ACCESS NETWORK - A system and method is provided for managing access communications between the service edge of a communications service provider and a customer. Access communications are carried in the form of carrier-tagged flows, the communications traffic being appended with carrier tags having significance to handling of the traffic through access network elements. A building aggregation system is provided which couples to customer premise equipment and interfaces customer flows to carrier-tagged flows used in the access network.03-31-2011
20090028049ADMINISTRATION OF POLICIES FOR WIRELESS DEVICES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methods are described for providing a administration mechanism for wireless systems. In an embodiment, a mobile wireless server including a plurality of parameters that may be set to configure a mobile wireless client. The mobile wireless server also includes at least one computer program to set one or more of the parameters. The computer programs permit a user of at least one of the wireless clients to select a desired mode of operation for one or more of the wireless clients. Other embodiments are described and claimed.01-29-2009
20090028046METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING BANDWIDTH-CONSUMING FRAME FLOWS IN A NETWORK - A port monitor monitors network traffic that passes through a port of a switch. Frame flows routed through the switch are counted by hardware frame counting logic, which includes a content-addressable memory (CAM) and counters corresponding to various frame flows. Port monitor software includes logical containers (“buckets”), which are used to record and sort counts of the frame flows from hardware based on activity of the frame flows. Frame flow sorting is based on confidence building algorithms such that the thrashing of frame flows between buckets is reduced. Storage and sorting of the frame flows in software allows the activity level of any number of frame flows associated with the switch to be counted, regardless of hardware limitations on how many frame flows can be counted. This allows a real-time analysis of frame flows and a determination of frame flows that are major users of Fibre Channel bandwidth.01-29-2009
20110249556CELL SELECTION METHOD AND CONTROLLER - A controller 10-13-2011
20110249555SCHEME AND APPARATUS FOR MULTI-RESOURCE FLOW CONTROL - Systems and methods for controlling the flow of a wireless communication apparatus based on a plurality of resources. The levels of each of a plurality of resources are monitored and the flow state of the apparatus is set to ensure safe operation in view of disparate usage of the resources. In one embodiment an individual flow state is determined with respect to each resource. One of the individual flow states is then selected for the apparatus as a whole.10-13-2011
20100238803Efficient Flow Control in a Radio Network Controller (RNC) - A mechanism is provided to resolve the Iub transport network congestion efficiently for HSDPA by dynamic adjustment of the transmit window of the RLC. The RLC protocol is extended with congestion control functionality. The Iub TN and Uu congestion detection method in the Node-B (09-23-2010
20120120805Client based congestion control mechanism - The invention concerns a method of notifying control information to a congestion control mechanism in charge of controlling data segments sending rate of a server towards a client. The control information includes loss events where a loss event corresponds to one or more data segments lost. The method comprises a step of receiving data segments into a reception buffer at the client, a step of detecting loss events from the received data segments and a step of notifying the congestion control mechanism with a number of loss events that is dependent on the number of detected loss events and a measure of criticality related to the reception of the data segments by the client. The measure of criticality can be derived from the filling level of the reception buffer, the reception of data segments being in a critical state when the reception buffer is experiencing overflow or underflow conditions.05-17-2012
20120120804Load Scheduling in Wideband Code Division Multiple Access - A method for load scheduling in a WCDMA communication system utilizing GRake equalizing radio reception comprises estimating (05-17-2012
20120120801NETWORK-FRIENDLY TRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOL (TCP) METHODS, APPARATUS AND ARTICLES OF MANUFACTURE - Example methods, apparatus and articles of manufacture to route policy requests are disclosed. A disclosed example method includes sending bandwidth probe packets at a probing rate, receiving a packet containing an indication representative of whether the probe packets triggered congestion, and selecting a transmission rate for sending data packets based on the probing rate and the indication.05-17-2012
20110080828Congestion Control - A method may include receiving a number of calls and identifying destinations associated with the calls, where a first portion of the calls are associated with a first destination. The method may also include determining whether failure responses associated with calls forwarded toward the first destination indicate a problem or a possible problem associated with forwarding calls toward the first destination. The method may further include blocking, when the failure responses indicate a problem or a possible problem, at least some of the first portion of calls from being forwarded toward the first destination.04-07-2011
20110080832PROVIDING A DATA FUNCTION IN AN ACCESS GATEWAY NODE - An access gateway node couples a control node to an external data network, where the control node and access gateway node are for use in a wireless communications network. The access gateway node comprises a data function to route packets containing traffic data between the control node and the external data network. An interface to the control node enables exchange of control messages between the data function and a control function in the control node.04-07-2011
20110080833Method and corresponding system for load balancing - Method and corresponding system for load balancing based on using direction of arrival to allocate the same channel to nearby stations to ensure that most stations using the same channel are hearing one another, and by that, reducing the amount of collisions.04-07-2011
20110080831Data Transmission Control Methods And Devices - A method of controlling a radio access network entity of a data unit communication network is described, said radio access network entity being involved in providing a transport service to a radio terminal of said data unit communication network, said transport service being characterized by a set of values associated with respective service quality parameters, said method comprising: monitoring (S04-07-2011
20090213733ROLE DETERMINATION FOR NETWORK DEVICES - Techniques for selecting authentication roles when establishing a link between devices in a secure network are provided. By assigning role levels to devices, devices may be more likely to assume a preferred role when establishing a link. For example, during a negotiation process, each device may establish a timer value based on their role level. Each device may initiate a timer with the timer value and, the device whose timer value expires first may assume a role as authenticator.08-27-2009
20110069615SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LIMITING LOW PRIORITY TRAFFIC FROM BLOCKING HIGH PRIORITY TRAFFIC - A method for processing high priority packets and low priority packets in a network device includes performing arbitration on high priority packets until no high priority packets remain. Arbitration then is enabled on low priority packets. A packet size associated with the selected low priority packet is compared with a programmable threshold. Low priority packets are excluded from subsequent arbitration for a programmable duration when the packet size exceeds the programmable threshold.03-24-2011
20110069614STATISTICAL SUB-MULTIPLEXER FOR CENTRALLY FORMATTED BROADCAST PROGRAMMING - Methods and systems generate a multiplex signal including two or more different sub-multiplexes for transmission via a broadcast network. A first sub-multiplex may include several services for broadcast in multiple locations, while multiple second sub-multiplexes may include services for broadcast within particular locations. A statistical multiplexer generates the first sub-multiplex within a first bandwidth allocation. If the first sub-multiplex services cannot fit within the allocated bandwidth, the bandwidth allocation may be adjusted. The statistical multiplexer may generate a second sub-multiplex within a second bandwidth allocation. If the second sub-multiplex services do not fit within the allocated bandwidth, the bandwidth allocation may be adjusted to increase the bandwidth allocated to the second sub-multiplex and decrease the bandwidth allocated to the first sub-multiplex so that the total bandwidth capacity of a broadcast network is not exceeded. This process may be repeated for each of the second sub multiplexes.03-24-2011
20120201138QUALITY OF SERVICE IN A HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK - A network device provides priority map storage configured to store one or more mapping data structures for mapping multiple priorities of a first priority scheme to multiple priorities of a second priority scheme. In addition, mapping logic of the network devices is coupled to the priority map storage and configured to translate a first priority of a first frame of the first priority scheme to a second priority of the second priority scheme and to assign the second priority to a second frame carrying payload of the first frame in preparation of transmission of the second frame in accordance with the second priority scheme.08-09-2012
20110149735ON-CHIP INTERCONNECT METHOD, SYSTEM AND CORRESPONDING COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - In a method for making an on-chip interconnect for conveying between a set of initiators and a set of targets in which traffic is organized in classes of service, priority values representing the classes of service are associated with the traffic. The method further includes propagating the priority values towards the points of the network where an arbitration is performed between two classes of service of the traffic, and providing arbitration as a function of the priority values.06-23-2011
20110026404SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR FACILITATING COMMUNICATIONS OVER A SHARED CHANNEL - A node may include a receiver configured to receive signals transmitted from a gateway and a logic device coupled to the receiver. The node may also include a memory configured to store label information identifying a data packet stored in the node. The logic device may be configured to receive a message from the gateway, where the message includes label information, and access the memory to identify a data packet based on the label information included in the message. The node may also include a transmitter configured to transmit the data packet to the gateway over a channel shared with a number of other nodes.02-03-2011
20100296400Method and Device for Managing Priority During the Transmission of a Message - Method of managing priority during the transmission of a message, in an interconnections network comprising at least one transmission agent which comprises at least one input and at least one output, each input comprising a means of storage organized as a queue of messages. A message priority is assigned during the creation of the message, and a queue priority equal to the maximum of the priorities of the messages of the queue is assigned to at least one queue of messages of an input. A link priority is assigned to a link linking an output of a first transmission agent to an input of a second transmission agent, equal to the maximum of the priorities of the queues of messages of the inputs of said first agent comprising a first message destined for that output of said first agent which is coupled to said link, and the priority of the link is transmitted to that input of said second agent which is coupled to the link.11-25-2010
20100265824Session-less Load Balancing of Client Traffic Across Servers in a Server Group - A switch device includes a packet forwarding table for providing load balancing across servers in a server group. Each table entry maps a hash value to a server in the server group. A hash value can be computed from the destination MAC address, destination IP address, and destination service port in the header of a received packet. The packet forwarding table is searched to find an entry with a hash value that matches the computed hash value and to identify the server to which the matching hash value maps. The switch device forwards the packet to the identified server. Implementing load-balancing decisions in hardware enables packet switching at the line rate of the switch ports. In addition, the hardware-based load balancing performed by the switch device eliminates session tables and the memory to store them, enabling the switch device to handle an unlimited number of client connections.10-21-2010
20080239960PATH-BASED ADAPTIVE PRIORITIZATION AND LATENCY MANAGEMENT - An improved solution for managing messages through a request response protocol network utilizing a path-based adaptive prioritization and latency management is provided. In an embodiment of the invention, a method of managing a message being conveyed through a request response protocol network via a path includes: receiving the message; determining for the message at least one of: an incoming portion of the path or an outgoing portion of the path; and adjusting a priority of the message based on a latency target for the determined portion of the path.10-02-2008
20110176421METHODS FOR INTELLIGENT NIC BONDING AND LOAD-BALANCING - Methods, devices, and media for intelligent NIC bonding and load-balancing including the steps of: providing a packet at an incoming-packet port of a gateway; attaching an incoming-port identification, associated with the incoming-packet port, to the packet; routing the packet to a processing core; passing the packet through a gateway processing; sending the packet, by the core, to the operating system of a host system; and routing the packet to an outgoing-packet port of the gateway based on the incoming-port identification. Preferably, the gateway processing includes security processing of the packets. Preferably, the step of routing the packet to the outgoing-packet port is based solely on the incoming-port identification. Preferably, an outgoing-port identification, associated with the outgoing-packet port, has an identical bond-index to the incoming-port identification. Preferably, the gateway includes a plurality of incoming-packet ports, a plurality of respective incoming-port identifications, a plurality of processing cores, and a plurality of outgoing-packet ports.07-21-2011
20110149732Method of improving quality of service for voice calls handled by a network element - In one embodiment, the method includes throttling, at the network element, a data rate of data traffic sent by the network element based on a quality of service for at least one voice call handled by the network element.06-23-2011
20080259802Frequency domain packet scheduling under fractional load - Methods, apparatus and computer program products implement frequency domain packet scheduling in a fractional load situation by detecting a fractional load situation in a wireless communications network; receiving information indicative of signal conditions in a cell; using the information indicative of signal conditions in the cell to determine physical resource blocks in use in a nearby cell; determining how many physical resource blocks are need to perform packet transmission operations in dependence on packet traffic in the cell; selecting particular physical resource blocks to be used to perform initial packet transmission operations in the cell downlink so as to avoid those physical resource blocks in use in the nearby cell; and when selecting physical resource blocks to perform future packet transmission operations in the cell downlink, favoring those physical resource blocks used to perform initial packet transmission operations.10-23-2008
20100097932SATELLITE TRAFFIC AND CONGESTION-BASED UPSTREAM SCHEDULER - Systems and methods for implementing a traffic and congestion-based scheduler. The method includes receiving a bandwidth request. The method further includes analyzing the application type to determine which of a plurality of schedulers is best equipped to efficiently service the bandwidth request based on the application type, analyzing network traffic patterns of the client to determine which of the plurality of schedulers is best equipped to efficiently service the bandwidth request based on the network traffic patterns of the client, and analyzing congestion of the satellite link to determine which of the plurality of schedulers is best equipped to efficiently service the bandwidth request based on the congestion of the satellite link. Further, the method includes, based on the analysis of the application type, the network traffic patterns of the client, and the congestion of the satellite, selecting a scheduler, and sending the bandwidth request to the selected scheduler.04-22-2010
20100097931MANAGEMENT OF PACKET FLOW IN A NETWORK - Packets to be transmitted are received and stored by a first stand alone component. A packet sequencer may be generated and/or sequence number within packets may be used to track the transmitted packets of a given packet flow. Thus, packets may now be transmitted through different network paths. Transmitted packets are reassembled, by a second standalone component, in the order transmitted. A dropped packet may be identified and retransmission of the dropped packet requested. A copy of the dropped packet may be retransmitted from the first standalone component to the second without retransmitting the entire series of packets following the dropped packet. A confirmation packet by the second standalone component is generated to measure performance attributes of various network paths. The confirmation packet is used by the first standalone component to determine the next network path to be used to transmit the next packet in the given packet flow.04-22-2010
20120033554METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RADIO LINK CONTROL DURING NETWORK CONGESTION IN A MOBILE WIRELESS DEVICE - A method and apparatus for radio link control during network congestion in a mobile wireless communication device connected to a radio network subsystem in a wireless cellular network. The mobile wireless communication device detects a pending uplink control message. The mobile wireless communication device determines that an uplink channel on which the pending uplink control message is to be sent has insufficient bandwidth for uplink transmission. After waiting a congestion delay time interval, the mobile wireless communication device sends the pending uplink control message on an uplink signaling channel instead of on the uplink channel. In some embodiments, the uplink channel is associated with a radio access bearer and the uplink signaling channel is associated with a signaling radio bearer.02-09-2012
20120201140NETWORK SYSTEM, CONTROLLER, METHOD, AND PROGRAM - In shifting a flow that passes through a node onto a different alternative path which does not pass through the node passed through by the flow, a controller that controls a flow of each node under control determines alternative candidate paths, each of which has a same source and a same destination as a path associated with the flow to be shifted and does not pass through the node passed through by the flow to be shifted, determines the alternative path from the alternative candidate paths according to a predetermined criterion, and aggregates flows of each node on the alternative path.08-09-2012
20120201139SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SELECTING NETWORK EGRESS - A system and method for selecting communications routing. Network performance information is gathered from a communications network using performance information packet data packets. A network connection offering the best quality of service is selected between the communications network and an outside network based on the network performance information. The network connection is established between the communications network and the outside network for routing communications.08-09-2012
20110211451SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMPROVED DATA TRANSMISSION RELIABILITY OVER A NETWORK - In one example embodiment, a method is provided and includes identifying a first data type of a first payload of a first data packet to be transmitted as part of a flow, where the first data type is identified by evaluating a quality of service (QoS) field, and setting an acknowledgement flag based on the first data type; the acknowledgement flag to indicate that an acknowledgement is not required from a receiving device such that a network device avoids retransmitting a first outgoing frame when the acknowledgement is not received for the first outgoing frame. In more particular instances, the method can include where the acknowledgement flag is in the first outgoing frame.09-01-2011
20110211449COMMUNICATION TRANSPORT OPTIMIZED FOR DATA CENTER ENVIRONMENT - Methods and apparatus for congestion control in computer networks achieve high burst tolerance, low latency and high throughput with shallow-buffered switches. A method for controlling congestion includes transmitting a set of data packets on a network connection from a first computing device to a second computing device, identifying each data packet in the set of data packets that experienced congestion on the network connection, sending, by the second computing device to the first computing device, a sequence of bits that represents the number of data packets in the set of data packets that were identified as having experienced congestion, and adjusting a rate of transmitting data packets on the network connection based on the sequence of bits sent to the first computing device.09-01-2011
20090190473Method and apparatus for targeted content delivery based on internet video traffic analysis - A system and related method for targeted content delivery based on Internet video traffic analysis, including one or more of the following: a packet-based communication network in communication with a terminal device, the packet-based communication network 1) collecting and comparing traffic flows between the terminal device and one or more video content sources to known protocol signatures, 2) identifying match(es), 3) identifying, monitoring and analyzing a flow sequence of video content information for the match(es), 4) identifying and extracting associated metadata, and 5) harmonizing the metadata; a behavior analyzer that formulates a behavioral profile of a user of the terminal device who requests and receives the video content information; and a targeted content delivery infrastructure that establishes behavioral profile data regarding the user and delivers targeted content to the user.07-30-2009
20090168651MANAGING NETWORK TRAFFIC FLOW - A method for managing network traffic flow is provided. The method includes receiving network traffic content, storing at least a portion of the network traffic content to a memory, sending a copy of the network traffic content to a processor, which determines whether the network traffic content contains content desired to be detected. Another method for managing network traffic flow includes receiving network traffic content, flagging the network traffic content, sending the flagged network traffic content to a module, which is configured to pass unflagged data to a user and prevent flagged data from being sent to the user, and sending a copy of the network traffic content to a processor, which determines whether the network traffic content contains content desired to be detected.07-02-2009
20080267070System and program storage device for controlling data packet flows by manipulating data packets according to an actual manipulation rate - A network device and a computer program element are introduced for controlling data packet flows in a network device by manipulating data packets according to an actual manipulation rate. Amongst data packets received by a network device such as a router, data packets are identified that are marked with a pattern according to a congestion notification scheme. A pattern rate of data packets comprising such a pattern is determined, and the actual manipulation rate is determined subject to the pattern rate.10-30-2008
20080267069Method for signal adjustment through latency control - Various embodiments of a method for signal adjustment through control of latency are disclosed.10-30-2008
20080267067CONTROLLING THE FLOW OF DATA UPDATES BETWEEN A RECEIVING STATION AND A SENDING STATION - Methods and systems for controlling the flow of data updates between a receiving station and a sending station are described herein. At least some illustrative embodiments comprise a method that comprises determining (by a sending station) whether a trigger event has occurred, and transmitting a data update to a receiving station if the trigger event occurred and if a time elapsed since a transmission time of a previous data update exceeds a minimum threshold time period.10-30-2008
20120170460SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REMOVING TEST PACKETS - Embodiments of the invention include a system for preventing a packet of a test pattern from being communicated over a network. In one embodiment, a communications management system is disclosed that includes a network interface configured to enable the communications management system to communicate with a plurality of network nodes over a network. The communications management system further includes a processor configured to execute instructions to determine whether one or more portions of the network are congested, and generate and transmit a message to at least one of the network nodes to terminate communication of test packets in response to a determination that one or more portions of the network is congested.07-05-2012
20080273461Network system, traffic balancing method, network monitoring device and host - A traffic balancing system, traffic balancing device and traffic balancing method that converts IP packets by switching IP address of the destination host between the dual stack hosts communicating with each other, in order to control traffic balancing in the networks.11-06-2008
20080198748System and Method for Burst Traffic Smoothing for SIP Processing Elements - A system and method for burst traffic smoothing for Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) processing elements are provided. A dispatch queue management engine determines whether a received packet is a TCP or UDP packet. If the packet is a TCP packet, the packet is automatically added to the dispatch queue. If the packet is a UDP packet, a value for a drop function f is generated and a random or pseudo-random number r is generated. If r has a predetermined relationship to f, then the UDP packet is added to the dispatch queue, otherwise the UDP packet is discarded. The value for f is based on the current dispatch queue load, the network quality, the retransmission rate, and the allowable drop rate. Thus, the determination as to whether to drop UDP packets or not is configurable by an administrator and also adaptable to the current network and dispatch queue conditions.08-21-2008
20110255407RADIO BASE STATION AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio base station (eNB) according to the present invention includes: a first reception unit (10-20-2011
20110255406Method of Load Balancing and Related Communication Device - A method of load balancing for a first network in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises receiving a radio resource control (RRC) connection request message from a mobile device, wherein the RRC message includes a specific cause; and not redirecting the mobile device to a second network according to the CS establishment cause.10-20-2011
20100322074DYNAMIC BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION METHOD AND DYNAMIC BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION DEVICE - A dynamic bandwidth allocation method and apparatus that can allocate bandwidth dynamically so as to guarantee communication in a minimum guaranteed bandwidth from each subscriber device and enable communication within a maximum communicable bandwidth from each subscriber device, and can reduce the manufacturing cost of the devices. A subscriber device (12-23-2010
20090116390SCHEDULING BEST EFFORT FLOWS IN BROADBAND WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate scheduling best effort flows in broadband or wideband wireless communication networks. The systems can include devices and/or component that effectuate associating utility functions to multiple disparate flows based on traffic conditions extant in the wireless system, ascertaining the average rate at which the flow has been serviced in the past, and utilizing the utility function associated with the flow or the average rate that the flow has been serviced in the past to optimally schedule the flow.05-07-2009
20110164499SLOTTED ALOHA CONGESTION CONTROL - A slotted Aloha communication system is provided according to one embodiment of the invention. The system may include a hub and a plurality of RCSTs. According to one embodiment, congestion control may occur at the RCST based in part on the number of segments received at the hub, the number of retransmission segments received at the hub and the number of successful collision retransmission segments received at the hub. The hub may communicate information regarding received segments. Congestion control may include calculating a transmission probably, performing a skewed probability measure with a probability equal to the transmission probability. If the results of the probability measure is positive the RCST may transmit or retransmit a segment within a first time prior, if the probability measure is negative then the RCST waits a set time period and reperforms the skewed probability measure.07-07-2011
20100278045METHOD FOR MAINTAINING DIFFERENTIATED SERVICES DATA FLOW AT A NETWORK DEVICE IMPLEMENTING REDUNDANT PACKET DISCARD SECURITY TECHNIQUES - An improved method is described for providing Differentiated Services (Diffserv) traffic to a node in a network that implements a security method that discards duplicate packets received at the node. The method includes the step of identifying at least two service levels to be provided to received traffic and assigning different size look-back window counts to each of the service levels. The look-back window count indicates a number of packets that have been previously received at the node that should be compared against a received packet to determine whether a duplicate packet has been received. In one embodiment, a service level that has higher priority is assigned a lower look-back window count and thus examines fewer previously received packets than a service level having a lower priority. Such an arrangement reduces the possibility that traffic having higher priority is dropped as a security measure.11-04-2010
20080205279Method, Apparatus and System for Accomplishing the Function of Text-to-Speech Conversion - A method, apparatus and system can accomplish the function of text-to-speech conversion using the H.248 protocol. The method includes defining the H.248 protocol extended packet by the media resource control device to make the H.248 message carry the extended packet parameter which includes the associated information of the text string, indicating the media resource processing device to execute the text-to-speech processing which correspond to the parameter, and the media resource processing device executing the text-to-speech processing based on the above message, and feeding the text-to-speech processing result back to the media resource control device.08-28-2008
20080205274System and method for monitoring network traffic - A transceiver (08-28-2008
20080205271VIRTUAL CONNECTION ROUTE SELECTION APPARATUS AND TECHNIQUES - Virtual connection route selection apparatus and techniques are disclosed. At a communication traffic routing apparatus, metric information associated with multiple different routes for a virtual connection, such as a PseudoWire, toward a destination is collected. The metric information may be collected from one or more remote route computation elements capable of computing routes for virtual connections between the routing apparatus and other routing apparatus over an underlying communication system, or during actual establishment of the virtual connections, for example. An initial or re-optimized route for a virtual connection can then be selected at the routing apparatus based on the collected metric information. In some embodiments, although the virtual connection routes are paths computed by Path Computation Elements (PCEs), actual path selection decisions are distributed to routers.08-28-2008
20080205278METHOD FOR ACTIVELY MANAGING CENTRAL QUEUE BUFFER ALLOCATION - A method is provided for packet flow control for a switching node of a data transfer network. The method includes actively managing space allocations in a central queue of a switching node allotted to the ports of the switching node based on the amount of unused space currently available in the central queue. In a further aspect, the method includes separately tracking unallocated space and vacated allocated space, which had been used to buffer packets received by the ports but were vacated since a previous management update due to a packet being removed from the central queue. Each port is offered vacated space that is currently allocated to that port and a quantity of the currently unallocated space in the central queue to distribute to one or more virtual lanes of the port.08-28-2008
20080205275Communication Resource Scheduling - In a method for scheduling communication resources, data-flow-specific information relating to a next scheduling period for a set of data flows is determined in a first entity. The determined data-flow-specific information is submitted to a second entity, where communication resource properties for communication resources are estimated. Communication resources in the next scheduling period are allocated in the second entity based at least on said data-flow-specific information and said communication resource properties.08-28-2008
20110164500Congestion Control in a Wireless Communication Network - The present invention is related to a method, base station (RBS) and computer program for quickly recovering from a detected congestion over the air interface. First the current bitrate at the which the air interface congestion has been detected is stored as a new reference bitrate. Thereafter, the base station (RBS) requests a reduction of the bitrate associated with the air interface. When the congestion condition has subsided the base station (RBS) requests a boost of the bitrate associated with the air interface up to the stored new reference bitrate. When finally the new reference bitrate has been reached, the base station (RBS) requests a linear increase of the bitrate associated with the air interface.07-07-2011
20120063318DEQUEUING AND CONGESTION CONTROL SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SINGLE STREAM MULTICAST - A system that processes single stream multicast data includes multiple queues, a dequeue engine, and/or a queue control engine. The queues temporarily store data. At least one of the queues stores single stream multicast data. A multicast count is associated with the single stream multicast data and corresponds to a number of destinations to which the single stream multicast data is to be sent. The dequeue engine dequeues data from the queues. If the data corresponds to the single stream multicast data, the dequeue engine examines the multicast count associated with the single stream multicast data and dequeues the single stream multicast data based on the multicast count. The queue control engine examines one of the queues to determine whether to drop data from the queue and marks the data based on a result of the determination.03-15-2012
20120063315Method for Congestion Avoidance in 4G Networks - This invention aims to avoid and resolve congestions in wireless 4G networks. The method is based on a central self-organizing network (SON) server, which dynamically changes neighbor lists on congested base station and on all base stations in vicinity. The procedure is triggered by measuring relative committed traffic rate and air interface utilization of the base station. When base station enters into congested state, it notifies the SON server. The SON server creates new neighbor lists for all base stations in the vicinity and removes the congested base station from these lists. With new neighbor lists propagated to mobile stations, the latter won't scan and initiate handovers to the congested base station. The SON server additionally creates a new dense neighbor list and changes handover triggers settings of the congested base station. The mobile stations consequently find other handover opportunities and connect to different base stations. As the air interface resources are released, the base station leaves the congested state.03-15-2012
20120063312METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DISTRIBUTED VIRTUAL TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT - According to one embodiment, methods and systems may be configured to support client-to-network, network-to-client, and network-to-network flows in a network element including multiple plug-in units. Such support may include policing and shaping flows as aggregates across plug-in units, combining outputs of two upstream traffic managers to network ports on two plug-in units, combining network flows that ingress two plug-in units, and shaping traffic to client ports.03-15-2012
20110096666PRIORITY-BASED HIERARCHICAL BANDWIDTH SHARING - Methods and apparatus for communicating data are disclosed. The example method includes allocating tokens to a first token bucket of a first two-rate, three-color meter (trTCM) at a first rate and allocating tokens to a second token bucket of the first trTCM at a second rate. The example method further includes allocating tokens to a first token bucket of a second trTCM at a third rate and allocating tokens to a second token bucket of the second trTCM at a fourth rate. The example method also includes reallocating tokens allocated to the first token bucket of the first trTCM to the first token bucket of the second trTCM when a token count of the first token bucket of the first trTCM exceeds a first capacity and reallocating tokens allocated to the second token bucket of the first trTCM to the second token bucket of the second trTCM when a token count of the second token bucket of the first trTCM exceeds a second capacity.04-28-2011
20110255405METHOD FOR OPERATING A MULTIPORT MAC BRIDGE HAVING PORTS WHICH CAN BE SWITCHED OFF ACCORDING TO AN ISOCHRONOUS DATA STREAM AT ONE PORT OR PORT PAIR IN ETHERNET LANS - In the method for operating a multi-port bridge for the routing, differentiated in accordance with traffic classes, of data packets which are subdivided into different priority classes in accordance with the IEEE802.1D standard, an additional traffic class “isochronous channel” is introduced. The multi-port bridge is configured in such a manner that at least one predetermined port in the case of unidirectional transmission and at least one predetermined port pair in the case of bidirectional transmission is operated in the “forwarding” state in which the predetermined port or the predetermined port pair forwards data packets of the additional traffic class IC from a queue. During the forwarding, all ports are deactivated with the exception of the predetermined port or port pair. The isochronous data stream is not restricted to one port or port pair but can be executed several times in dependence on the data rate of the transmission channel.10-20-2011
20100284277SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SHARING AN ACCESS LINE BANDWIDTH - The present invention concerns a method for controlling upstream bandwidth at a device the device comprising an interface to a first network, at least a local interface to at least a second network, the at least second network comprising more than one gateway device. The method comprises the steps of monitoring the available bandwidth value on the first network and periodically indicating to said more than one gateway device the maximum upstream bandwidth available to said more than one gateway device, the maximum upstream bandwidth depending on the available bandwidth, the number of the more than one gateway device connected to the device, and the number of local interfaces connected to the more than one gateway device.11-11-2010
20100329119METHOD OF EFFICIENT CHANNEL ALLOCATION IN WIRELESS SYSTEMS - Method of efficiently allocating a downlink channel from a transmitter (12-30-2010
20100329118FLOW STATE AWARE MANAGEMENT OF QoS THROUGH DYNAMIC AGGREGATE BANDWIDTH ADJUSTMENTS - A packet network node and method of operating a packet network node are disclosed. Conventional packet network nodes react to congestion in the packet network by dropping packets in a manner which is perceived by users to be indiscriminate. In embodiments of the present invention, indiscriminate packet discards are prevented by causing packets to be discarded on lower priority flows and flow aggregates. A further action is taken to reduce the likelihood of packet discards. When an aggregate set of flows raises a congestion alarm action is taken to try to increase the capacity of the aggregate through taking capacity from pre-assigned donor aggregates. A donor aggregate may be carrying flows, for example flows classified as best effort. Another type of donor capacity is donor re-assignable unused capacity. Aggregates may have capacity added either up to a defined limit or, temporarily, exceeding any limit provided there is free capacity available, but removable back to the defined limit when other aggregates need increased capacity and are below their defined limits.12-30-2010
20100329117Network Traffic Accelerator - In a packet communication system with large bandwidth delay product (BDP) and employing Transmission Control Protocol (TCP), the reported advertised window size as advertised by a receiver is employed only as an indication of window size and not as a throughput limit so that more data is sent than the amount specified by the advertised window size. Since the receiver can process all incoming TCP packets, the receiving buffer is consistently near empty. Since the TCP's advertised window size is not accepted as the absolute amount of buffer space available at the receiver, the sender is not constrained by the absolute value of the receiver's advertised window size and instead can transmit more data than the absolute value of the advertised window, enabling the system to increase the actual window size without modifying the link ends. This improved large-BDP-capable protocol is denoted TCP-SC.12-30-2010
20100329116Conflict avoidance with transmission timing and path mutually restrained responsively to wireless environment changing - A communication control apparatus is adaptive to changes in a wireless communication environment to control transmission timing and path reciprocally between network nodes to thereby avoid transmission collisions and congestions. A transmission timing control calculator contends with other nodes for a band to transmit a data signal to control a transmission timing of its own node. A path control calculator determines transmission paths for transmitting data signals within the bandwidth for the own node obtained by the transmission timing control calculator. A data signal transmitter transmits a data signal to a destination node on each transmission path determined by the path control calculator. The transmission timing control calculator and the path control calculator provide each other with state information on processing, and use the provided state information as a constraint condition to control the bands of the own node and of links between the own and destination nodes.12-30-2010
20100329115Method and apparatus for controlling packet flow in a packet-switched network - A method and apparatus for controlling data packet flooding in a data-communication network to promote network security and provide for more efficient utilization of network resources. One or more network nodes include a flooding disable device, for example a disable bit in a L2 hardware lookup table associated with a particular device in an Ethernet application. When the disabler is set, packets from the particular device are not flooded on all ports even when the node cannot associate a particular port with the packets' intended destination. The flooding disable in the network node may be set statically or dynamically, either by a network operator or by a communication received from a server or other network device.12-30-2010
20110134755Methods, Systems, and Products for a Metering Application - Methods, systems, and products are disclosed for enforcing a rate limit for data traffic. One method identifies a unidirectional stream of data packets flowing through a server to a downstream end user. The unidirectional stream is classified according to a rate class, with each rate class having an associated rate limit. Each rate limit specifies a maximum bit rate at which the unidirectional stream may flow. When the actual bit rate of the unidirectional stream exceeds the maximum bit rate permitted for the associated rate class, packets of data are discarded to reduce the bit rate.06-09-2011
20110255408TRAFFIC ANALYSIS OF DATA FLOWS - A device includes a memory, flow table logic, sampling logic, and a processing unit. The memory is configured to store a flow table that stores, as a number of entries, statistics regarding a number of data flows. The flow table logic is configured to generate records corresponding to data flows for which entries are created in the flow table or removed from the flow table. The sampling logic is configured to select one of the data flows for sampling and sample initial data units for the one of the data flows. The processing unit is configured to receive the records generated by the flow table logic, receive the initial data units sampled by the sampling logic, analyze the initial data units to generate analysis results, correlate the records and the analysis results associated with a same one of the data flows, and store the correlated records and analysis results.10-20-2011
20110019550CONTENT SERVICE AGGREGATION SYSTEM - A network content service apparatus includes a set of compute elements adapted to perform a set of network services; and a switching fabric coupling compute elements in said set of compute elements. The set of network services includes firewall protection, Network Address Translation, Internet Protocol forwarding, bandwidth management, Secure Sockets Layer operations, Web caching, Web switching, and virtual private networking. Code operable on the compute elements enables the network services, and the compute elements are provided on blades which further include at least one input/output port.01-27-2011
20120147749ROUTING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MOBILE AD-HOC NETWORK - A routing apparatus and method for a mobile ad-hoc network are provided. The routing apparatus selects a transmission path differently based on the priority of a message, thereby distributing paths such that the overall energy balance between mobile nodes can be maintained. Accordingly, congestion of traffic on a particular path can be prevented, and the overall performance and the lifetime of the network can be enhanced.06-14-2012
20120147746SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR OPTIMIZING PACKET ROUTING IN A MESH NETWORK - A method is provided in one example and includes receiving a first packet and a second packet that propagate in a mesh network and evaluating hop count metrics associated with the first packet and the second packet (e.g., evaluate the number of hops traversed in the mesh network, hop characteristics, etc.). The first packet is sent to a first queue, the second packet is sent to a second queue. The first queue is associated with a first hop count detected in the first packet, and the second queue is associated with a second hop count detected in the second packet. A buffer overflow condition can be identified. The method further includes discarding the second packet based on the second hop count being less than the first hop count. Discarding of the second packet may be performed in response to any type of congestion parameter detected in the mesh network.06-14-2012
20080219166NODE AND FAIR RATE CALCULATING METHOD - A topology database stores the number of RPR nodes which belong to an RPR network. A traffic rate measuring unit sends a variety of parameters for calculating a communication band available to a fairness controlled traffic packet to a fairness control unit. Upon detection of congestion, the fairness control unit calculates a communication band available for transmission of the fairness controlled traffic packet from the parameters sent from the traffic rate measuring unit, divides the communication band by the number of nodes to find an initial value for a fair rate.09-11-2008
20080219165COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A first controller calculates a first read-out speed based on the traffic volume in a first buffer and information of a request for the first read-out speed, sets the speed in a first scheduler. The first controller also generates information of a request for a second read-out speed based on the traffic volume in the first buffer. A second controller calculates the second read-out speed based on the traffic volume in a second buffer and the information of the request for the second read-out speed, sets the speed in a second scheduler. The second controller also generates information of a request for the first read-out speed based on the traffic volume in the second buffer.09-11-2008
20080219164COMMUNICATION TERMINAL WHICH PERFORM LOW-DELAY COMMUNICATION - A communication terminal used in a communication system which sets a communication session between a plurality of terminals through a network to perform data transmission and reception includes a first transmission bandwidth control unit which performs transmission bandwidth control independently of a state of the network, a second transmission bandwidth control unit which performs transmission bandwidth control depending on a state of the network, and a bandwidth estimating unit which determines a transmission bandwidth when bandwidth control by the second transmission bandwidth control unit is started. When transmission is started, bandwidth control by the first transmission bandwidth control unit is performed, and when a transmission bandwidth is determined by the bandwidth estimating unit on the basis of a response packet to a transmission packet based on the bandwidth control, the bandwidth control by the second transmission bandwidth control unit is performed.09-11-2008
20110080829METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR MONITORING NETWORK CONDITIONS VIA A STACKED TOPOLOGY OF NETWORK CAPTURED TRAFFIC DISTRIBUTION DEVICES - Methods, systems, computer-readable media, and devices for monitoring a stacked topology of network captured traffic distribution devices and/or a device or network connected thereto are described. For example, a network captured traffic distribution device communicatively coupled to a plurality of network captured traffic distribution devices arranged in a stacked topology via a communication link may monitor a status of the stacked topology, a network captured traffic distribution device included in the stacked topology, a network communicatively coupled to the stacked topology, and/or a network device communicatively coupled to the stacked topology. Configuration information included in the network captured traffic distribution device may be updated responsively to the monitoring.04-07-2011
20110080830DEVICE AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING FORWARDING INFORMATION AND QOS INFORMATION IN FLOW BASED NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A device for providing forwarding and QoS information in a flow based network environment acquires first information and second information from a flow table therein on the basis of status information of a predetermined flow in order to provide dynamically updated information in a flow based network environment. When it is determined that first information and second information acquired based on a route ID of a series of information are updated, the flow table is updated and the updated information is provided.04-07-2011
20110096665METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING CONGESTION IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A subscriber unit: sends a media flow to a correspondent host; receives, from the correspondent host, an indication of a level of congestion in the communication network; compares the level of congestion to a congestion threshold (TH04-28-2011
20100214924METHOD FOR PREVENTING OVERLOAD IN MOBILE TELEPHONE NETWORKS BY USING 'ALWAYS-ON' IN THE CASE OF INCOMING CALLS - The invention relates to a method for preventing overload in telecommunications networks with IMS by always-on for a call received by a user; 08-26-2010
20100214922System and method of regulating a packet rate to optimize traffic in a network - Systems and methods of optimizing packet flow in a network are disclosed. An internetwork includes plural networks, each network having plural non-router nodes and at least one router node. The non-router nodes of a first network can be configured to perform congestion control. The non-router node establishes a packet rate value for a packet queue associated with a second network of the internetwork. A total number of packets not greater than the packet rate value are removed from the packet queue. The removed packets are sent to a node in the second network.08-26-2010
20100214923PREDICTIVE THROUGHPUT MANAGEMENT - A wireless device is communicated with using a first throughput. A predicted location for the wireless device is determined. Based on the predicted location, a predicted maximum throughput at the predicted location is determined. Based on the predicted maximum throughput, a second throughput is determined. The wireless device is communicated with using the second throughput.08-26-2010
20100165844LOAD CONTROL IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A gateway apparatus for interfacing an access network 07-01-2010
20100165843FLOW-CONTROL IN A SWITCH FABRIC - In some embodiments, an apparatus includes a module within a first stage of a switch fabric, a module within a second stage of the switch fabric, and a module within a third stage of the switch fabric. The module within the first stage is configured to send data to the module within the second stage. The module within the second stage is configured to send data to the module within the third stage. The module within the second stage is configured to send a first suspension indicator to the module within the third stage. The module within the third stage is configured to send a second suspension indicator to the module within the first stage in response to the first suspension indicator. The module within the first stage is configured to stop sending data to the module within the second stage in response to the second suspension indicator.07-01-2010
20100195501Method and Device for Power Reduction in an LTE System08-05-2010
20100195500LOAD DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM, LOAD DISTRIBUTION METHOD, AND AUTHENTICATION SERVER - The present invention provides a load distribution system and a load distribution method that are capable of selecting an appropriate server in consideration of a load condition of a server and characteristic of a mobile node. Provided is a load distribution system 08-05-2010
20100195503QUALITY OF SERVICE FOR DEVICE ASSISTED SERVICES - Quality of Service (QoS) for Device Assisted Services (DAS) are provided. In some embodiments, QoS for DAS includes providing a wireless communications device configures to determine a QoS request for a service over a wireless network; and verify the QoS request for the service over the wireless network using one or more verification techniques.08-05-2010
20100195499SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMPROVED DATA TRANSMISSION RELIABILITY OVER A NETWORK - In one example embodiment, an apparatus is provided and includes a network device that identifies a data type of a payload of a data packet to be transmitted. The network device adapts one or more of data transmission rates according to the data type that was identified. A control portion of the data packet is used to identify the data type. In more specific embodiments, the data transmission rates are controlled by one or more link layer configuration parameters, which are controlled according to the identified data type of the data packet. In still other embodiments, the network device identifies data packets with payloads relating to Intra-coded picture frames (I-frames), Predicted pictures frames (P-frames), and Bi-directional predictive pictures frames (B-frames).08-05-2010
20100067380METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR QoS CONTROL - A method, an apparatus and a system for operating Quality of Service, QoS, based on stream, are provided. The method may include: delivering a Real-Time Transport Protocol, RTP, data stream feature to a forwarding plane; learning a RTP packet which is delivered by the forwarding plane conforming to the RTP data stream feature; and judging the RTP data stream to be a determined RTP data stream based on the RTP packet learned; identifying and monitoring the determined RTP data stream to obtain control strategy of QoS of the determined RTP data stream; and delivering the control strategy of the QoS of the determined RTP data stream to the forwarding plane so that the forwarding plane manipulates QoS of the determined RTP data stream based on the control strategy of QoS.03-18-2010
20100067382WIRELESS COMMUNICATION CONTROL SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREOF - A wireless communications control system includes: a data server; a base station; and a plurality of wireless terminals, each exchanging data communications with the data server by establishing wireless communications with the base station. Each wireless terminal includes a control section for generating property information representing own property and a wireless communications section for transmitting that property information to the base station. The property information includes at least one of information indicating operating status of the wireless terminal, information identifying the wireless terminal itself, and information identifying the user of the wireless terminal. The data server includes a communications section for receiving the property information from the respective wireless terminals by way of the base station and a control section for choosing, by reference to the property information received, one of the wireless terminals to exchange the data communications with. The control section of the data server exchanges the data communications with the wireless terminal chosen.03-18-2010
20110261696NETWORK DATA CONGESTION MANAGEMENT PROBE SYSTEM - A system to investigate congestion in a computer network may include network devices to route data packets throughout the network. The system may also include a source node that sends a probe packet to the network devices to gather information about the traffic queues at each network device that receives the probe packet. The system may further include a routing table at each examined network device that is based upon the gathered information for each respective traffic queue.10-27-2011
20110261698Traffic Generator with Priority Flow Control - Port units, methods, and computer readable storage media for testing a network are disclosed. A traffic generator may generate and transmit test traffic over a network under test, the test traffic including a plurality of interleaved packet streams, each traffic stream associated with one of a plurality of flow control groups. A traffic receiver may receive flow control packets from the network under test. The traffic generator may be configured to stop transmission of all packet streams associated with one or more paused flow control groups when the traffic receiver receives a flow control packet identifying the one or more paused flow control groups.10-27-2011
20110182183Method and Apparatus for Network Address Translation - A method and system for improved network address translation (NAT) to enable efficient translation of packets destined for communication systems within a domain utilizing network addresses that are incompatible with the source and destination addresses indicated in packets delivered from the global Internet. Since the addresses are not compatible with global Internet addresses, delivery cannot be accomplished except by some method of address translation. Traditional systems have not been constructed to enable such inbound translations, providing instead only communications outbound from the incompatibly addressed domain towards the global Internet. An embodiment of the system employs deep packet inspection (DPI) search techniques known from widely deployed systems in use today, to acquire a resource identifier, and to attempt to match the resource identifier to complete the flow of traffic on a packet-by-packet basis.07-28-2011
20100165845WIRELESS NETWORK RESOURCE ADAPTATION - A method of regulating data flow in a wireless communication network includes: collecting data regarding dynamic loading of sector-carrier pairs (pilots) in communication sectors of the wireless communication network; obtaining data rates for data flows of the pilots to access terminals within the wireless communication network; determining one or more pilots to use for conveying data in the wireless communication network based on the data rates and the dynamic loading; and altering data flow over the pilots by at least one of changing a data rate over at least one of the pilots or changing a combination of pilots used by the wireless communication network for conveying data to increase total data flow.07-01-2010
20110188377METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FLOW CONTROL BETWEEN RLC AND PDCP IN A COMMUNICATION - An apparatus and a method for flow control between a Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer and a Radio Link Control (RLC) layer in a communication system are provided. The method includes storing Service Data Units (SDUs) to be transferred to the RLC layer, receiving information on a capacity that is currently unused in a buffer of the RLC layer from the RLC layer, and generating Packet Data Units (PDUs) from SDUs, a capacity of which corresponds to the information, among packets stored in a buffer of the PDCP layer, and then transferring the generated PDUs to the RLC layer.08-04-2011
20110149736INTEGRATED METHODS OF PERFORMING NETWORK SWITCH FUNCTIONS - On-switch methods for enforcing a policy relating to one or more network switch resources, for detecting and mitigating a network anomaly, and for selectively filtering packets to an externally-accessible port, are provided. The methods may each be embodied as one or more rules held by one or more processor readable media, with one or more of the rules defining one or more conditions to be met by one or more usage-derived packet statistics, and one or more actions to be performed if the one or more conditions are met.06-23-2011
20110149731DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF SCHEDULING COMMUNICATIONS WITH A GROUP OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION UNITS - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of scheduling communications with a group of wireless communication devices. For example, a wireless communication unit may transmit at least one scheduling frame including an indication of a downlink period allocated for simultaneous transmission from the wireless communication unit to at least one group of a plurality of wireless communication devices, wherein the wireless communication unit is to simultaneously transmit a plurality of different wireless communication transmissions to the plurality of wireless communication devices of the group during the downlink period. Other embodiments are described and claimed.06-23-2011
20090175169BONDING MULTIPLE RADIOS IN WIRELESS MULTI-HOP MESH NETWORKS - In a mesh network composed of multiple-radio nodes, we assign each radio to one of a plurality of channels, and treat a plurality of links between a pair of nodes as one logical link (bonded link). In some embodiments, the routing protocol is adapted to view each bonded link as one link having a combination of at least some of the properties of the constituent physical links. Traffic sent along a path is dynamically load balanced between the interfaces at each intermediate node based on the current utilization of each interface. In at least some embodiments, route discovery packets record the metrics of each component link of the bonded links leaving a node, but only one route discovery packet per pair of nodes is forwarded, reducing the route discovery packet traffic compared to if each route discovery packet were forwarded over each component link between the pair of nodes.07-09-2009
20090175167Method of Reducing Network Congestion - In a method of reducing network congestion between a source computer and a destination computer, a receiving router receives a source quench message and determines whether originator of the source quench message is the destination computer or an intermediate router. If the receiving router determines the originator to be the destination computer, the receiving router forwards the source quench message to the source computer. If the receiving router determines the originator to be an intermediate router, the receiving computer determines if there is an alternative route from the receiving router to the destination computer. If the receiving router determines there is no alternative route from the receiving router to the destination computer, the receiving router forwards the source quench message to the source computer. If the receiving router determines there is an alternative route to the destination computer, the receiving router does not forward the source quench message to the source computer, and, going forward, routes packets to the destination computer by the alternative route.07-09-2009
20110051604PACKET RELAY DEVICE AND CONGESTION CONTROL METHOD - A packet relay device including a plurality of queues which store packets waiting to be transmitted, a congestion detection unit which detects a congestion state of the plurality of queues and selects one or more queues from among the plurality of queues based on the congestion state, a distribution unit which separates a packet addressed to one or more of the queues selected by the congestion detection unit from a sequence of packets before being stored in the plurality of queues, and a discard unit which discards, at a prescribed probability, a packet addressed to one or more of the queues separated by the distribution unit.03-03-2011
20110051603DYNAMIC LOAD BALANCING USING QUALITY/LOADING BANDS - Methods and apparatus for. An example method includes determining, by a network device, respective quality metrics for each of a plurality of members of an aggregation group of the network device, the respective quality metrics representing respective data traffic loading for each member of the aggregation group. The example method further includes grouping the plurality of aggregation members into a plurality of loading/quality bands based on their respective quality metrics. The example method also includes selecting members of the aggregation group for transmitting packets from a loading/quality band corresponding with members of the aggregation group having lower data traffic loading relative to the other members of the aggregation group.03-03-2011
20110051602DYNAMIC LOAD BALANCING - Methods and apparatus for dynamic load balancing are disclosed. An example method includes receiving, at a network device, a data packet to be sent via an aggregation group, where the aggregation group comprising a plurality of aggregate members. The example method further includes determining, based on the data packet, a flow identifier of a flow to which the data packet belongs and determining a state of the flow. The example method also includes determining, based on the flow identifier and the state of the flow, an assigned member of the plurality of aggregate members for the flow and communicating the packet via the assigned member.03-03-2011
20100027421ELECTRONIC DEVICE, SYSTEM ON CHIP AND METHOD OF MONITORING DATA TRAFFIC - Therefore, an electronic device is provided which comprises a plurality of processing units (IP02-04-2010
20100027420Dynamic distribution of virtual machines in a communication network - In one embodiment, a method generally includes monitoring network traffic associated with a first network device comprising at least one of a plurality of virtual machines and determining if a parameter exceeds a predefined threshold at the first network device. If the parameter exceeds the predefined threshold, one of the virtual machines is selected to move to a second network device, the second network device selected based on network information, and the virtual machine is moved. An apparatus for resource allocation is also disclosed.02-04-2010
20100027419INVERSE MULTIPLEXING HETEROGENEOUS WIRELESS LINKS FOR HIGH-PERFORMANCE VEHICULAR CONNECTIVITY - Systems and methods are provided that enable high-performance Internet access on board moving vehicles. In an illustrative implementation, an exemplary wireless data communications environment comprises a PluriBus module, an instruction set comprising at least one instruction set to process data for wireless communication between a cooperating component onboard a moving vehicle and other cooperating wireless components, and one or more multiple wide-area wireless communications links. In an illustrative operation, the PluriBus module can perform one more wireless communications techniques comprising opportunistic erasure coding such that coded packets can be sent in the event that there are openings in the one or more wireless communication links' capacity and transmitting the data packets along the one or more wireless communications links that is estimated (e.g., in real time) to offer efficient delivery of data packets.02-04-2010
20100027418SYSTEM AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING IN-BOUND PATH SELECTION BASED ON HISTORICAL AND CONTINUOUS PATH QUALITY MONITORING, ASSESSMENT AND PREDICTIONS - A system and method of automatically controlling in-bound traffic from a first communications peer to a second communications peer based on an input from a historical path quality assessment and prediction system is disclosed. The second communications peer receives an input from the historical path quality assessment and prediction system, selects a path through a relay based on the received input, requests allocation of the relay, and sends an address of the selected relay to the first communications peer. The system and method works in concert with an Interactive Connectivity Establishment (ICE) mechanism, or takes advantage of the features of the Interactive Connectivity Establishment (ICE) mechanism.02-04-2010
20100020692COMMUNICATION NETWORK DESIGN - A communication network design circuit can derive a path and a necessary link capacity for multiple point communication service permitting arbitrary communication within a predetermined range of communication amount by providing traffic amount of data in-flowing through an ingress node and traffic amount of data flowing out through an egress node. The communication network designing circuit has setting means for setting a mathematical programming problem for deriving the multiple point communication service and optimizing means for solving the mathematical programming problem set by the setting means and obtaining the path for the multiple point communication service.01-28-2010
20100020688Systems and Methods for Proactive Surge Protection - A system for protecting a network from a traffic surge includes a data collection module, an allocation module, and a traffic flow module. The data collection module is configured to obtain network utilization information for a plurality of traffic flows. The allocation module is configured to determine a bandwidth allocation to minimize a drop probability for the plurality of traffic flows. The traffic flow module is configured to preferentially drop network packets for a traffic flow exceeding the optimal bandwidth allocation.01-28-2010
20120063313HYBRID WEIGHTED ROUND ROBIN (WRR) TRAFFIC SCHEDULING - A network device receives traffic associated with a network of intermediate network devices and user devices, classifies the received traffic, and allocates the classified traffic to traffic queues. The network device also schedules particular queued traffic, provided in the traffic queues and bound for particular intermediate network devices, using a hybrid weighted round robin (WRR) scheduler where the hybrid WRR scheduler schedules the particular queued traffic according to one of a 1-level WRR schedule, a 1.5 level WRR schedule, or a 2-level WRR schedule. The network device further provides the particular queued traffic to the particular intermediate network devices based on the scheduling of the hybrid WRR scheduler.03-15-2012
20110216651Selectively Disabling Reliability Mechanisms on a Network Connection - Computerized methods, systems, and computer-storage media for establishing and managing a transmission control protocol (TCP)-based tunnel (“tunnel”) are provided. The tunnel spans between a data center and a private enterprise network and connects endpoints, of a service application, that reside in each location. During communication, the endpoints transmit data packets over one or more channels (e.g., higher-level channel and lower-level channel) that comprise the tunnel. Each of the channels supports reliability mechanisms (e.g., congestion-control mechanism and loss-recovery mechanism) integrally running thereon, for ensuring complete data-packet delivery. To prevent unwarranted performance degradation caused by duplicative efforts of reliability mechanisms, a fabric controller is employed to selectively disable one or more of the reliability mechanisms individually. The selective disablement of the reliability mechanisms is invoked by predefined criteria, such as instructions from a service model or detected identity of a source/destination endpoint, and is invoked on a per network connection basis.09-08-2011
20120147750Using the ECN Mechanism to Signal Congestion Directly to the Base Station - Techniques for a mobile station to signal a request for a reduction in data transmission rate to a base station are disclosed. An example method for facilitating flow control in a wireless communication system includes monitoring resource use associated with a mobile station and, based upon the resource use, setting a congestion indicator in a header of at least one uplink traffic data packet. The uplink traffic data packet is then sent to a wireless base station, which detects the congestion indicator. In some embodiments, ECN bits in an IP header of the uplink traffic data packet are set. In other embodiments, ECN bits in an IP header of a downlink traffic data packet are set, to trigger the generation of a TCP header that indicates congestion in subsequent uplink packets.06-14-2012
20080304412Architecture for Optical Metro Ethernet Service Level Agreement (SLA) Management - A system for managing one or more service level agreements associated with a switched metro Ethernet network is disclosed and manages one or more service level agreements associated with a switched metro Ethernet network. The system also includes a service level agreement (SLA) management reporting system (MRS) and a performance engine (PE) data filter coupled to the SLA-MRS. Further, the system includes one or more network elements connected to the PE data filter, wherein the SLA-MRS is configured to receive performance data from the PE data filter and at least partially based on the performance data validate one or more customer claims regarding an SLA violation.12-11-2008
20100034089Content Caching in the Radio Access Network (RAN) - A system and method to intercept traffic at standard interface points as defined by Cellular/Wireless networks (GSM/GPRS, 3G/UMTS/HSDPA/HSUPA, CDMA, WIMAX, LTE), emulate the respective protocols on either side of the interception point, extract user/application payloads within the intercepted packets, perform optimizations, and re-encapsulate with the same protocol, and deliver the content transparently is disclosed. The optimizations include but are not limited to Content Caching, prediction & pre-fetching of frequently used content, performance of content-aware transport optimizations (TCP, UDP, RTP etc.) for reducing back-haul bandwidth, and improvement of user experience. An additional embodiment of the current invention includes injecting opportunistic content (location based, profile based or advertisement content) based on the information derived while monitoring control plane protocols.02-11-2010
20100195497Client Balancing in Wireless Networks - Client balancing in a wireless digital network comprising a plurality of access nodes connected to a controller. Access nodes collect client density information and periodically report that client density information to the controller. The controller uses the client density information from the access nodes to compute Virtual RF Neighborhoods, identifying Virtual RF neighboring access nodes. Two access nodes are Virtual RF neighbors if a client which can connect to one access node can also connect to the other access node. The controller then identifies which nodes are overloaded by comparing the client loading of a target access node to the client loading of its Virtual RF neighbors. If an access node is identified as overloaded and selected for client balancing on a particular channel, it will initially refuse new association requests from client devices on that channel.08-05-2010
20120307637Method and System for Network Communications Via a Configurable Multi-Use Ethernet PHY - Aspects of a method and system for network communications via a configurable multi-use Ethernet PHY are provided. In this regard, an Ethernet PHY may be configured based on characteristics of a network link over which the Ethernet PHY communicates, energy efficiency considerations, etc. In one embodiment a first Ethernet PHY, a first MAC, a second Ethernet PHY, and a second MAC can be integrated within a network device. Data can be received by the second Ethernet PHY, buffered in a queue, and transmitted by the first Ethernet PHY, where the second Ethernet PHY receives the data at a rate that may be different than the rate at which the first Ethernet PHY transmits the data. In some instances, the second Ethernet PHY may be operable to request that a link partner pause or slow down transmission of data based on a status of the queue.12-06-2012
20120307636METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING STREAM TO RECEIVE DATA IN PARALLEL - Provided are a method and an apparatus for controlling streams to receive data in parallel. The method includes receiving data in parallel using a plurality of connected streams, calculating a network congestion rate using a change in a transmission speed of data received through each of the plurality of streams, adjusting a number of connections of the plurality of streams based on the calculated network congestion rate, and receiving the data in parallel using the adjusted number of streams.12-06-2012
20090161545DOWNLINK FLOW CONTROL - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate providing flow control feedback for controlling downlink data transmission rates. Various schemes can be utilized to send the flow control feedback from an access terminal to a base station. For example, a control PDU (e.g., MAC control PDU, PDCP control PDU) can be generated based upon a level of resource utilization of the access terminal, and sent to the base station for controlling the downlink data transmission rate. Following this example, a type of control PDU, a value included within the control PDU, etc. can be selected as a function of the level of resource utilization. By way of another illustration, a CQI report that includes a value selected as a function of the level of resource utilization associated with the access terminal can be generated and transmitted to the base station for controlling the downlink data transmission rate.06-25-2009
20080267068Lightweight bandwidth-management scheme for elastic traffic - A lightweight probabilistic mechanism used to estimate the number of active flows, which estimate is used to determine the probability of admitting a new flow into the network. In one embodiment, a method for controlling admission of new flows at a node in a network of nodes interconnected by links includes: (a) for each of a plurality of incoming packets arriving at the node, each incoming packet corresponding to an active flow traversing the node: (a1) randomly selecting a packet from an output buffer of the node; (a2) determining whether the incoming packet is from the same active flow as the randomly-selected packet; and (a3) updating an estimate of the number of active flows traversing the node based on the determination of step (a2); and (b) determining whether to admit or drop part or all of a new flow at the node based on the estimated number of active flows traversing the node.10-30-2008
20110149738SPANNING TREE PROTOCOL WITH BURST AVOIDANCE - An apparatus and method for controlling bridge protocol data unit bursts is disclosed. The invention in the preferred embodiment is a switching device with a port enabled with a link management protocol and a burst control state machine. The burst control state machine is adapted to receive BPDUs and, under certain conditions, delay responding with its own BPDU falsely advertising itself as the new root bridge. The delay is preferably long enough to enable another bridge to identity the true root bridge. The delay, e.g., a burst control delay, is preferably equal to or less than a Hello time timer value generally defined to be 2 seconds in a Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol standard, for example.06-23-2011
20110149734SMART BORDER ROUTER AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING FLOW USING THE SAME - A smart border router includes a traffic analyzer for receiving a traffic control policy including a network's routing policy and QoS policy from a router provided on a border of a network, and analyzing the same; a flow translator for, when receiving a plurality of flows from a specific network, translating a received flow to satisfy the traffic control policy of a destination network to which the flow will be transmitted; and a flow information controller for transmitting the translated flow to the destination network through a flow control protocol.06-23-2011
20110149733ROUTER AND LOAD BALANCE METHOD THEREOF - A router stores a predetermined threshold of a first wide area network (WAN) port transmitting packets and connects to the Internet via the first WAN port. The router detects traffic values of transmitted packets through the first WAN port at different time points and stores the traffic values in the storage system. The router determines whether a current traffic value is equal to a previous traffic value, and determines whether the current traffic value is greater than the predetermined threshold of the first WAN port if the current traffic values are not equal to the previous traffic value. The router switches a connection between the first WAN port and the Internet to a connection between the second WAN port and the Internet if the current traffic value is greater than the predetermined threshold.06-23-2011
20110141896FLOW CONTROL BUFFERING - A method and system for improved buffering during a flow control event, the system comprising: a mobile station having a mobile timer; a radio network communicating wirelessly with the mobile station and including: a base station; and a packet control function (PCF) capable of interrupting the flow of data to the wireless device during the flow control event; a packet data serving node (PDSN) communicating with the PCF and having a buffer to store data received for the mobile station during the flow control event, the buffer having a buffer timer; and a push function communicating with the PDSN and having a retry timer to indicate when to resend an unacknowledged packet; wherein the system coordinates the buffer timer with either the mobile timer or the retry timer to eliminate redundant messages.06-16-2011
20110141894SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING A PATTERN WITHIN A DATA PACKET - Systems, devices, and methods for finding a captured data packet including a data pattern of interest are herein provided. The captured data packet may be included in the traffic flow of data packets received at a network captured traffic distribution device and may be found by scanning the payload portions of data packets included in the traffic flow to find a data packet including a data content pattern of interest. An egress port of the network captured traffic distribution device associated with a found data packet may be determined based upon the data pattern of interest detected in the payload portion of the found data packet and the found data packet may then be transmitted to its assigned egress port.06-16-2011
20090231999QUALITY OF SERVICE IN A HOME NETWORK - In one embodiment, a method for establishing Quality of Service (QoS) in a home network is provided. The method comprises: receiving a request for bandwidth in a virtual private network (VPN); receiving a traffic specification of an application on a control point retrieving a traffic policy; retrieving path characteristics of the VPN; and reserving resources in the VPN based on the path characteristics, the traffic policy, and the traffic specification.09-17-2009
20120099432DECREASING JITTER IN PACKETIZED COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method for decreasing jitter for at least some packets in a first packet-switched communication system including defining parameters for a communication channel wherein the parameters determine a maximum jitter level, setting up a communication channel using the parameters to provide a channel with a predefined maximum jitter level, selecting packets from the first packet-switched communication system which are to be transmitted via the defined-jitter communication channel, and transmitting the determined packets via the defined-jitter communication channel. A packet switched network operating a designated defined-jitter channel for packets requiring defined jitter. Related apparatus and methods are also described.04-26-2012
20120099431METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING INFORMATION CHANNEL FLOW - A method for controlling information channel flow is provided according to the present invention, and includes: receiving information from multiple information channels of a data sending device, where the multiple information channels are divided into at least two channel groups, and a group number is set for the at least two channel groups respectively; determining an information channel requiring flow adjustment in the multiple information channels, and obtaining a group number of a channel group including the information channel requiring flow adjustment; generating flow operation information; and sending the flow operation information to the data sending device.04-26-2012
20120099430METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASED ON NETWORK TRAFFIC LEVEL - The present invention provides a method for managing communications of a wireless device in a wireless communication system based on network traffic level, and a wireless device comprising a control system configured to evaluate a network traffic level. The wireless device may be configured to transmit data, such as delay-tolerant data, based upon the network traffic level, for example transmitting data only under low traffic conditions. Deferring delay-tolerant communications may result in lower peak traffic conditions in the network. Evaluating the network traffic level may comprise measuring chip energy over total energy (Ec/Io), monitoring data on shared control channels such as HS-SCCH of a HSDPA system, inferring power allocated to channels by a dynamic power allocation scheme, or other methods.04-26-2012
20120099429Adaptation of Quality of Service in Handling Network Traffic - For allowing differentiated handling of network traffic, a message (04-26-2012
20090003212DATA SWITCHING FLOW CONTROL WITH VIRTUAL OUTPUT QUEUING - Methods and apparatus for data switching are disclosed. An example method includes receiving a data traffic flow at a data ingress module and buffering the data traffic flow in a virtual output queue included in the data ingress module, where the virtual output queue being associated with a data egress module. The example method also includes communicating the data traffic flow to the data egress module via a fabric egress queue included in a data-switch fabric. The example method further includes monitoring data occupancy in the fabric egress queue and determining, based on the data occupancy, that a change in congestion state in the fabric egress queue has occurred. The example method still further includes, in response to the change in congestion state, communicating a flow control message to the data ingress module and, in response to the flow control message, modifying communication of the data traffic flow.01-01-2009
20110110234TRAFFIC HANDLING FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION-BASED ADVERTISEMENTS - A communications advertising system is described for delivering ad content to subscribers of a telecommunications network. The system performs traffic handling by using at least two limits for regulating message transmission. During processing, a network node of the system can continuously monitor the quantity of message traffic being processed. If the node detects that the quantity of traffic has decreased below a first limit, it can initiate the processing of reserved bulk messages. The node then continues to transmit the bulk traffic while still measuring the quantity of message traffic being processed. If, thereafter, the node detects that the quantity of overall message traffic being processed has exceeded a second limit, the processing of bulk messages is halted until the quantity of regular traffic decreases below the first limit once again, at which point the node can resume processing the bulk message traffic.05-12-2011
20120039172APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNAL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Apparatuses and methods for transmitting and receiving signals in a mobile communication system are provided. A method for transmitting a signal by an evolved Node B (eNB) in a mobile communication system includes transmitting a same control channel signal to each of a plurality of Radio Units (RUs), and transmitting a different data channel signal to each of the plurality of RUs. A data channel signal transmitted to each of the plurality of RUs may be determined taking into account at least one of a location of a User Equipment (UE) that will receive the data channel signal, and load balancing.02-16-2012
20120147748COMPUTER READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM STORING CONGESTION CONTROL PROGRAM, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND CONGESTION CONTROL METHOD - A server stores data to be transmitted in a first S queue, reads the data stored in the first S queue, and transmits it. If congestion is detected, from among data to be transmitted after the congestion is detected, the server stores, in a second S queue, data other than data for the destination for which the congestion is detected. If congestion is detected, from among data to be transmitted after the congestion is detected, the server stores, in a D queue, data for a destination for which the congestion is detected. After the data is stored in the first S queue, the server reads data stored in the second S queue and transmits it. After the data is stored in the first S queue, the server reads the data stored in the D queue, controls a bandwidth thereof, and transmits the data in the D queue.06-14-2012
20120147747PRIORITY AWARE MAC FLOW CONTROL - Solutions are provided that allow a network device to apply flow control on the MAC layer while taking into account the priority of the frame of traffic. This may be accomplished by generating a frame indicating that traffic flow should be paused, while utilizing a new opcode value, or alternatively by utilizing a new type/length value (possibly combined with a new opcode value). A receiving device may then examine the fields of the frame to determine whether it should use priority-based pausing, and then examine other fields to determine which priority-levels to pause and for how long. This allows for improved efficiency in flow control on the MAC layer.06-14-2012
20120147745METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTION OF RESOURCE COLLISION IN WIRELESS PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A method of operating a wireless device includes selecting a CID with a first node and receiving a signal including an LID on a resource. At least one of the signal or the resource is based on the selected CID. The method further includes determining a presence of a second node using the selected CID based on the LID in the received signal. Another method of operating a wireless device includes selecting a CID with a first node and sending a signal including an LID on a resource. At least one of the signal or the resource is based on the selected CID.06-14-2012
20130010598Congestion Handling in a Communication Network - Data packets of a flow associated with a first bearer and data packets of a flow associated with a second bearer are received in an intermediate node (01-10-2013
20120063314UNIVERSAL LOAD-BALANCING TUNNEL ENCAPSULATION - In one embodiment, packets received at head-end nodes in a computer network may have a payload and protocol ID of an original protocol of the packet. To allow load balancing across the network, the head-end node may convert the protocol ID to indicate a UDP packet, and may insert a UDP shim header into the packet having a load balance ID, at least one port ID of a destination tail-end node of the packet, and an indication of the original protocol ID. The head-end node may transmit the converted UDP packet toward the tail-end node as part of a load-balanced UDP flow based on the load balance ID. Tail-end nodes may receive UDP packets, and determine whether they are converted UDP packets. If so, the original protocol of the packet may be determined, the UDP header may be removed, and the packet may be processed according to the original protocol.03-15-2012
20090323530Dynamic load balancing - A method, program, system and apparatus perform dynamic load balancing of coverage areas in a wireless communication network. The dynamic load balancing is performed by evaluating cell congestion based on location information of subscribers in the wireless communication network, collecting network parameters related to the wireless communication network and altering network parameters based on the evaluated cell congestion. After the network parameter is altered, the coverage areas are narrowed. Improvements in cell congestion and quality of server are then determined based on the narrowing of the coverage areas. Altering of the plurality of network parameters and evaluating of the cell congestion are performed continuously until a target quality of service is achieved.12-31-2009
20100103818SIP SERVER OVERLOAD DETECTION AND CONTROL - The current invention is related to a system and a method for session overload protocol (SIP) server overload detection and control. The current invention proceeds by receiving SIP messages at the SIP server from a communications network; processing the received SIP messages; detecting an overload based on a trigger condition as a result of receiving and processing SIP messages; and transitioning the SIP server to an overload state and applying appropriate control actions to mitigate the detected overload.04-29-2010
20110063978TRAFFIC SHAPING METHOD AND DEVICE - A packet relay device comprises a distribution processing unit classifying traffics into groups and users based on header information of packets received; a calculation unit calculating available frame rate of each user from peak frame rate, minimum frame rate, and weight information set for each user; a scheduling control unit updating a transmission schedule point-in-time calculated based on the available frame rate of each user, and judging which packet should be transmitted in accordance with the transmission schedule point-in-time updated; and a shaping unit updating a transmission schedule point-in-time calculated based on the peak frame rate of each user, and performing a shaping of packets at the peak frame rate on each user basis in accordance with the transmission schedule point-in-time updated; and a priority-control processing unit performing a strict priority control over transmission of packets of each group in correspondence with degree of priority of each group.03-17-2011
20110063977Inter-Network-Nodes Flow Control - A mobile network telecommunication system is provided. The system includes a base station for sending flow control signal for a UE (user equipment) to a core network, the core network being capable of responding to the flow control signal by buffering packet data for the UE, and an interface for transmitting the flow control signal between the base station and the core network.03-17-2011
20110063976METHODS AND APPARATUS TO MANAGE BYPASS PATHS IN AN INTERNET PROTOCOL (IP) NETWORK - Methods and apparatus to manage bypass paths in an Internet protocol (IP) network are disclosed. An example method disclosed herein includes receiving IP traffic at an aggregation router and measuring a bandwidth value of the IP traffic forwarded from the aggregation router to an IP router at a starting node. The example method also includes establishing a first non-routed bypass path between a switch at the starting node and a first switch at a first destination node when a measured traffic throughput value of the IP router at the starting node exceeds a first threshold value, and sending the IP traffic from the aggregation router via the bypass path.03-17-2011
20090279431Load Balancing Pseudowire Encapsulated IPTV Channels Over Aggregated Links - A method for load balancing IPTV channels is described. In one embodiment of the invention, a first Provider Edge (PE) network element of a label switched network, coupled with a second PE network element over multiple member links of an aggregate link, receives IPTV packets. For each IPTV packet received, the first PE network determines layer 3 information of the IPTV packet, and generates one or more channel load balancing keys based on the layer 3 information. The PE network element generates a hash value from the channel load balancing keys and determines which one of multiple member links to transmit the IPTV packet on based on the hash value, and transmits the IPTV packet to the second PE network element on the determined member link. Other methods and apparatuses are also described.11-12-2009
20110317558METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR GENERATING PCC RULES BASED ON SERVICE REQUESTS - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a method of generating a Policy and Control Charging (PCC) rule for managing packet traffic across a network. The method may include: receiving a request message for PCC rules from a requesting network component; authorizing a set of QoS information based on the requested set of QoS information; generating a PCC rule; and transmitting the PCC rule to an enforcing network component. The request message may include a requested set of QoS information and multiple traffic mappings each describing a flow of packets transmitted across the network. The PCC rule may include the authorized set of QoS information and multiple flow descriptions corresponding to each traffic mapping. The PCRN may include: a first interface that receives a request message, a policy engine, a rule generator, and a second interface that transmits the PCC rule to an enforcing network component.12-29-2011
20110158100EARLY TRAFFIC REGULATION TECHNIQUES TO PROTECT AGAINST NETWORK FLOODING - Methods and apparatus for providing an Anti-Flooding Flow-Control (AFFC) mechanism suitable for use in defending against flooding network Denial-of-Service (N-DoS) attacks is described. Features of the AFFC mechanism include (1) traffic baseline generation, (2) dynamic buffer management, (3) packet scheduling, and (4) optional early traffic regulation. Baseline statistics on the flow rates for flows of data corresponding to different classes of packets are generated. When a router senses congestion, it activates the AFFC mechanism of the present invention. Traffic flows are classified. Elastic traffic is examined to determine if it is responsive to flow control signals. Flows of non-responsive elastic traffic is dropped. The remaining flows are compared to corresponding class baseline flow rates. Flows exceeding the baseline flow rates are subject to forced flow rate reductions, e.g., dropping of packets.06-30-2011
20110158099COMMUNICATING DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING COMMUNICATING DEVICE - A communicating device capable of transmitting packets to a destination device via any of a plurality of adjacent devices, has a first measuring unit for measuring a first quality of a link between the communicating device and the destination device for a first period of time, a second measuring unit for measuring a second quality of a link from the communicating device to the destination device for a second period of time shorter than the first period of time, a first selector for selecting an adjacent device from the plurality of adjacent devices based on the measured first quality when transmitting a new packet to the destination device, and a second selector for selecting an adjacent device from the plurality of adjacent devices based on the measured second quality upon failure of transmitting the new packet.06-30-2011
20110317561METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR IMPROVING PACKET THROUGHPUT BASED ON CLASSIFICATION OF PACKET LOSS IN DATA TRANSMISSIONS - A method, apparatus and system for managing loss of packets in data transmissions is provided. In a method embodiment, selective acknowledgements are received at a sending computer from a receiving computer. The sending computer is configured to analyze patterns in the selective acknowledgements and infer a type of packet loss. As a result of the inference, the packet delivery strategy from the sending computer can be adjusted.12-29-2011
20110317560MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, QoS CONTROL STATION AND MOBILE STATION - A first access network in which a bearer transfer path that guarantees a predetermined QoS has been established and a second access network in which a transfer path which is different from that in the first access network has been established are provided, and PCRF 12-29-2011
20110317559Notifying a Controller of a Change to a Packet Forwarding Configuration of a Network Element Over a Communication Channel - A method performed by a network element, for notifying a controller of a change to a packet forwarding configuration of the network element. The network element is separated from the controller by a communication channel. The method includes determining the change to the packet forwarding configuration of the network element. The packet forwarding configuration specifies how packets are to be forwarded by the network element. The method also includes actively notifying the controller of the change to the packet forwarding configuration by sending a message to the controller over the communication channel. The message, in addition to indicating the change, also indicates at least one detail about the packet forwarding configuration after the change.12-29-2011
20120044809Method for Controlling the Operation of a Processing Unit of a Wireless Communications Device, and Corresponding Communications Device - Method for controlling the operation of a processing unit (IC) of a wireless communications device (WAP) connected to a network (RES) via a communications channel, said processing unit being configured to process at least one application for processing data exchanged with the network (ATEL). The method comprises, in the presence of a detected or predictable processing overload of the processing unit, a transmission from the device to the network (RES) of quality information representing (02-23-2012
20120044808METHOD AND APPARATUS OF LOAD BALANCING FEMTOCELL CLUSTER ACCESS - A method of establishing a communication session between an access terminal and an access network is disclosed. The access terminal and access network may be femtocells based on the EVDO communication standard. The example method of communication may include transmitting a connection request from the access terminal to the access network, and receiving a redirect message or a traffic channel assignment message at the access terminal based on a communication between the access network and at least one other access network. More than one access network may be present communicating as a communication pair system aimed at load balancing access terminals. The method may also include establishing packet data communications between the access terminal and a packet data serving node to provide network communication to the access terminal.02-23-2012
20120002549NETWORK SYSTEM - After sensor nodes are deployed, when an edge node accommodating individual sensor nodes has entered a high-load state, the load is distributed to a low-load edge node receiving the same semantic information.01-05-2012
20120002546MULTICASTING TRAFFIC MANAGER IN A NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS PROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE - Described embodiments provide a method of processing packets of a network processor. One or more tasks are generated corresponding to received packets associated with one or more data flows. A traffic manager receives a task corresponding to a data flow, the task provided by a processing module of the network processor. The traffic manager determines whether the received task corresponds to a unicast data flow or a multicast data flow. If the received task corresponds to a multicast data flow, the traffic manager determines, based on identifiers corresponding to the task, an address of launch data stored in launch data tables in a shared memory, and reads the launch data. Based on the identifiers and the read launch data, two or more output tasks are generated corresponding to the multicast data flow, and the two or more output tasks are added at the tail end of a scheduling queue.01-05-2012
20120002548Traffic Control by IP Multimedia Subsystem - Apparatus configured to implement a Proxy Call Session Control Function for use within an IP Multimedia Subsystem core network. The apparatus comprises a receiver for receiving a session initiation request in respect of an IP Multimedia Subsystem service, and a threshold determiner for determining a threshold applicable to user traffic associated with said service. The apparatus further comprises a sender for sending a session authorisation request to a policy decision function, the request including said threshold and a service data flow identifier identifying the user plane flow for said session.01-05-2012
20120002545METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SERVICE REQUEST MESSAGES IN A CONGESTED NETWORK - A method and apparatus are described for transmitting service request messages in a congested network. In one embodiment, a message including a timer value may be received by a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) having a timer that is set based on the timer value. Once the timer is activated, the WTRU may not attempt to transmit a service request message to a network for mobile originated (MO) services, except for MO emergency calls, until the timer expires. In another embodiment, the timer may be deactivated in response to receiving a page for a mobile terminated (MT) call. The congested network may include a mobility management entity (MME) and a mobile switching center (MSC)/visitor location register (VLR). The MME may apply a congestion control criteria to the WTRU based on whether a timer in the MME is activated or expired.01-05-2012
20120002547TRAFFIC LOAD CONTROL IN A MESH NETWORK - The present technology relates to protocols relative to utility meters associated with an open operational framework. More particularly, the present subject matter relates to protocol subject matter for advanced metering infrastructure, adaptable to various international standards, while economically supporting a 2-way mesh network solution in a wireless environment, such as for operating in a residential electricity meter field. The present subject matter supports meters within an ANSI standard C12.22/C12.19 system while economically supporting a 2-way mesh network solution in a wireless environment, such as for operating in a residential electricity meter field, all to permit cell-based adaptive insertion of C12.22 meters within an open framework. Cell isolation is provided through quasi-orthogonal sequences in a frequency hopping network. Additional features relate to apparatus and methodology subject matters concerning Traffic Load Control in a Mesh Network.01-05-2012
20100202294NETWORK CONGESTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS AND METHODS - Systems, methods and software useful for overcoming network congestion problems including head-of-line blocking issues and other network congestion problems. In certain aspects, flow control mechanisms implemented in a switch device or other network device manage buffer and system level resources using a scheduler to control the amount of data requested from a local SAN fabric. Switches and other network devices configured according to the present invention monitor each individual SCSI task, and are configured to apply flow control measures to each active session when buffering resources become scarce, such as when buffering data for a slower-speed WAN link or TCP/IP based interconnects of any speed.08-12-2010
20090141629CIRCUIT EMULATION SERVICE METHOD AND TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR IMPLEMENTING THE METHOD - It is disclosed a method for implementing a circuit emulation service through a packet-switched network, wherein the packet-switched network cooperates with a first interface and a second interface suitable to connect a first user and a second user, respectively, to the packet-switched network. The method comprises: a) at the first interface, receiving a TDM flow from the first user; b) converting the TDM flow in packets formatted according to the circuit emulation service, wherein at least one of the packets comprises a header in turn comprising a redundant field; c) compressing the header into a compressed header by processing the redundant field, and forming a compressed packet comprising the compressed header; d) transmitting the compressed packet through the packet-switched network to the second interface.06-04-2009
20110090796ADAPTIVELY MAINTAINING QUALITY OF SERVICE (QoS) IN DISTRIBUTED PBX NETWORKS - An adaptation mechanism monitors, maintains and controls quality of voice-grade for communications among end-systems in a distributed PBX topology, thereby providing an enhanced Quality of Service (QoS) for the network.04-21-2011
20120207024NETWORK TRAFFIC ANALYSIS USING A FLOW TABLE - A device may receive a data unit at a line interface of a network device, convey the data unit to a first component in the line interface, update a flow table in the first component based on the data unit, send a message to a second component in the network device, the message describing the update to the flow table, and forward the data unit from the first component to another line interface in the network device.08-16-2012
20120207023INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An information processing method includes determining, when a connection request for connecting, via a base station relating to a first communication carrier, a first wireless communication device to a base station relating to a second communication carrier is received from the first wireless communication device, permission or non-permission for the connection request based on connection information on the number of wireless communication devices connected to a base station relating to the connection request, and setting a connection right to be connected to the base station relating to the connection request to the first wireless communication device when permission is determined in the determining.08-16-2012
20120207022SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SYNCHRONIZING QUALITY OF SERVICE IN A WIRELESS NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A method is provided in one example embodiment and includes receiving a plurality of status signals, for a plurality of radio links, at a microwave device; detecting a bandwidth anomaly based on the status signals; and communicating a quality of service (QoS) control signal, which is based on the bandwidth anomaly, to a gateway coupled to at least one of the radio links.08-16-2012
20120207020 Load-Balancing Structure for Packet Switches with Minimum Buffers Complexity and its Building Method - This invention provides a structure of load-balancing packet switches with minimum buffers complexity and its concomitant methodology. It abandons the VOQ between the first stage and the second stage fabrics, which has no problems of queue delay and packets out-of-sequence. Therefore, this invention solves the packets out-of-sequence problem in load-balancing Birkhoff-von Neumann switching structure and improves the end-to-end throughput. Moreover, it greatly reduces the buffer complexity to O(N).08-16-2012
20120008498PERFORMING PATH-ORIENTED SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT - A method is disclosed for transmitting system management requests to computer systems along a network path using a network control protocol, such as RSVP. For example, an originating node may send a single system management request along a path to a destination node using a network control protocol. Each computer system along the network path may analyze the network control protocol message to determine whether the message contains a system management request. If a system management request is found in the message, the computer system may perform the system management function identified in the request, and respond to it.01-12-2012
20120008500Credit Management When Resource Granularity is Larger than Credit Granularity - In one embodiment, a receiver on a credit-based flow-controlled interface is configured to free one or more data credits early when a data payload is received that incurs fewer unused data credits within a buffer memory that is allocated at a coarser granularity than the data credits. In another embodiment, header credits and data credits are dynamically adjusted based on actual packet data payload sizes.01-12-2012
20120008499SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PRIORITIZING AND SCHEDULING PACKETS IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Systems and methods provide a weight-based scheduling system that incorporates end-user application awareness and can be used with scheduling groups that contain data streams from heterogeneous applications. Individual data queues within a scheduling group can be created based on application class, specific application, individual data streams or some combination thereof. Application information and Application Factors (AF) are used to modify scheduler weights to differentiate between data streams assigned to a scheduling group. Dynamic AF settings may adjust relative importance of user applications to maximize user Quality of Experience (QoE) in response to recurring network patterns, one-time events, application characteristics, protocol characteristics, device characteristics, service level agreements, or combinations thereof. Scheduling weights may be dynamic and incorporate the notions of “duration neglect” and “recency effect” in an end-user's perception of video quality in order to optimally manage video traffic during periods of congestion.01-12-2012
20110058474CONGESTION-ADAPTIVE COMPRESSION - A network device is adaptively configured to compress an output data stream, responsive to congestion in the network. The network device receives indications of network congestion from another network device. Upon receipt of a congestion indication, the network device can adapt the compression technique to attempt to achieve more or less compression, depending on whether the congestion indication indicates more or less congestion. By adapting the compression to the level of network congestion, end-to-end latency of the network can potentially be decreased.03-10-2011
20120057459Method, System and Use thereof for Controlling Real Time Contiguous Data in a Packet Switched Data Stream, Real Time Contiguous Data Service Provided Using Said Method - A method and apparatus in a packet-switched communication network for controlling Quality of Service (QoS) for a packet-switched data stream that includes a plurality of contiguous data packages. The network normally provides the data stream to users at a first QoS level. When it is determined that a receiving user is not authorized to receive the data stream at the first QoS level, the apparatus intercepts the data stream prior to receipt by the receiving user and extracts selected data packages from the data stream to reduce the QoS level for the data stream to a lower, second QoS level to match an authorization status of the receiving user. The apparatus then forwards to the receiving user, a modified data stream with the lower, second QoS level.03-08-2012
20120014255Method for Temporal Admission Control in a Digital Video Network - It is presented a method for bandwidth allocation in a band-width allocation server of a digital video network comprising a restricted channel being a link between a subscriber location and an access node. The method comprises: receiving a bandwidth reservation request to reserve bandwidth on the restricted channel, the bandwidth reservation request comprising a reservation start time; obtaining any existing bandwidth reservations for bandwidth on the restricted channel at least partly covered by the duration of the reservation request, the duration being delimited by the reservation start time; determining whether a bandwidth limit is exceeded by a combination of the bandwidth reservation request and the any existing bandwidth reservations, at any time covered by the bandwidth reservation request; when it is determined that the combination is under the bandwidth limit, handling an acceptance by sending a reservation accept response and storing a reservation corresponding to the bandwidth reservation request; and when it is determined that the combination exceeds the bandwidth limit, handling a rejection by sending a reservation reject response. A corresponding apparatus is also presented.01-19-2012
20120014253MITIGATING THE EFFECTS OF CONGESTED INTERFACES ON A FABRIC - Techniques are provided for mitigating the effects of slow or no drain devices on a fabric. One or more of the described embodiments can be used alone or in combination to address problems associated with inter-switch link blocking and to address the situation where flows which are not associated with slow/no drain devices suffer the negative impacts of slow or no drain devices on a fabric.01-19-2012
20120057461METHOD AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR DYNAMIC RESOURCE RESERVATION - Embodiments of the present invention relate to network nodes and methods that allow for improved QoS control in a telecommunications network by providing combined reservation of transport resources and processing resources for a traffic flow. The amount of transport resources and the amount of processing resources required in connection with a traffic flow can be signaled in a signaling message from a sender node to a receiver node to enable reservation of appropriate amounts of processing resources as well as transport resources.03-08-2012
20120057458EARLY LOAD DETECTION SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR GGSN PROCESSOR - A device may store a first and second queue of packets, calculate an average queue size based on the number of packets in the first and second queues and discard a packet when the packet is a session creation packet and the calculated average queue size is greater than a threshold value.03-08-2012
20120057457PACKET-DATA NETWORK AND METHODS FOR RAN-AGNOSTIC MULTIMEDIA CONTENT DISTRIBUTION - Embodiments of a packet-data network (PDN) and methods for RAN-agnostic multimedia content distribution are generally described herein. In some embodiments, the PDN may dynamically distribute IP packets of a single service flow to two or more RANs associated with two or more available radio links for subsequent transmission to a user terminal when each of the two or more available radio links meet the QoS requirements of the single service flow.03-08-2012
20120014254SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CREATING MULTIPLE TRANSPORTATION STREAMS OF STREAMING MEDIA NETWORK TEST TRAFFIC IN PACKET-BASED NETWORKS - A packetized streaming media delivery network carries many “streams” of differing media content. They often are from multiple sources and of different media types. The invention consists of a scalable hardware and/or software computing element resolving the network traffic into its individual streams for focused, simultaneous, and continuous real-time monitoring and analysis. The monitoring and analysis consists of delay factor and media loss rate which measure the cumulative jitter of the streaming media within the delivery network and the condition of the media payload. These measurements form a powerful picture of network problem awareness and resolution. The delay factor objectively indicates the contribution of the network devices in the streams' path, allowing for both problem prediction and indication. In one example, tapping a packetized network at various locations allows for correlation of the same-stream performance at various network points to pinpoint the source(s) of the impairment(s).01-19-2012
20090201816COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND FLOW CONTROL METHOD AND PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR USE IN THE SAME - A communication device includes a full-duplex communication portion that communicates bidirectionally with an opposing device, a receive buffer that retains data received from the opposing device at the full-duplex communication portion, and a pause portion that carries out flow control in full-duplex communication. The pause portion carries out the flow control according to a pause level determined based on the degree of accumulation at the receive buffer and a processing load at the communication device itself.08-13-2009
20120014252Methods And Apparatus For Use In Communicating Data Packets Within A Data Packet Window Having A Size That Is Set Based On Quality Of Service (QOS) Parameters - Methods and apparatus for use in communicating data packets to communication devices are described. A communication device receives one or more Quality of Service (QoS) parameters of a data communication session established between it and a wireless communication network. The one or more QoS parameters may be or include a bandwidth parameter. The communication device sends the bandwidth parameter or a value derived therefrom to a host system via the wireless communication network. The communication device then receives, from the host system via the wireless communication network, data packets via the data communication session. The data packets are communicated within a data packet window having a size that is set as a function of the bandwidth parameter. If another data communication session is established, the communication device sends an updated bandwidth parameter to the host system for receiving data packets within a data packet window having an updated size that is set in accordance with the function.01-19-2012
20110085443Packet Analysis Apparatus - As networks have spread, various services such as video streaming and IP telephone have been achieved. Along with that, complexity of networks has advanced, but there have not been a way to manage all packets distributed on networks, and thus quality guarantee and reliability securement have been problematic. Also, an increase in cost such as recovery solution upon a failure has been a big problem. Accordingly, an IP probe which detects packets distributed on communication paths in real time and visualizing a status of the network is achieved by a heterogeneous multi-core processor including a dynamic reconfigurable processor. By changing configuration function in a packet analysis depending on characteristics of the packets, low power and high performance are achieved with flexibly handling various standards and services.04-14-2011
20110085442WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK AND ADAPTIVE ROUTING COMMUNICATION METHOD THEREOF - A wireless communication network and a method for adaptively selecting a route for communications are disclosed. The wireless communication network includes a central node and a plurality of sub-nodes, of which the sub-nodes include relay nodes and terminal nodes, the central node has a function of routing control for communications in the whole wireless communication network, the relay node has a forwarding function, and the terminal node has a transceiving function. The method includes: generating a global routing table of the wireless communication network based on a predetermined criterion, by the central node independently or in cooperation with a part of the relay nodes; generating a local routing table of each of the sub-nodes based on the global routing table, and informing the local routing tables to the respective sub-nodes to store the local routing tables in the respective sub-nodes, by the central node independently or in cooperation with a part of the relay nodes, the local routing table including paths from the corresponding sub-node to adjacent nodes, wherein the local routing tables of at least a part of the sub-nodes each include a plurality of paths; and adaptively selecting, by the sub-node, a path from the local routing table thereof for communications according to a predetermined rule. According to this invention, chance of collision in communications is reduced, and energy saving is realized.04-14-2011
20120113809Core Network Node Selection in a Mobile Communication Network - A method of selecting an interface node of a core network of a mobile communication network for handling data traffic between a mobile device and a destination network or a destination network node, as well a control node for performing such a method are provided. The control node processes signalling traffic for the mobile device and performs the selection. The mobile communication network comprises a plurality of core network interface nodes providing an interface to the core network. An interface node is selected from the plurality of core network interface nodes for handling the data traffic for the mobile device.05-10-2012
20120155269LIGHTWEIGHT MULTICAST METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DATA DISTRIBUTION SERVICE - The present invention provides a lightweight multicast method and apparatus for a data distribution service. The lightweight multicast apparatus includes a network congestion detection unit for multicasting packets to a plurality of subscriber node terminals, and detecting a cause of network congestion using a negative response message transferred from a relevant subscriber node terminal that could not receive the packets among the plurality of subscriber node terminals. A network recovery control unit determines a recovery control policy depending on the cause of the congestion detected by the network congestion detection unit, and solves the cause of the congestion.06-21-2012
20090022054APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SERVICE FLOW MANAGEMENT IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for SF management in a broadband wireless communication system are provided. The apparatus includes a creator for creating a Service Flow (SF) management message including a plurality of SF identifiers to perform the same management for a plurality of SFs, and a transmitter for transmitting the management message created in the creator to an opponent node.01-22-2009
20120026884Optimizing Communication Traffic Transport - The present invention relates to a solution for handling mobility and attachment of users in a wireless communication network (02-02-2012
20120026881PACKET CLASSIFICATION IN A NETWORK SECURITY DEVICE - Methods and apparatuses are described for inspecting data packets in a computer network. One or more data packets through the network have associated header data and content. One method includes receiving a data packet, examining the data packet to classify the data packet including classifying the data packet using information included in the header and content, determining flow instructions for processing the packet based on both the header information and the content and processing of the packet using the flow instructions.02-02-2012
20120026883FAIR CHANNEL USE IN A WIRELESS AREA NETWORK - Fair usage of working channels in a wireless network is disclosed. A base station associated with a cell within a wireless community monitors the congestion of the working channel of neighboring communities. Upon determining that the congestion of the working channel of a neighboring community is less than that of its existing working channel, the base station initiates a switch to the neighboring community's working channel. Upon joining the new community, the frame structure and other networking parameters and attributes are adjusted.02-02-2012
20120026882APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING AGPS TRAFFIC CLASS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method of a mobile communication system is provided. In a method for changing a Quality of Service (QoS) of a base station in a mobile communication system, when a QoS parameter change is detected from a packet received from a terminal, the changed QoS parameter is determined. A Generic Route Encapsulation (GRE) packet to which the changed QoS parameter has been applied is transmitted to an upper node. When a Dynamic Service Change (DSC) performance with the terminal is requested by the upper node, the DSC is performed with the terminal. The changed QoS parameter is applied.02-02-2012
20120026877High performance data transport system and method - System and method for providing data transport Quality of Service (QoS) assurances in homogeneous and heterogeneous communication networks consisting of one or more communication interface types. The system includes Subnet Managers for managing the resources of nodes within the subnets and Flow Managers for managing the communication flows between the nodes. A Real-time Reservation Transport Protocol (RRTP) establishes the resource reservations and QoS transport services for the communication flow payload over the reserved paths. The communication flows are protected against topological variations in the network, such as from node mobility. QoS assurances are also provided to secure communication flows through interoperation with security protocols, such as Internet Protocol Security (IPsec), or encryption devices, such as High Assurance Internet Protocol Encryptor (HAIPE).02-02-2012
20120026878Method For Configuration Of A Load Balancing Algorithm In A Network Device - A method for configuration of a network device is described herein. Counter information for one or more ports of a plurality of ports of the network device is managed. The one or more ports are aggregated to a logical port in a logical communication channel. The counter information may be determined by the network device. A current load balancing algorithm is determined. The current load balancing algorithm is set for use on network packets on egress out of the logical port. Statistics are determined using the counter information and the current load balancing algorithm. Based on the statistics, the network device is configured with an available load balancing algorithm of a plurality of load balancing algorithms available to the network device.02-02-2012
20080304415PACKET FLOW CONTROL IN SWITCHED FULL DUPLEX ETHERNET NETWORKS - A method, system, and computer program product for controlling data packet traffic flow into a link partner device such as an ethernet adapter. In one embodiment, an occupancy level of an adapter receive queue is monitored to detect a receive queue overrun or underrun condition or event. The detected overrun or underrun condition or event is utilized as the criteria for adjusting a pause time value within a pause time flow control frame. The pause time flow control frame is transmitted from the link partner device to a corresponding remote link partner device to pause data packet transmission in accordance with the adjusted pause time value.12-11-2008
20120155271SCALABLE RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN DISTRIBUTED ENVIRONMENT - A method may include receiving a packet in a network device, selecting one of a group of ingress buffers, where each ingress buffer is associated with a different one of a group of processors, distributing the packet to the selected ingress buffer; and scheduling the packet, based on a congestion state of a queue in an egress buffer associated with the packet, to be processed by the processor associated with the selected ingress buffer to provide a network service06-21-2012
20120155267SELECTION OF RECEIVE-QUEUE BASED ON PACKET ATTRIBUTES - According to embodiments of the invention, there is provided a method, a system, and a computer program product for operating a network processor. The network processor processing a received data packet by reading a flow identification in the data packet; determining a quality of service criteria (QoSC) for the data packet; mapping the flow identification and the QoSC into an index for selecting a receive-queue for routing the data packet; and utilizing the index to route the data packet to the receive-queue.06-21-2012
20120155270METHOD AND DEVICE FOR GENERATING THE CLOCK OF THE OUTPUT STREAM FROM THE INPUT STREAM - The present invention relates to the field of video stream transport. The invention specifically relates to a method for generating a clock signal controlling the transmission rate of an output signal device transmitting a stream from an input stream.06-21-2012
20120155268PACKET RELAY DEVICE - A packet discard detector detects, for each of output ports, a discard of a packet output from the output port. A distribution processor calculates a degree of congestion for each of the output ports based on a result of the detection of the packet discard detector to find a first output port having a degree of congestion exceeding a threshold, and selects a second output port to be used as a packet distribution destination for the first output port. The distribution processor further calculates a distribution ratio for distributing the packet between the first and second output ports based on the degree of congestion. The packet transfer unit distributes the packet input through the input port and having a destination corresponding to the first output port between the first output port and the second output port according to the distribution ratio calculated by the distribution processor.06-21-2012
20120155266SYNCHRONIZING STATE AMONG LOAD BALANCER COMPONENTS - The present invention extends to methods, systems, and computer program products for synchronizing state among load balancer components. Embodiments of the invention include load balancers using a consistent hashing algorithm to decide how new connections should be load balanced. Use of consistent hashing algorithm permits load balancers to work in a stateless manner in steady state. Load balancers start keeping flow state information (destination address for a given flow) about incoming packets when it is needed, i.e. such as, for example, when a change in destination host configuration is detected. State information is shared across load balancers in a deterministic way, which allows knowing which load balancer is authoritative (e.g., is the owner) for a given flow. Each load balancer can reach the authoritative load balancer to learn about a flow that cannot be determined locally.06-21-2012
20120026879Systems and Methods For Network Congestion Management Using Radio Access Network Congestion Indicators - Systems and methods for managing communications network congestion are provided. In an embodiment, the system includes a radio access network (RAN) interface configured to receive RAN congestion indicators, a congestion correlator module configured to correlate RAN congestion indicators to service congestion indicators, a database comprising a set of congestion based policy rules, a policy controller module configured to apply the congestion-based policy rules to achieve a policy decision, and a policy enforcement control point interface configured to transmit network control instructions to enforce the policy decisions. In another embodiment of the invention, a method is provided for managing communications network congestion, that includes receiving one or more radio access network (RAN) congestion indicators, correlating the one or more RAN congestion indicators to one or more service congestion indicators, applying a congestion-based policy rule based on service congestion indicators to generate a policy decision, and implementing the policy decision.02-02-2012
20120026880METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SETTING QUALITY OF SERVICE FOR A BEARER IN RESPONSE TO AN EMERGENCY EVENT - An interoperability gateway performs a method for setting Quality of Service for a bearer in response to an emergency event. The method includes the interoperability gateway performing: receiving a indication of an emergency event for a first user, wherein the first user is operating a first device in a first network of a first network type; responsive to receiving the indication, determining a set of devices related to the first user, wherein the set of devices includes the first device and at least a second device operating in a second network of a second network type; instructing the second network to modify at least one Quality of Service setting for the second device.02-02-2012
20120057460SERVICE PROCESSING SWITCH - Methods and systems for providing IP services in an integrated fashion are provided. According to one embodiment, a load associated with multiple virtual routing processing resources of an IP service generator of a virtual router (VR) based switch is monitored. Packets are load balanced among the virtual routing processing resources. A packet flow cache is maintained with packet flow entries containing information indicative of packet processing actions for established packet flows. Deep packet classification is performed to determine whether a packet is associated with an established packet flow. If so, the packet is directed to one of multiple virtual services processing resources representing application-tailored engines configured to provide network-based IP services including one or more of virtual private network (VPN) processing, firewall processing, Uniform Resource Locator (URL) filtering and anti-virus processing. If the packet is allowed, it is returned to the source virtual routing processing resource for forwarding.03-08-2012
20120063310METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR VIRTUALIZED FORWARDING - According to one embodiment, a method may include receiving a frame via an ingress port of a network element. The method may also include assigning a virtual destination address to the frame of the traffic. The method may further include internally switching the frame within the network element based on the virtual destination address. The method may additionally include modifying the virtual destination address one or more times such that the virtual destination address is translated to an actual destination address identifying an actual egress port of the network element. Moreover, the method may include routing the frame to an egress port of the network element based on the actual destination address.03-15-2012
20120063319METHOD FOR MANAGING PATHS BETWEEN A SOURCE NODE AND A DESTINATION NODE WITHIN THE DATA LINK LAYER, CORRESPONDING SOURCE NODE AND TABLE - A method is provided for managing paths between at least one source node and at least one destination node within the link layer in a mesh communication network including a plurality of intermediate nodes. At a given moment, at least two separate paths between the source node and the destination node are defined for distributing streams to be transmitted between the source node and the destination node. The method includes the following steps that are carried out in the source node: allocating a stream identifier to the streams; associating information representing a stream category to the streams; allocating one of the paths to one of the streams while taking into account the stream identifier and the stream category information.03-15-2012
20120063311METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING CONTEXTUALIZED FLOW TAGS - According to one embodiment, a method may include assigning a virtual local area network (VLAN) ingress connection identifier (iXid) to a frame upon ingress. The method may also include classifying a traffic flow for which the frame is a part through ingress engines of the network element based on the iXid. The method may further include swapping the iXid for an egress connection identifier (eXid) in the frame. The method may additionally include policing or shaping the traffic flow based on at least one of the iXid and the eXid. Moreover, the method may include classifying the traffic flow through egress engines of the network element based on the eXid.03-15-2012
20120063316CONGESTION NOTIFICATION ACROSS MULTIPLE LAYER-2 DOMAINS - One embodiment of the present invention provides a congestion notification. During operation, the system receives a congestion notification message with a destination layer-2 address set as the receiving mechanism's layer-2 address. The system modifies a destination layer-2 address, a source layer-2 address, and optionally a VLAN identifier of the congestion notification message, and forwards the modified congestion notification message.03-15-2012
20090279433MONITORING NETWORKS - Methods and systems for determining a correction factor for use in monitoring network traffic, said network traffic comprising a plurality of flows of data units, each flow having associated therewith a flow identifier, said data units having associated therewith a path characterisation metric; the method comprising the steps of: selecting a subset of flow identifiers from the overall set of flow identifiers; determining, in respect of flows having associated therewith flow identifiers from said selected subset of flow identifiers, which flows if any are persistently irregular flows; determining a first measure of the total of the accumulated path characterisation metrics associated with data units of said selected subset of flows; determining a second measure indicative of the proportion of said total measure contributed by said persistently irregular flows; and determining a correction factor in dependence on the first and second measures.11-12-2009
20090135721Scheduler - The present invention relates to a node and a method in a cellular radio network telecommunication system for assigning resources to users, comprising a network node having resources to be allocated to users being present in a radio cell served by the network node. The invention comprises:—assigning a priority to each user in the radio cell, where a user consuming a larger portion of the resources is assigned a lower priority than a user consuming a lower portion of the resources,—receiving a rate request, requesting a larger transmission rate, from a first user having a first priority. If not sufficient free resources are available to fulfil said first users rate request, the following steps are performed:—selecting a second user having lower priority than said first user,—sending messages to said first and second users indication the scheduled grant, and—transferring resources, assigned to said second user, from said second user to said first user, to thereby decrease the consumed resources for said second user and increase the consumed resources for said first user.05-28-2009
20120155265Deadline-Aware Network Protocol - A deadline-aware network protocol is described. In an example, data transfer at a transport layer entity of a packet-based communication network is controlled by receiving a request for network resources for a data flow from a network element and allocating network resources to the data flow. The data flow comprises a number of data packets associated with an application, and the request comprises a factor relating to a time deadline associated with the application. The network resources allocated depend on the factor relating to the time deadline. In examples, the network resource can be a bandwidth or data rate allocated to the data flow, and the factor can be a data rate sufficient to complete the data flow within the time deadline. In examples, the network resources are allocated greedily, such that requests are fully satisfied whenever possible, and the network resources are fully utilized.06-21-2012
20120300633METHOD AND APPARATUS TO MANAGE PER FLOW STATE - A method and apparatus to reduce memory required in a network interface controller to store per flow state information associated with a network connection is provided. Instead of storing per flow state information for a connection in the network interface controller at an endpoint of the connection, the per flow state information for the connection is stored in memory external to the network interface controller. The stored state information is conveyed in a packet by the network interface controller between the endpoints of the connection. For a Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) connection, the state information is conveyed between the endpoints of the TCP connection in a TCP option included in the TCP header in the packet.11-29-2012
20120155272METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM FOR CONFIGURING COMPONENT CARRIER IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SCENARIO - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, a device, and a system for configuring a component carrier in a carrier aggregation scenario. The method for configuring a component carrier in a carrier aggregation scenario includes: obtaining information about a component carrier supported by a UE; selecting a candidate component carrier according to the information about the component carrier and configuring a resource parameter that is applied to the candidate component carrier to form configuration information about the candidate component carrier; and delivering the configuration information about the candidate component carrier to the UE. In the embodiments of the present invention, a base station may select a candidate component carrier for the UE according to obtained component carrier support information and perform resource configuration, so that the UE can accurately know to which component carrier a resource parameter is applied, and thus a data transmission error may be reduced.06-21-2012
20130010597COEXISTENCE OF MULTIPLE WIRELESS NETWORKS - Described herein are a method and apparatus including calculating an aggregate peak total traffic demand for all overlapping access points in an interference range, comparing the aggregate peak total traffic demand to a threshold, rejecting a requested new quality of service traffic stream responsive to results of the comparison, calculating a peak total traffic demand for each overlapping access point in the interference range if the requested new quality of service traffic stream is admissible responsive to results of the comparison, comparing the peak total traffic demand for each overlapping access point in the interference range, if the requested new quality of service traffic stream is admissible, to the threshold and one of accepting the requested new quality of service traffic stream and rejecting the requested new quality of service traffic stream responsive to results of the second comparison.01-10-2013
20120300636FLOW CONTROL CA ALLOCATION CORRECTION FACTOR BASED ON SCHEDULING POLICY, MOBILITY, LOAD OR RADIO CHANNEL TYPE - The present invention relates to a method and an arrangement in a communication network node (11-29-2012
20120300635Method and Arrangement for Load Balancing in a Telecommunications System - The present invention relates to a method and a base station (11-29-2012
20120300634MPLS VIRTUAL PRIVATE NETWORK USING MULTIPLE NETWORK CORES - Examples of multi-protocol label switching networking using multiple network cores are disclosed. Example methods disclosed herein to route data in a multi-protocol label switching network include providing an incoming data packet in parallel to a plurality of network cores of the multi-protocol label switching network to cause a respective plurality of alternative paths in the plurality of network cores to be determined for routing the incoming data packet, each alternative path being associated with a respective network core, each network core including a respective plurality of routers, obtaining a plurality of weights associated with the plurality of alternative paths, and selecting, based on the plurality of weights, a first alternative path in a first network core to route the incoming data packet in the multi-protocol label switching network, the first alternative path being selected from among the respective plurality of alternative paths in the plurality of network cores.11-29-2012
20120300632SENSOR NETWORK INFORMATION COLLECTION VIA MOBILE GATEWAY - There is provided a sensor network information collection mechanism in which, after a UE has decided to become part of an information collecting operation for collecting information from a local sensor network, a signaling transmitted from a managing node of a local sensor network is received and processed. A communication network control element is informed about the willingness to become an information collector by sending a report message comprising measurement results derived from the signaling received from the managing node of the local sensor network. When receiving a gateway allocation message indicating that the UE is determined to be a gateway element to the local sensor network, the information collecting operation is started wherein sensor nodes of the local sensor network are woke up, and a traffic flow direction in the local sensor network is set in accordance with the managing node identity to which the UE is accessed.11-29-2012
20120300631Method and Apparatus For Providing Access To Public Packet Networks From A Local Environment - One or more mobile devices capable of establishing wireless communication a public packet network independently of a network access device in a local environment is used to provide additional bandwidth for the local environment. Some traffic that would normally be routed over the backhaul connected to the network access device, such as a fixed wireless terminal, is sent to the mobile device and after address translation sent to the public network over the backhaul connection associated with the mobile device.11-29-2012
20120300630IDENTIFICATION OF QOS CLASSIFICATION BASED ON PACKET ATTRIBUTES - A method, a system, and a computer program product is disclosed for identifying a quality of service (QoS) classification of a packet in a network by a network processor. The method comprising: providing a table wherein a priority value with a maximum of N values is used as an index into the table to retrieve a QoS classification having a maximum of M values with M less than N; receiving a data packet in a stream of data packets; extracting at least two priority indicator values from the packet; converting the at least two priority indicator values into a priority value; utilizing the priority value as an index into the table; extracting the entry in the table corresponding to the priority value as the QoS classification of the packet; and utilizing the QoS classification for subsequent processing of the data packet.11-29-2012
20120300629PEAK LOAD MANAGEMENT OF A WIRELESS DATA CHANNEL - A method of allocating wireless data delivery services to users allows management of mobile data channel peak loading. A per-user metering structure for wireless broadband data services includes a target data throughput allowance provided to the network user for a relatively short time period known as a metering period, where a plurality of metering periods are contained in a billing period. Use of the method disclosed herein constrains the most load-impactive users, such as users streaming high-resolution videos, during periods of data channel congestion compared to typical users, such as users browsing the Internet.11-29-2012
20110090794Wireless Data Communications Employing IP Flow Mobility - Techniques for IP flow mobility in a wireless data communications system, which allow for selective movement of IP data flows between different access networks supporting different access technology types. An access terminal (AT) is configured to selectively communicate using plural access technologies. Plural IP data flows are established between the AT and a first access network using a first technology type. A flow mobility trigger condition is detected, and in response, at least one IP data flow is moved to a second access network using a second technology, while maintaining at least another of the data flows to the first access network, and using the same IP address for the AT for data flows handled by both access networks, by using a mapping function between packet-filters for data flows and the access technology. The techniques may be used in conjunction with IP mobility protocols such as PMIP and CMIP.04-21-2011
20110090793Method and Device for Data Communication and Communication System Comprising Such Device - A method and a device are provided for data communication between a first instance and a second instance, the method including the step of: The first instance issues a first status report to the second instance either via a third instance or directly.04-21-2011
20100172242RING NETWORK AGGREGATE RATES - A functionality and method for determining aggregate data transit bandwidth requirements for the nodes of an Ethernet ring network for traffic management and to improve the operation, efficiency, and Quality of Service. An aggregate bandwidth database is produced, based on a priori knowledge of the ring network, including topology, path utilization, bandwidth sharing, and failure protection scenarios. Aggregate bandwidth requirements are determined independent of the actual real-time data traffic rates, and without requiring any actual real-time data traffic rate information. Aggregate bandwidth is automatically determined upon configuration or reconfiguration of the ring network.07-08-2010
20100172241Method for IP network traffic management - To address the need for new techniques that can enable network traffic to be managed more effectively, various embodiments are provided. In general, communication network equipment receives (07-08-2010
20110103227QOS PROVISIONING IN A NETWORK HAVING DYNAMIC LINK STATES - A network node for a network having dynamic link states includes a processing unit and computer-readable memory for causing the processing unit to monitor a link state of the network; perform QoS provisioning and make appropriate updates to the QoS provisioning based on changes in the link state and QoS provisioning demands of QoS-aware applications; and provide notification to the QoS-aware applications to allow those applications to dynamically adapt to the link state changes.05-05-2011
20110103226SYSTEM FOR TRANSPORTING ETHERNET FRAMES OVER VERY HIGH SPEED DIGITAL SUBSCRIBER LINES - An apparatus for and method of encapsulating Ethernet frames over a Very high speed Digital Subscriber Line (VDSL) transport facility. The VDSL frames are transmitted over a point to point VDSL link where they are subsequently extracted and forwarded as standard Ethernet frames. The VDSL facility transport system comprises an Ethernet to VDSL Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) coupled to a DSL Access Multiplexor (DSLAM) over a VDSL transport facility. The Ethernet to VDSL CPE functions to receive a 10BaseT Ethernet signal and encapsulate the Ethernet frame into a VDSL frame for transmission over the VDSL facility. The DSLAM is adapted to receive VDSL frames, extract Ethernet frames therefrom and generate and output a standard Ethernet signal. Ethernet frames are encapsulated within VDSL frames and transmitted on the wire pair without regard to the state of the SOC signals.05-05-2011
20120120803NODE AND METHOD FOR COMPUTING FORWARDING TREES TO DISTRIBUTE TRAFFIC IN A NETWORK - A node and a method are described herein for computing forwarding trees to distribute traffic in a network. In addition, a network is described herein that has a plurality of nodes interconnected to one another by a plurality of network links, and each node is configured to perform multiple rounds of forwarding tree computations to distribute traffic load on one or more of the network links to the other nodes.05-17-2012
20120120802APPARATUS - An apparatus comprising a processor configured to initiate re-selection and/or re-registration procedures and, responsive to a first parameter, delay initiation of re-selection and/or re-registration procedures for a random and/or pseudo-random delay value.05-17-2012
20120120800Request Modification for Transparent Capacity Management in a Carrier Network - Some embodiments provide a capacity management agent that modifies content requests to adjust bandwidth consumption when streaming requested content from a content provider to a requesting user. The modifications include modifying a URL or header information of the request. The agent performs a process that receives a request for content of a content provider. The process identifies a parameter of the carrier network and modifies the request when the parameter satisfies a threshold. The process passes the request to the content provider and the content provider provides content that consumes a first set of resources in response to an unmodified request and a second set of resources in response to a modified request. When the parameter identifies congestion, the first set of resources is greater than the second set of resources. When the condition parameter identifies underutilization, the first set of resources is less than the second set of resources.05-17-2012
20120120806APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR LOAD BALANCING IN MULTI-CELL WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - An apparatus and method provide load balancing in a multi-cell wireless access system. The method includes determining a change value of a TX power, determining a handover candidate set including at least one MS to be handed over, calculating expected gains after TX power control for each MS classification, and determining whether to control the TX power based on the expected gains. The change value is zero or a positive real number.05-17-2012
20100290343PERFORMING RATE LIMITING WITHIN A NETWORK - Methods and systems for performing rate limiting are provided. According to one embodiment, multiple paths are provided between each pair of multi-path load balancing (MPLB) components within a Layer 2 network by establishing overlapping loop-free topologies in which each MPLB component is reachable by any other via each overlapping topology. A first MPLB component receives packets associated with a flow sent by a source component at a particular rate. The first MPLB component forwards the packets to a second MPLB component along a particular path in a network. A congestion metric for the particular path is determined. Based upon the congestion metric for the particular path, it is determined whether the particular path has reached a congestion threshold. In response to an affirmative determination, the source component is instructed to limit the rate at which it sends packets associated with the flow.11-18-2010
20110002221Telecommunications systems - A method of reducing the load on a first node in a cellular telecommunications network, which network includes a plurality of nodes, each of the nodes serving a plurality of telecommunications devices by providing communication resources thereto is disclosed. The method includes selecting a target telecommunications device for handover from the first node to a second of said nodes; handing over the target device to the second node; allocating communication resources to the target device to enable the second node to serve the target device; selecting a matched telecommunications device that is served by the first node; and adjusting the communication resources allocated to the matched device, which resources enable the first node to serve the matched device, so that they correspond to the resources allocated to the target device, which resources enable the second node to serve the target device.01-06-2011
20100195498MESH HYBRID COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A communication network comprising a plurality of physical media is disclosed. The physical media may be sensitive to disturbances that are different from one physical medium to another, such that a failure in one physical medium may not effect communication in other physical medium of the communication network. The nodes of the communication network may comprise a plurality of physical layers units and MAC units pairs, each pair connected to a different physical medium. The transfer of massages among the network nodes on said plurality of different physical media is done in a transparent way by upper layers of communication unit of the network nodes.08-05-2010
20100027422METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING A SECURED CONNECTION, CORRESPONDING SFC APPARATUS , MFC APPARATUS, REQUESTING TERMINAL AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A method is provided for establishing a secured connection and to corresponding SFC equipment, CFM equipment, and terminal requiring a computer software program. More specifically, a method is provided for transmitting a multimedia flow from or to a terminal, that includes: a step of establishing a signalling between the terminal and a signalling flow control equipment; and a step of implementing, between the terminal and a multimedia flow control equipment, a mechanism for crossing an address translation equipment. The method further includes a step of checking that the terminal requiring execution of the implementation step, is the same terminal as the one involved in execution of the signalling establishment step.02-04-2010
20120213072DATA RATE AWARE SCHEDULING IN ADVANCED WIRELESS NETWORKS - A base station for an Internet protocol (IP) wireless access network receives an initial attach request from a user device. Based on the initial attach request, a policy and charging rules function (PCRF) device provides to the base station, a subscriber bearer policy that includes a particular quality-of-service control indicator (QCI) value, an uplink data rate limit, and a downlink data rate limit. The base station calculates an uplink bandwidth allocation, based on the QCI value and the uplink data rate limit, that is proportionate to the total maximum data rate of all uplink traffic with the same QCI value. The base station also calculates a downlink bandwidth allocation, based on the QCI value and the downlink data rate limit, that is proportionate to the total maximum data rate of all downlink traffic with the same QCI value.08-23-2012
20100246399MULTI-CHANNEL MANAGEMENT AND LOAD BALANCING - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide a protocol to allow for load balancing between multiple frequency channels in a wireless communications system.09-30-2010
20100246400COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD - Provided is a communication device and method that is capable of utilizing ECN functions effectively. The communication device includes: a first communication unit 09-30-2010
20100246397Network having multiple QoS levels - In a multi-QoS network, a scheduling mechanism, such as Weighted Fair Queueing, is configured to meet the multiple QoS guarantees. For each link with n classes and n fixed weights, the traffic is assigned to the various classes to meet end-to-end delay constraints.09-30-2010
20100246398TCP EXTENSION AND VARIANTS FOR HANDLING HETEROGENEOUS APPLICATIONS - An extension to TCP is generally provided that allows TCP to handle heterogeneous applications, especially those with delay and smoothness-sensitive contents, and wireless transmission media having noisy, fading radio channels. The TCP extension decouples reliability control from rate control, sacrificing reliability for delay control (transmission rate and retransmission decision) that may be suitable for delay and smoothness-sensitive contents. Furthermore, the TCP extension may select TCP variants and modifications to the TCP variants based on one or more of application needs, channel conditions, or local observables such as loss and delay to better adapt to different types of applications and physical layers.09-30-2010
20120314575NETWORK TRAFFIC ENGINEERING - A method of engineering traffic within a network includes configuring and controlling routing within the network and steering traffic through the network, wherein the steering of the traffic through the network is optimized based on routing control and configuration by evaluating interior gateway protocol weights, label switch paths within multiprotocol label switching and/or border gateway protocol properties. The method further includes obtaining an ingress point at which content enters the network and obtaining an egress point at which content exits the network. The steering of the traffic through the network is optimized based on routing control and configuration by evaluating the ingress point and the egress point.12-13-2012
20120163175INGRESS RATE LIMITING - A network device monitors the traffic of individual flows through one of its ingress ports and, if the traffic volume exceeds a predetermined threshold, signals for a reduction in data traffic volume transmitted to that ingress port from one or more source devices. Example signals may include without limitation a unicast congestion message sent to the source of a flow, an Explicit Congestion Notification to one or more source devices, and the dropping of packets by the receiving device. In response to such signals, one or more of the source devices decrease the transmission rate of data traffic to the receiving device.06-28-2012
20120127863METHOD OF CONTROLLING DATA FLOW IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a wireless communication system and a user equipment (UE) providing wireless communication services, and more particularly, a method of controlling data flow in an Evolved Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (E-UMTS), a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, and a LTE-Advanced (LTE-A) system that have evolved from a Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS). In particular, the present invention provides an effective way of controlling data flow of a relay node (RN) in the LTE-A system.05-24-2012
20120127861QUALITY OF SERVICE HANDLING IN A S4-SERVING GENERAL PACKET RADIO SERVICE SUPPORT NODE - Example embodiments presented herein are directed towards a S4 Serving General Packet Radio Service Support (S4-SGSN) node, and method, for radio resource management. Specifically, the S4-SGSN may be configured to restrict or reject a Packet Data Protocol (PDP) activation or a PDP modification procedure based on a Quality of Service (QoS) analysis.05-24-2012
20120163176NETWORK RELAY SYSTEM, NETWORK RELAY DEVICE, AND CONGESTED STATE NOTIFYING METHOD - A network relay device includes a plurality of ports which input and output data packets, a storage in which a destination to which an input data packet is to be transferred and identification information of a port that outputs the input data packet are associated with each other for each of the plurality of ports, and a transmitter which obtains from the storage a destination associated with a port to which a data packet responsible for a congested state of traffic is input out of the plurality of ports, and which transmits a notification of congestion to the obtained destination.06-28-2012
20120163174METHODS AND APPARATUS TO REDUCE FORWARDING STATE ON AN FCOE-TO-FC GATEWAY USING PORT-SPECIFIC MAC ADDRESSES - In one embodiment, an apparatus includes an initialization module configured to receive a Fibre Channel over Ethernet Initialization Protocol (FIP) login request from a network device. The initialization module is configured to select an outbound port based at least in part on a load-balancing calculation. The initialization module is configured to define a destination Media Access Control (MAC) address. The initialization module is configured to associate the destination MAC address with the outbound port. The initialization module is configured to send, to the network device, a signal including the destination MAC address in response to the FIP login request.06-28-2012
20120134271IDENTIFICATION OF UNDERUTILIZED NETWORK DEVICES - A method, article of manufacture, and system for indicating underutilized network devices that provide services in a data communications network. The method includes: receiving network traffic data; filtering the network traffic data to eliminate data for predefined connections; producing, from the filtered network traffic data, a graph representing a connection between a first device and a second device within the data communications network; analyzing the graph to identify a set of interconnected nodes that is outside the data communications network; and indicating an underutilized network device by producing an output dependent on traffic rate data associated with a link to the identified set of interconnected nodes that is outside the data communications network.05-31-2012
20120134270TRAFFIC CONTROL APPARATUS AND DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INCLUDING SAME - The present invention relates to a traffic control apparatus and the like for optimizing a communication performance of each of local networks to be monitored. The traffic control apparatus (05-31-2012
20120134269METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IMPLEMENTING SMOOTHING OF SIGNALING TRAFFIC, AND HOME LOCATION REGISTER - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and a system for implementing smoothing of signaling traffic, and a home location register. The method includes: when a link between an HLR and an exchange device is congested or the HLR is overloaded, receiving, by the HLR, a location update request message of a user equipment UE sent by the exchange device, and returning a location update response message to the exchange device, so as to inform the exchange device that the location update of the UE is successful, where the HLR does not send user data corresponding to the UE to the exchange device; and when the link between the HLR and the exchange device is normal, the load of the HLR is normal, or the UE performs a service, sending, by the HLR, the user data corresponding to the UE to the exchange device.05-31-2012
20110182182PACKET FORWARDING DEVICE AND LOAD BALANCE METHOD THEREOF - A packet forwarding device stores a predetermined threshold and a predetermined condition value of a first wide area network (WAN) port, and forwards packets that comply with the predetermined condition value via the first WAN port and forwards packets that do not comply with the predetermined condition value via a second WAN port. The packet forwarding device forwards some of the packets that do not comply with the predetermined condition value via the first WAN port in order to balance loads of the first and second WAN ports if the traffic value of the packets forwarded via the first WAN port is equal to or less than the predetermined threshold.07-28-2011
20120213077NETWORK BANDWIDTH DETECTION AND DISTRIBUTION - Prioritizing network traffic among two or more distinct channels of communication within a single application in a node configured to communicate with one or more other nodes over a network is disclosed. For a particular time quantum, a bandwidth quantum may be distributed amongst two or more communication channels according to priorities associated with those channels. Ready data for each channel may be transmitted over a network path up to the size of the reserved portion for that channel and not greater than a path maximum transmission unit (MTU) size for a network path. This abstract is provided to comply with the rules requiring an abstract that will allow a searcher or other reader to quickly ascertain the subject matter of the technical disclosure. It is submitted with the understanding that it will not be used to interpret or limit the scope or meaning of the claims.08-23-2012
20120213073SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR MAINTAINING PACKET DATA PROTOCOL (PDP) CONTEXT WHILE PERFORMING DATA OFFLOAD - Systems, methods, and computer readable media for maintaining packet data protocol (PDP) context while performing data offload are disclosed. According to one aspect, a method for maintaining PDP context while performing data offload includes detecting a data offload condition wherein a UE for which a first network node is maintaining a PDP context is sending or receiving data using a data path that does not include the first network node. While the data offload condition exists, packets are sent from a source other than the UE to the first network node so as to cause the first network node to maintain the PDP context for the UE. In one embodiment, a node interposed between the UE and the first network node periodically sends dummy packets or heart beat packets to the first network node on behalf of the UE, which may include packets that appear to come from the UE.08-23-2012
20120314578Flow-Based Adaptive Private Network With Multiple WAN-Paths - Systems and techniques are described which improve performance, reliability, and predictability of networks without having costly hardware upgrades or replacement of existing network equipment. An adaptive communication controller provides WAN performance and utilization measurements to another network node over multiple parallel communication paths across disparate asymmetric networks which vary in behavior frequently over time. An egress processor module receives communication path quality reports and tagged path packet data and generates accurate arrival times, send times, sequence numbers and unutilized byte counts for the tagged packets. A control module generates path quality reports describing performance of the multiple parallel communication paths based on the received information and generates heartbeat packets for transmission on the multiple parallel communication paths if no other tagged data has been received in a predetermined period of time to ensure performance is continually monitored. An ingress processor module transmits the generated path quality reports and heartbeat packets.12-13-2012
20120314577METHOD FOR IMPLEMENTING FLOW CONTROL IN SWITCH FABRIC, SWITCHING DEVICE, AND SWITCHING SYSTEM - A method for implementing flow control in a switch fabric includes: sending, by each input port, request information to a destination output port where no packet congestion occurs; according to respective back pressure information, determining, by the destination output port which receives the request information, whether to return grant information to each input port to establish a matching relationship between each input port and the destination output port which returns the grant information; according to the matching relationship, scheduling, by each input port, a cell to a destination output port that is matched with each input port. Through the embodiments of the present invention, quantity of information transmitted between an input port and an output port is reduced, the design of the switch fabric is simplified, and data processing efficiency in the switch fabric is improved.12-13-2012
20120314576HIGH-SPEED COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND HIGH-SPEED COMMUNICATION METHOD - A high-speed communication system according to the present invention includes: a plurality of nodes disposed on a communication path; and a plurality of communication connections established between the plurality of nodes. The plurality of nodes exchange a plurality of pieces of performance model information between the nodes, the plurality of pieces of performance model information representing communication performances achievable by each of the plurality of communication connections. Each of the plurality of nodes executes communication control based on any one of the plurality of pieces of performance model information.12-13-2012
20100195502FEEDBACK FOR DATA TRANSMISSIONS - Methods and apparatus are presented for dynamically controlling the re-transmission scheme of acknowledgment signals. A source transmits a first data packet over a slot s08-05-2010
20120213076CELL PROCESSING METHOD, SOURCE LINE CARD, AND NETWORK CARD IN SWITCHING NETWORK - The present invention provides a source line card. The source line card segments a data packet in a data stream into cells first, then inserts Time Stamps and Flow Identifications into cell headers, and sends the marked cell headers and cell payloads to the network card. The network card sends the cells to a destination line card or a lower-level network card in sequence according to the Time Stamps and the Flow Identifications, where the Time Stamps and the Flow Identifications are in the cell headers of the received cells. By inserting the Time Stamps and the Flow Identifications into the cell headers, it is ensured that an output sequence and an input sequence of cells that belong to a stream in the switching network are the same, so that the destination line card may reassembles a data packet easily according to a sequence in which the cells are received.08-23-2012
20120213075PACKET TRANSFER DEVICE AND POWER SUPPLY CONTROL METHOD FOR QOS CONTROL CIRCUIT - It is intended to reduce a power consumption without degrading a communication quality of a packet transfer device. One or more of a receiver, a switch unit, and a transmitter include a QoS control circuit for applying QoS control to received packets. There is provided a power saving operation mode that enables power saving operation by changing a grain size of the QoS control according to a flow rate of the packets, and controlling whether or not to supply an electric power to the QoS control circuit or a part of the QoS control circuit, according to the flow rate of the packets.08-23-2012
20120213074SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR FLOW TABLE MANAGEMENT - Methods and systems for managing the actions that are applied to packet flows by packet processing systems. A packet processing system maintains a flow table, i.e., a list of active flows and respective actions to be applied to the flows. The system classifies each incoming packet into a respective flow, and processes the packet in accordance with the action that is specified for this flow in the flow table. Typically, the system deletes a packet flow from the flow table when it becomes inactive, e.g., when no packets belonging to the flow arrive within a certain time-out period.08-23-2012
20090059794Method and apparatus for wiFi long range radio coordination - A method and apparatus for WiFi long range radio coordination is described. In one embodiment, a method for facilitating radio coordination in order to prevent simultaneous exchanges of data includes processing status information associated with a first radio and a second radio within a node and scheduling signal communications of the first radio and second radio based on the status information to avoid interference between the first radio and the second radio.03-05-2009
20090059789METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING USER CONFIGURABLE DIFFERENTIATED SERVICE - An approach is provided for specifying class of service (CoS) information. A wireless device is configured to connect to a wireless access point that communicates with a data network. The wireless device generates a message including a header that specifies class of service information for establishing a communication path over the data network. The class of service information is configurable by a user of the wireless device.03-05-2009
20090059793Traffic engineering method, system and computer program product for managing traffic over dynamic networks during both normal and unexpected traffic scenarios - A network traffic engineering method, system and computer program cope with dynamic and unpredictable changes in traffic demands and in the availability and quality of interdomain routes by monitoring traffic over a network having nodes and links, calculating a routing utilizing a convex-hull-based optimal traffic engineering algorithm with penalty envelope (COPE), and adjusting network traffic flow in accordance with the calculated routing. Aggregating collected historical traffic matrices to produce a predicted traffic matrix, the method optimizes for the expected traffic scenario while providing a worst-case guarantee for unexpected traffic scenarios and thereby advantageously achieves efficient resource utilization during normal traffic and avoids network congestion in a wide variety of scenarios.03-05-2009
20090059792Wireless Communication Device, Wireless Communication System, Wireless Communication Method, and Program - A bandwidth-reservation wireless communication device that performs communication with a communication destination node connected thereto via a wireless communication network includes a traffic amount estimation unit configured to estimate an amount of traffic involved in receiving response data from the communication destination node, and a media resources reservation unit configured to reserve media resources on the basis of the estimated amount of traffic.03-05-2009
20090059791System and Method for Bandwidth Control - A method for bandwidth control includes maintaining priority rules for IP traffic. The method further includes determining current traffic characteristics associated with at least a portion of the IP traffic. The method also includes modifying a priority level based in part on the current traffic characteristics. In one embodiment, the method includes modifying a priority level based on a priority level associated with another user, application, protocol type, or interface identifier. In accordance with another embodiment, priority levels are modified in a plurality of networks or network elements.03-05-2009
20120170459SIMPLE LOW-JITTER SCHEDULER - A method for managing packets, including identifying a first packet source having a first weight and second packet source having a second weight, where the first weight exceeds the second weight; assembling a first regular subsequence of packets using a first packet from the second packet source and a first set of packets from the first packet source having a cardinality equal to a first weight ratio; assembling a first augmented subsequence of packets using a second packet from the second packet source and a second set of packets from the first packet source having a cardinality equal to the first weight ratio plus one; and forwarding a first sequence of packets including a first set of regular subsequences, which includes the first regular subsequence, and a first set of augmented subsequences, which includes the first augmented subsequence and has a cardinality based on the first augmented subsequence factor.07-05-2012
20120170461PSEUDOWIRE SETUP METHOD AND NODE DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a pseudowire setup method and a node device. The method includes: receiving, by a node, a label mapping message which carries a bandwidth required by a service and a service level of the service; judging, by the node, whether the LSP in which the node is located supports the service level of the service and the bandwidth of the service, according to bandwidth supporting information, which is stored in the node, of a Label Switching Path (LSP) in which the node is located, and the bandwidth required by the service and the service level of the service which are carried in the label mapping message; and using the LSP as an LSP which bears a pseudowire when judging that the LSP supports the service level of the service and the bandwidth of the service. In this way, the Quality of Service (QoS) of the established pseudowire is ensured.07-05-2012
20090109850METHODS AND APPARATUS RELATED TO CONTROLLING TRAFFIC IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM USING SHARED AIR LINK TRAFFIC RESOURCES - A peer to peer communications system implements scheduling of traffic intervals in a distributed manner utilizing connection priority and interference information. A peer to peer timing structure includes a user scheduling interval, with ordered transmission request and response intervals, and an associated traffic interval. The priority associated with a request of an early interval is higher than the priority of a request of a later interval. A first device, connected to a second device, makes a decision as to whether or not to yield the traffic interval as a function of estimated interference that it will impose on higher priority connection receivers if it transmits during the traffic interval. The second device makes a decision as to whether or not to transmit a positive transmission request response signal as a function of a generated received signal quality value, based on received requests for its own and for higher priority connections.04-30-2009
20120250511ADJUSTING RATE LIMITS FOR TRANSMISSION RATES OF DATA FLOWS HAVING A CERTAIN PRIORITY IN A TRANSMITTER - A method for adjusting a set of primary rate limits for transmission rates of data flows having a certain priority in a transmitter is provided. A mean value is determined of a duty cycle of the certain priority at the port as obtainable from the transmission or flow control, wherein the data flows having different priorities including said certain priority are transmitted by a port of the transmitter, transmissions for rate-limited data flows having the certain priority are limited by secondary rate limits (r10-04-2012
20120250510Information Processing Apparatus and Communication Controlling Method - An information processing apparatus according to an embodiment includes a wireless communication module including a first wireless communication section that supports a first wireless communication system and a second wireless communication section that supports a second wireless communication system having a working frequency band in conflict with a working frequency band of the first wireless communication system, a traffic detecting section configured to calculate traffic of communication based on the first wireless communication system by the first wireless communication section, a traffic determining section configured to determine whether the traffic is less than a predetermined threshold value, and a control section configured to cause performance of an access point search for the second wireless communication system during a period when the traffic is less than the predetermined threshold value, on the basis of a result of the determination by the traffic determining section.10-04-2012
20120250509SOFT RETENTION FOR CALL ADMISSION CONTROL IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - Systems and methods are disclosed for receiving a request at a packet gateway to allocate a new bearer for a mobile device on a wireless telecommunications network; identifying, at the packet gateway, existing bearers that have a quality of service (QoS) that can be reduced without dropping the existing bearers; reducing, at the packet gateway, the QoS of the existing bearers; reclaiming resources at the packet gateway that were previously in use by the existing bearers; and allocating the new bearer for the mobile device using the reclaimed resources at the packet gateway without causing any of the existing bearers to be disconnected, wherein the existing bearers have a lower priority than the new bearer, and wherein the existing bearers have previously been designated as capable of being preempted.10-04-2012
20120250508Method and System for Protection Group Switching - According to one embodiment, a method may include receiving a plurality of flows, the plurality of flows comprising a working group of flows received via a working path and a protection group of flows received via a protection path, marking each flow in the working group with a first class marker, marking each flow in the protection group with a second class marker, determining whether each of the working group and the protection group is an active group or an inactive group, determining whether each of the plurality of flows is in the active group or in the inactive group based on whether each of the plurality of flows is marked with the first class marker or the second class marker, dropping each flow in the inactive group, and passing each flow in the active group.10-04-2012
20120075995 Communications Network and a Method in a Communications Network - End-to-end communication in a communications network is controlled by determining, based on monitoring of traffic in the communications network, the number of paths, or links, needed between the first and the at least second network element. If it is determined, based on the traffic load, that not all available paths are needed:—Selecting at least one path that should not be used to carry traffic,—Rerouting any traffic using the selected at least one path to at least one alternative path, and —Placing any network elements or links not carrying traffic after the rerouting in standby mode in which the power consumption of the elements is reduced, to reduce the power consumption in the network.03-29-2012
20120075994METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING AGGREGATE BANDWIDTH AT A SERVER - A method, apparatus, and computer implemented instructions for managing traffic in a network data processing system. Traffic for a plurality of network paths is monitored. In response a packet for a particular network path within the plurality of network paths causing traffic for the particular network path to exceed a level of traffic allowed, an amount of available bandwidth is reduced based on a fair share for the particular network path.03-29-2012
20120075993METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADAPTIVE BANDWIDTH CONTROL WITH DEFINED PRIORITIES FOR DIFFERENT NETWORKS - A computer implemented method, apparatus, and computer usable program code to receive data from a source at a plurality of gateways for distribution using a selected priority. The data is transmitted from the plurality of gateways to a plurality of receivers using the selected priority. Every gateway in the plurality of gateways has an adaptive bandwidth control process and a respective set of parameters for controlling the adaptive bandwidth control process for sending the data at the selected priority. Transmission of the data from each gateway for the selected priority has a different impact on other traffic at different gateways in the plurality gateways for the selected priority when different values are set for the set of parameters for the different gateways.03-29-2012
20120075992METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR TOUCH TEMPERATURE MANAGEMENT BASED ON POWER DISSIPATION HISTORY - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a technique for touch temperature management of a wireless communications device based on power dissipated over time, and possibly internal temperature readings. For example, the information about power dissipated over time can be utilized along with monitored internal temperatures of a device's internal circuitry to reduce transmit power and/or data rates as required in order to keep a surface temperature of the wireless device below a specified limit. A knowledge of how the device's touch temperature varies with the dissipated power and a knowledge of the power dissipation history can be utilized to determine when to reduce the transmit power in order to avoid overheating (e.g., exceeding the touch temperature limit).03-29-2012
20120075991Network system, control method thereof and controller - A network system includes a server which accommodates a plurality of tenants, at least one network appliance which has a resource shared by the plurality of tenants, a plurality of switches arranged between the at least one network appliance and a network; and a controller which controls the switches. Each switch has a flow table indicating an association of an input source with a transfer destination of packets for each flow, and transfers packets received from the input source to the transfer destination by referring to the flow table. The controller includes an assignment control block which dynamically assigns each of a plurality of tenants to any of the at least one network appliance; a route design block which designs a flow route for each of the tenants; and a switch setting block which sets the flow table for each of switches along the designed route.03-29-2012
20120176901Load-Adjustment Factor Notification Method, Data Rate Control (DRC)-Pointing Determination Method, Handover Determination Method and Devices Thereof - The present invention discloses a method for notifying a load-adjustment factor, including: a base station setting a load-adjustment factor of a sector and notifying a user terminal. The present invention also discloses a method for selecting and determining Data Rate Control (DRC) pointing, including: when selecting a sector which a DRC points towards, a user terminal calculating a difference value by deducting the received load-adjustment factor of the sector sent by a base station, from the measured signal measurement strength of the sector; the user terminal determining whether to point the DRC towards the sector according to the signal measurement strength resulted from the deduction. The present invention also discloses a method for determining sector handover, including: when selecting to handover add or handover drop a sector, a user terminal calculating a difference value by deducting the received load adjustment factor of sector, which is sent by the base station, from the measured signal measurement strength of the sector; the user terminal determining whether to handover add or handover drop the sector according to the signal measurement strength resulted from the deduction.07-12-2012
20120176900MINIMIZATION OF RADIO RESOURCE USAGE IN MULTI-HOP NETWORKS WITH MULTIPLE ROUTINGS - Packets in a multi-hop wireless network are routed based on the available link throughputs, network node congestion and the connectivity of the network in a manner that minimizes the use of radio resources and minimizes delay for packets in multi-hop system. The routing method also avoids congestion in the access network, especially near the network access points as provided by network access nodes. Each wireless network node maintains a link table for storing link conditions and associated route costs. Packets are routed according to the low cost route. Subsequent wireless network nodes evaluate whether a lower cost route is available and, if so, route the data packet according to the lower cost route. Every wireless network node transmits the data packet, a specified route and a time stamp indicated a time of the last data entry in the link table that was used to calculate the low cost route.07-12-2012
20120176899Method for Packet Network Traffic Regulation - A method of traffic regulation in a packet communication network involves a token bucket associated with a subscriber. Packets arriving at the regulator are handled in accordance with the token bucket configuration. The method involves measuring a demand placed on the network by the subscriber. The token bucket configuration is dynamically adjusted based on the demand. Another method of traffic regulation handles packets arriving at the regulator in accordance with first and second token bucket configurations. The first token bucket regulates packet rate while the second token bucket regulates data rate. Another method of traffic regulation involves handling packets in accordance with a token bucket configuration, where the amount of tokens to be removed is based on the amount of the flow and is further based on a classification of the flow. Packet-level devices for traffic regulation are also contemplated.07-12-2012
20110103225BANDWIDTH SIGNALLING - A telecommunication network comprising a plurality of nodes including a content source (05-05-2011
20080205277Congestion control in an IP network - Upon detection of an overload condition at a network element, the network element sends two messages to those other network elements which may potentially send request messages to the overloaded network element. If the network utilizes the SIP signaling protocol, then the messages sent by an overloaded network element are SIP INVITE and SIP CANCEL. The CANCEL message comprises an indication that the sending network element is unavailable and an amount of time which the recipient network elements are to wait before sending any requests to the overloaded network node. Upon receipt of these messages, the receiving network elements wait for a delay time period before sending any additional request messages to the overloaded network element. During the waiting period, the waiting network elements may send request messages to network elements other than the overloaded network element which provide functionality similar to that of the overloaded network element.08-28-2008
20100271947ADAPTIVE RATE CONTROL BASED ON OVERLOAD SIGNALS - Described are methods and apparatuses, including computer program products, for limiting server overload via client control. A first set of a plurality of requests are transmitted to a server at a first transmission rate during a first period of time. The first transmission rate is limited to be less than or equal to a first transmission limit rate. An overload value is determined based on whether at least two or more requests of the first set of requests for service satisfy an overload criterion. A second transmission limit rate is determined based on the overload value and the first transmission limit rate. A second set of a plurality of requests is transmitted to the server at a second transmission rate during a second period of time. The second transmission rate is limited to be less than or equal to the second transmission limit rate.10-28-2010
20100271948CHANNEL MANAGEMENT METHOD IN A DISTRIBUTED SPECTRUM COGNITIVE RADIO NETWORK - A source-assisted channel management method in a distributed spectrum cognitive radio wireless network handling a source of multimedia stream data handles a plurality of communicating devices (10-28-2010
20090067332PACKET FORWARDING DEVICE - A packet forwarding device reads each packet from a common buffer at a predetermined band velocity and transfers the readout packet; detects passage of a re-transmission request packet requesting re-transmission of a packet having been transmitted, from a receiving terminal to a packet transmission source; and limits a writing band of writing a packet transmitted from the packet transmission source terminal, which is a receiving terminal to which the re-transmission request packet is destined, into the common buffer when the re-transmission request packet is detected.03-12-2009
20100020690Communication System, Optical Line Terminal, and Congestion Control Method - Congestion caused by a large number of IGMP requests sent from set top boxes at channel switching is prevented in an optical line terminal (OLT). An IGMP processing section in the OLT has a delayed data generation threshold and a delayed data transmission threshold. When the number of ONTS participating in a multicast group is increased, the OLT generates a delayed multicast group for video data. The delayed multicast group having a few second delay accommodates a new user. With this, the end time of a highly popular program and a commercial start time are shifted among users to prevent, in the OLT, congestion caused by IGMP requests sent for channel switching at an identical time point.01-28-2010
20100008226METHOD OF ADJUSTING PCS THRESHOLD AND TERMINAL APPARATUS FOR HIGH DENSITY WIRELESS NETWORK - Provided are a method of adjusting a PCS threshold in a wireless network, and a terminal apparatus for the wireless network. The method and the apparatus determines whether to adjust the PCS threshold to use a shared channel for transmitting data in a wireless network based on a congestion status of the shared channel, and adjusts the PCS threshold based on a packet loss measured for a predetermined period of time.01-14-2010
20120218897CONTROL STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, GATEWAY APPARATUS, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A control station apparatus is set with a path for performing communication of a plurality of flows with a mobile station apparatus by way of a transfer path of a first access network. When receiving a position register request for performing communication via a transfer path of a second access network, from the mobile station apparatus, the control station apparatus, in response to the position register request, out of flows included in requested communication, switches the transfer path of a flow that is determined to be permitted to hand over the transfer path, and continues the communication via the first access network, for a flow that is determined not to be permitted to hand over the transfer path.08-30-2012
20120218893METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ANALYZING A NETWORK - In a method analyzing a network, packet flow information of a virtual local area network (VLAN) implemented in the network is received. The packet flow information is sent from a node in the network and includes a VLAN identification (ID) of the VLAN. A representation of the VLAN is identified in a network topology based on the node and the VLAN ID of the VLAN. The packet flow information is associated with the representation of the VLAN.08-30-2012
20080279102PACKET DROP ANALYSIS FOR FLOWS OF DATA - In one embodiment, a method includes determining that a packet has been dropped for a flow of packets between a source and destination. This may be determined at a network device that is forwarding the packets. Information related to a possible cause for the packet being dropped is then determined. For example, a context as to why the packet is dropped may be determined. The context is then associated with information for the flow and is useful to perform a packet drop analysis for the flow. For example, a source and destination for the flow is recorded along with the possible cause of the packet drop. This information may be stored and sent to an aggregation device. The aggregation device may then analyze the entry, possibly along with other entries from this network device or other network devices, and determine any troubleshooting information for the packet drops.11-13-2008
20120263039METHOD AND APPARATUS TO PREVENT RADIO ACCESS NETWORK (RAN) OVERLOAD IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed to prevent RAN (Radio Access Network) overload. In one embodiment, the method comprises initiating, at a User Equipment (UE), a RRC (Radio Resource Control) connection establishment procedure to establish a RRC connection to a cell. The method also comprises initiating, at the User Equipment (UE), a Random Access procedure due to a transmission of a RRCConnectionRequest message for the RRC connection establishment procedure, wherein an establishment cause in the RRCConnectionRequest message is set to delay tolerant access, and the UE stops the Random Access procedure if the UE considers access to the cell as barred based on barring information for delay tolerant access of the cell.10-18-2012
20120263038NETWORK SYSTEM AND FRAME COMMUNICATION METHOD - A network system has: a node performing transmission and reception of a frame based on FCoE (Fibre Channel Over Ethernet); a network; a controller performing management of the node and the network; and a gateway provided with respect to the node. The gateway determines whether a frame received from the node is a control frame or a data frame, forwards the control frame to the controller, and forwards the data frame to the network. The controller performs the management based on the control frame received from the gateway. The network transfers the data frame received from the gateway to a target node without through the controller. The controller comprises a flow management unit that manages a transfer route of the data frame in the network with respect to each flow.10-18-2012
20120224485ARCHITECTURE FOR WLAN OFFLOAD IN A WIRELESS DEVICE - Architecture for performing WLAN offload in a wireless device is disclosed. In an exemplary embodiment, an apparatus includes an application section configured to form IP packets from data to be transmitted, a modem section configured to apply a cellular protocol to the IP packets to form cellular protocol packets, an endpoint configured to encapsulate the cellular protocol packets to form outer IP tunnel packets, and a WLAN interface configured to transmit the outer IP tunnel packets over a WLAN communication channel. In another exemplary embodiment, an apparatus includes a WLAN interface configured to receive outer IP tunnel packets over a WLAN communication channel, an endpoint configured to extract cellular protocol packets from the outer IP tunnel packets, a modem processor configured to remove a cellular protocol from the cellular protocol packets to form IP packets, and an application processor configured to extract received data from the IP packets.09-06-2012
20120257500PACKET SCHEDULING METHOD AND APPARATUS - Improved packet scheduling methods and apparatuses for use in, among other things, a network interface of a router (or other network element) are described herein. In one such improved method, packets buffered in a network interface are segmented for transmission on a communications link into multiple scheduling domains each being represented by a scheduling tree, each scheduling tree is assigned to a separate virtual port scheduling engine, and a top level scheduling engine is employed to schedule between the outputs of the virtual port scheduling engines to make the final choice of which buffered packet to transmit on the communications link (e.g., to move to the transmit queue of the network interface). By having the virtual port scheduling engines operate in parallel and substantially independently of each other, the rate at which packet can be moved into the transmit queue may increase greatly, thereby increasing the bandwidth of the network interface of the router.10-11-2012
20120257503INTELLIGENT PRESENCE CONGESTION NOTIFICATION SERVICE - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a method performed by a network platform, the method including: receiving a subscriber ID and associated base station ID for a user equipment; receiving a congestion alert event message; identifying a user equipment on a congested base station; and notifying the user equipment on the congested base station.10-11-2012
20120257504PREVENTION OF CONGESTION AT RADIO ACCESS IN A MOBILE OR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In one aspect, there is provided is a method for preventing congestion at radio access in a mobile or wireless communication system, said method comprising, in an embodiment, a step of: 10-11-2012
20120257501SYSTEMS, APPARATUS, AND METHODS FOR MANAGING AN OVERFLOW OF DATA PACKETS RECEIVED BY A SWITCH - Systems, apparatus, and methods for managing an overflow of data packets received by a switch are disclosed. A traffic flow of data packets may be transmitted to a switch and it may be determined whether the switch has sufficient input capacity available to enable receipt of the transmitted data packets. When the input capacity of the switch is insufficient, a traffic flow control measure may be implemented to, for example, pause, limit, filter, or otherwise modify the traffic flow of data packets so that any overflowing data packets will not be lost or otherwise compromised due to the switch's inability to accept the data packets.10-11-2012
20120257505METHOD FOR RESOURCE MANAGEMENT WITHIN A WIRELESS NETWORK AND A WIRELESS NETWORK - For allowing a very effective resource management and network utilization a method for resource management within a wireless network, especially EPS (Evolved Packet Core) of LTE (Long Term Evolution) network, is described, wherein a congestion control of data-traffic is performed. The method is characterized in that for congestion control a Re-ECN (Explicit Congestion Notification) function will be used wherein the Re-ECN function includes a policing function and a dropping function. Further, a corresponding wireless network is described, preferably for carrying out the above mentioned method10-11-2012
20120257506SYSTOLIC ARRAY ARCHITECTURE FOR FAST IP LOOKUP - This invention first presents SRAM based pipeline IP lookup architectures including an SRAM based systolic array architecture that utilizes multi-pipeline parallelism idea and elaborates on it as the base architecture highlighting its advantages. In this base architecture a multitude of intersecting and different length pipelines are constructed on a two dimensional array of processing elements in a circular fashion. The architecture supports the use of any type of prefix tree instead of conventional binary prefix tree. The invention secondly proposes a novel use of an alternative and more advantageous prefix tree based on binomial spanning tree to achieve a substantial performance increase. The new approach, enhanced with other extensions including four-side input and three-pointer implementations, considerably increases the parallelism and search capability of the base architecture and provides a much higher throughput than all existing IP lookup approaches making, for example, a 7 Tbps router IP lookup front end speed possible. Although theoretical worst-case lookup delay in this systolic array structure is high, the average delay is quite low, large delays being observed only rarely. The structure in its new form is scalable in terms of processing elements and is also well suited for the IPv6 addressing scheme.10-11-2012
20120188874RELAY DEVICE AND RELAY METHOD - A relay device of relaying a communication packet is disclosed, which comprises: an input module configured to receive the communication packet as an input; a buffer configured to have a plurality of queues and temporarily accumulated the received communication packet; a sorter configured to sort the received communication packet to one of the plurality of queues, depending on a specific value obtained by a predetermined function that gives an aggregate output from an input which is transfer information regarding transfer of the communication packet; and a band controller configured to control a bandwidth for each of the plurality of queues and output communication packets accumulated in the plurality of queues for transmission of the communication packets. This ensures the quality of service, while saving the capacity of the buffer used for the queues.07-26-2012
20120188875METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CARRIER IDENTITY DETERMINATION IN MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Systems and methods are described that facilitate the determination and request of resources a node may wish to reserve. The resources include a plurality of carriers that are shared with other nodes. In an approach, the node determines a condition related to the plurality of carriers; creates an ordering of the plurality of resources; and transmits a resource utilization message (RUM) for one or more of the plurality of resources based on the ordering and the condition.07-26-2012
20120082034DYNAMIC TE-LSP PRIORITY AND PREEMPTION - In one embodiment, a node of a computer network receives a request to establish a traffic engineering (TE) label switched path (LSP). The node accesses a pre-defined range of preemption-priority values that may be used with the requested TE-LSP. The node determines a preemption-priority value at which adequate network resources to accommodate the requested TE-LSP would be available that is as low as possible within the pre-defined range of preemption-priority values. The node signals the requested TE-LSP with the determined preemption-priority value. The node receives notifications from one or more other nodes within the computer network indicating information about other TE-LSPs that would be preempted if the requested TE-LSP were established at the determined preemption-priority value. In response to the information regarding other TE-LSPs that would be preempted, the node determines whether to proceed with establishment of the requested TE-LSP at the determined preemption-priority value.04-05-2012
20120230194Hash-Based Load Balancing in Large Multi-Hop Networks with Randomized Seed Selection - Methods and apparatus for improving hash-based load balancing with randomized seed selection are disclosed. The methods and apparatus described herein increase the number of unique fields in a hash key before the hash key is presented to a hash function. The methods include selecting one or more seed values based the output of a first arbitrary function having a first set of packet fields as input. The one or more seed values are combined with a second set of packet fields. A second arbitrary function generates a hash value based on the one or more seed values and the second set of packet fields. The hash value is applied as input to a hash function in a member selection module. The method enables per flow randomization attributes based on per packet attributes to perform aggregate member selection while remaining deterministic from a root-node or network perspective.09-13-2012
20120230193Method and system of intelligently load balancing of Wi-Fi access point apparatus in a wlan - A computer networking infrastructure for load balancing, which comprises a network, access points each with a first service set identifier, computing devices and a computing system. The computing system can receive requests from computing devices to access the network via a second service set identifier of an access point. In response to a request to access the network from a computing device, the computing system generates a list of access points which are able to support a connection with the computing device. The computing device may connect to the network via an access point on the list and via the first service set identifier.09-13-2012
20120230191METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DATA OFFLOADING IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS - A mobile communications infrastructure with coordinated data session offloading of mobile subscriber devices from a primary communication medium to a secondary communication medium. The infrastructure comprises a primary communications infrastructure which provides a primary communications medium for mobile subscriber devices and a secondary communications infrastructure which provides a secondary communication medium that is accessible by authorized mobile subscriber devices. An offload management system is configured to control offload of mobile subscriber devices from the primary communication medium to the secondary communication medium during a data session with a data network based on an offload profile associated with the mobile subscriber device and resource status information relating to the available capacity of the secondary communication medium.09-13-2012
20120230197SYSTEM FOR PERMITTING CONTROL OF THE PURGING OF A NODE B BY THE SERVING RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER - A system and method which permit the RNC to control purging of data buffered in the Node B. The RNC monitors for a triggering event, which initiates the purging process. The RNC then informs the Node B of the need to purge data by transmitting a purge command, which prompts the Node B to delete at least a portion of buffered data. The purge command can include instructions for the Node B to purge all data for a particular UE, data in one or several user priority transmission queues or in one or more logical channels in the Node B, depending upon the particular data purge triggering event realized in the RNC.09-13-2012
20120230196LINK LAYER RESERVATION OF SWITCH QUEUE CAPACITY - A network switch, in response to receipt from a source station of a Layer 09-13-2012
20100165841QUALITY OF SERVICE FOR iSCSI - A system adapted to provide quality of service (QoS) for an iSCSI environment including one or more initiators and one or more targets. Each initiator includes an iSCSI initiator and a TCP layer. The iSCSI initiator includes a QoS shaper for shaping one or more iSCSI PDUs according to QoS policies. The TCP layer includes a QoS marker for marking the PDUs according to the QoS policies. The target includes a first and second QoS component. The first QoS component is in an iSCSI target and handles I/O resources. The first QoS component shapes read commands and write commands according to QoS policies. The second QoS component is in a TCP layer and handles network resources. iSCSI PDUs are shaped and marked according to QoS policies of iSCSI. The QoS policies used by the initiators and targets include policies for network resources and policies for I/O resources.07-01-2010
20110122769SYNCHRONIZATION, SCHEDULING, NETWORK MANAGEMENT AND FREQUENCY ASSIGNMENT METHOD OF A LAYERED WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention discloses as synchronization method of a layered wireless access system, which is applied to the layered wireless access system including an access point management unit located in an access layer and its linked access points. The access point management unit has a timing server, each access point having a timing client. The timing server generates timing information and distributes it to the timing client of each linked access point, and the timing client recovers the timing information as a local timing reference signal. The method may implement clock synchronization between the access point management unit and the access points to ensure the normal operation of the system. The present invention also provides network management, scheduling, frequency assignment and flow control methods based on the layered wireless access system.05-26-2011
20120320750BANDWIDTH MONITORING METHOD AND ITS DEVICE - A bandwidth monitoring device for use in a network for transferring priority packets in preference to non priority packets as far as the amount of the priority packets is within a contract bandwidth established between a network user and a network operator, comprising a bandwidth check result decision unit for detecting whether the bandwidth of the priority packets is less than the contract bandwidth, and a DSCP decision unit for determining that a non priority packet may be transferred as a priority packet when the bandwidth of the priority packets is less than the contract bandwidth thereby to sufficiently use the contract bandwidth.12-20-2012
20080298240NODE AVAILABILITY PREDICTION-BASED GRID NETWORK CONGESTION CONTROL DEVICE AND METHOD THEREFOR - A system and method are disclosed, which controls congestion to efficiently transmit data through a network of grid node network in a grid computing environment where a large amount of data is processed. The system and method are performed in such a way that, according to a grid application program's request for distributed processing a large amount of data, the data is divided into packets, the node availability of respective nodes distributed in the grid network is measured with consideration to the bandwidth and the queue size of available grid nodes to avoid and control network congestion that may occur when the packets are processed by distributed processing using the respective nodes, the average node availability of all nodes is predicted using a statistical method, a threshold is calculated based on the predicted average node availability to set a dynamic congestion area representing the congestion level of the respective nodes, and the amount of packet transmission is controlled based on the congestion area. As the grid nodes are managed by controlling congestion, packet loss and packet delay are reduced and the rate of packet processing and the rate of node use are increased. Therefore, data can be stably transmitted to the grid user through the network with an improvement in the Quality of Service (QoS).12-04-2008
20080298244APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CACHING LOOKUPS BASED UPON TCP TRAFFIC FLOW CHARACTERISTICS - The classification system of a network device includes a cache in which a mapping between predefined characteristics of TCP/IP packets and associated actions are stored in response to the first “Frequent Flyer” packet in of a session. Selected characteristics from subsequent received packets of that session are correlated with the predefined characteristics and the stored actions are applied to the received packets if the selected characteristics and the predefined characteristics match, thus reducing the processing required for subsequent packets. The packets selected for caching may be data packets. For mismatched characteristics, the full packet search of the classification system is used to determine the action to apply to the received packet.12-04-2008
20080298243Traffic Policing - An apparatus and a method are described in which a flow of packets is distributed in several separate flows over several links (12-04-2008
20080298242SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION OF DATA INCLUDING PROCESSING AND BUFFERING FEATURES - The present invention relates to a wireless data system which has a transmitter including a transmission buffer. The transmitter is configured to transmit a plurality of packets of encoded data, wherein a level of the transmission buffer is encoded in one of the packets of encoded data. The system further has a wireless receiver for receiving the plurality of packets. The receiver has at least one receiving component that receives the plurality of packets to generate a plurality of decoded signals, wherein the at least one receiving component is configured to receive one of the packets of encoded data from the transmitter to determine the level of transmission buffer. The receiving component is further configured to store the plurality of packets received in a receive buffer, to determine the level of the receive buffer, and to calculate an aggregate buffer level from the transmission buffer and the receive buffer. The receiver controls a packet output rate from the receive buffer to maintain the aggregate buffer level at a desired level.12-04-2008
20080298241APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR REDUCTION OF TRANSMISSION DELAY IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Apparatus and methods for reducing latency in coordinated networks. The apparatus and methods relate to a protocol that may be referred to as the Persistent Reservation Request (“p-RR”), which may be viewed as a type of RR (reservation request). p-RR's may reduce latency, on average, to one MAP cycle or less. A p-RR may be used to facilitate Ethernet audiovisual bridging. Apparatus and methods of the invention may be used in connection with coaxial cable based networks that serve as a backbone for a managed network, which may interface with a package switched network.12-04-2008
20080298238FILTERING IN BANDWIDTH SHARING AD HOC NETWORKS - Systems and methods for filtering in bandwidth sharing ad hoc networks. A method includes maintaining at least one filtering parameter associated with formation of a bandwidth sharing ad hoc network. The method further includes preventing data transfer across the bandwidth sharing ad hoc network when a parameter of a request to establish the bandwidth sharing ad hoc network corresponds to the at least one filtering parameter.12-04-2008
20120320748SCHEDULING DATA OVER MULTIPLE NETWORK INTERFACES - A scheduler is configured to schedule packets in a plurality of flows to a corresponding one of a plurality of interfaces. Each of the packets includes a flow identifier for identifying a corresponding one of the plurality of flows. The scheduler include memory having instructions for execution by the processor to implement a scheduling algorithm. The scheduling algorithm person as follows. Sections within a predefined range are assigned to corresponding ones of the plurality of interfaces. For each packet, a hash function is applied to the flow identifier to obtain a hash value that is evenly distributed within the predefined range. Additionally, for each packet, it is determined in which of the sections the hash value falls and the corresponding one of the plurality of interfaces is identified accordingly.12-20-2012
20120236718METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR SLIDING BUBBLE CONGESTION CONTROL - A transmission method for multiple TCP sessions with the same host including methods for congestion control and retransmission of lost segments.09-20-2012
20120236722Backplane Interface Adapter with Error Control and Redundant Fabric - A backplane interface adapter with error control and redundant fabric for a high-performance network switch. The error control may be provided by an administrative module that includes a level monitor, a stripe synchronization error detector, a flow controller, and a control character presence tracker. The redundant fabric transceiver of the backplane interface adapter improves the adapter's ability to properly and consistently receive narrow input cells carrying packets of data and output wide striped cells to a switching fabric.09-20-2012
20080291829SYSTEM FOR CONTENT BASED MESSAGE PROCESSING - The present invention provides a packet having a message and a processing priority associated with the message. The processing priority is dynamically changeable by a function operating on the message. The present invention also provides a method for associating a processing priority to a message by receiving the message, determining the processing priority for the message and associating the processing priority with the message such that the processing priority is dynamically changeable by a function operating on the message. In addition, the present invention provides a method for scheduling messages by receiving one or more messages and storing each message in a multidimensional processing queue based on a processing priority and an attribute associated with the message. Each queued message from the multidimensional processing queue is scheduled for processing based on an algorithm.11-27-2008
20120320749DATA TRAFFIC HANDLING IN A DISTRIBUTED FABRIC PROTOCOL (DFP) SWITCHING NETWORK ARCHITECTURE - A switching network includes an upper tier having a master switch and a lower tier including a plurality of lower tier entities. The master switch, which has a plurality of ports each coupled to a respective lower tier entity, implements on each of the ports a plurality of virtual ports each corresponding to a respective one of a plurality of remote physical interfaces (RPIs) at the lower tier entity coupled to that port. Data traffic communicated between the master switch and RPIs is queued within virtual ports that correspond to the RPIs with which the data traffic is communicated. The master switch applies data handling to the data traffic in accordance with a control policy based at least upon the virtual port in which the data traffic is queued, such that the master switch applies different policies to data traffic queued to two virtual ports on the same port of the master switch.12-20-2012
20120263040Methods and apparatus for enabling communication between network elements that operate at different bit rates - An apparatus and method for switching and/or routing electronic data between two networks communicating at different bit rates, where the bit rate of the faster network divided by the bit rate of the slower network is a non-integer. A switching/routing unit interconnects the networks via two set of lanes, one set connected to each network. Each lane communicates at a bit rate that is a common factor of the two bit rates. One set of lanes communicates with a set of transceivers that communicate at the faster bit rate on the faster network. The other set of lanes communicates with a (larger) set of network elements (NEs) that communicate at the slower bit rate on the slower network. Each transceiver and NE is structured so that the total bit rate of the lanes communicating with it is equal to the bit rate of its respective network.10-18-2012
20120327773FLEXIBLE, COST-EFFECTIVE SOLUTION FOR PEER-TO-PEER, GAMING, AND APPLICATION TRAFFIC DETECTION & TREATMENT - A method and apparatus for detecting peer traffic based on a heuristic model and deep packet inspection is described. A suspect set of peer packets is detected using a heuristic model. From the suspect set of peer packet, a set of verified peer packets is detected using deep packet inspection. The set of verified peer packets is processed according to the peer processing policy, while the non-verified peer packets is processed according a non-peer policy. Furthermore, the statistics are generated from the set of suspect peer packet. These statistics are used to update the heuristic model.12-27-2012
20120327772WAVEFRONT DETECTION AND DISAMBIGUATION OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS - One or more flow control modules, implemented on various types of network topologies, provide a number of functionalities for controlling the flow of IP packets (such as TCP/IP packets) over a network connection. The flow control modules may be implemented within a sender and/or receiver or may be deployed into a network as a separate device without requiring significant additional resources.12-27-2012
20120327771COMPACT LOAD BALANCED SWITCHING STRUCTURES FOR PACKET BASED COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A switching node is disclosed for the routing of packetized data employing a multi-stage packet based routing fabric combined with a plurality of memory switches employing memory queues. The switching node allowing reduced throughput delays, dynamic provisioning of bandwidth and packet prioritization.12-27-2012
20120269066CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR METHOD, ASSOCIATED BASE STATION, AND ASSOCIATED USER EQUIPMENT - It would be to provide a method which will work with future versions of LTE-A, be backwards compatible and alleviate interference to signals for basic system operation.10-25-2012
20100020691Actuator for implementing rate-based packet sending over packet switching networks - An actuator is disclosed which is required to implement, without errors, a generic rate-based packet sending algorithm over a packet switching network such as the Internet. Typical applications are audio/video streaming over UDP or TCP, audio/video conference over IP, Voice over IP, real-time data delivery, IP Television, Digital Video Broadcast over IP, client-server or peer-to-peer content distribution, Content Delivery Networks, Hybrid peer-to-peer/CDNs. Rate-based packet sending is of key importance for providing Quality of Service/Experience (QoS/QoE) over the Internet because it provides reduced queuing delays and jitters, and reduced buffer sizes both at application and network layers.01-28-2010
20110235517Geographic Trunk Groups - Embodiments of the invention include a method for routing an Internet Protocol (IP) based call through a first IP-based network to a second IP-based network. The method includes receiving an IP-based call request in the first network; identifying one or more geographic trunk groups that can be used to route the call request out of the first network, wherein each of the one or more geographic trunk groups represents a logical grouping of one or more IP trunk groups between the first IP-based network and the second IP-based network; selecting one of the one or more geographic trunk groups; and routing the received call request via the selected geographic trunk group to an IP address associated with the selected geographic trunk group. Other embodiments are also disclosed.09-29-2011
20110235515USE OF T-LOOP IN TRANS-SPLICING POLYNUCLEOTIDES - A method of regulating data flow in a wireless communication network includes: collecting data regarding dynamic loading of sector-carrier pairs (pilots) in communication sectors of the wireless communication network; obtaining data rates for data flows of the pilots to access terminals within the wireless communication network; determining one or more pilots to use for conveying data in the wireless communication network based on the data rates and the dynamic loading; and altering data flow over the pilots by at least one of changing a data rate over at least one of the pilots or changing a combination of pilots used by the wireless communication network for conveying data to increase total data flow.09-29-2011
20110235514DATA RADIO BEARER MAPPING IN A TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK WITH RELAYS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques for operating a relay having a first plurality of radio bearers (RBs) that interface with a donor base station and having a second plurality of RBs that interface with at least one user equipment (UE). According to certain aspects, the techniques generally include mapping each of the second plurality of RBs to one of the first plurality of RBs based on a QoS class identifier (QCI) associated therewith.09-29-2011
20090285095TOKEN BUCKET WITH VARIABLE TOKEN VALUE - Various example embodiments are disclosed. According to an example embodiment, a method may include receiving a token count units instruction, periodically increasing or decreasing a token count based at least in part on a refresh rate, and in response to receiving a packet, decreasing or increasing the token count based at least in part on a size of the packet and the instruction.11-19-2009
20110280129System of Path Computation Element Protocol Support for Large-Scale Concurrent Path Computation - A system for a global concurrent path computation in a communication network is disclosed. The system includes a path computation element communication protocol, wherein the protocol includes an indicator field indicating the global concurrent path computation, a global objective function field providing an overarching objective function, a global constraint field specifying at least one global constraint, a global concurrent vector field specifying at least one path computation request, and another indicator field indicating an outcome of a path computation request.11-17-2011
20120327770FLOW CONTROL FOR POWERLINE COMMUNICATIONS - A method of powerline communications in a powerline communications (PLC) network including a first node and at least a second node. The first node transmits a data frame to the second node over a PLC channel. The second node has a data buffer for storing received information. The second node runs a flow control algorithm which determines a current congestion condition or a projected congestion condition of the data buffer based on at least one congestion parameter. The current congestion condition and projected congestion condition include nearly congested and fully congested. When the current or projected congestion condition is either nearly congested or fully congested, the second node transmits a BUSY including frame over the PLC channel to at least the first node. The first node defers transmitting of any frames to the second node for a congestion clearing wait time.12-27-2012
20120327769System and Method for Increasing Input/Output Speeds in a Network Switch - A system and method for increasing input/output speeds in a network switch. A physical layer device is provided that includes a physical coding sublayer that insert data flow identifiers to data flows that are provided to a gearbox. In one embodiment, the gearbox is a 5 to 2 gearbox that can transport various combinations of 10G/40G data flows over a narrower interface to a second physical layer device having an inverse gearbox.12-27-2012
20120287787PRIORITY BASED FLOW CONTROL IN A DISTRIBUTED FABRIC PROTOCOL (DFP) SWITCHING NETWORK ARCHITECTURE - A switching network includes an upper tier and a lower tier including a plurality of lower tier entities. A master switch in the upper tier, which has a plurality of ports each coupled to a respective lower tier entity, implements on each of the ports a plurality of virtual ports each corresponding to a respective one of a plurality of remote physical interfaces (RPIs) at the lower tier entity coupled to that port. Data traffic communicated between the master switch and RPIs is queued within virtual ports that correspond to the RPIs on lower tier entities with which the data traffic is communicated. The master switch enforces priority-based flow control (PFC) on data traffic of a given virtual port by transmitting, to a lower tier entity on which a corresponding RPI resides, a PFC data frame specifying priorities for at least two different classes of data traffic communicated by the particular RPI.11-15-2012
20120287786PRIORITY BASED FLOW CONTROL IN A DISTRIBUTED FABRIC PROTOCOL (DFP) SWITCHING NETWORK ARCHITECTURE - A switching network includes an upper tier and a lower tier including a plurality of lower tier entities. A master switch in the upper tier, which has a plurality of ports each coupled to a respective lower tier entity, implements on each of the ports a plurality of virtual ports each corresponding to a respective one of a plurality of remote physical interfaces (RPIs) at the lower tier entity coupled to that port. Data traffic communicated between the master switch and RPIs is queued within virtual ports that correspond to the RPIs on lower tier entities with which the data traffic is communicated. The master switch enforces priority-based flow control (PFC) on data traffic of a given virtual port by transmitting, to a lower tier entity on which a corresponding RPI resides, a PFC data frame specifying priorities for at least two different classes of data traffic communicated by the particular RPI.11-15-2012
20120287789FLOW CONSISTENT DYNAMIC LOAD BALANCING - A device provides a flow table. The device receives a data unit, determines a data flow associated with the data unit, determines whether the flow table includes an entry corresponding to the data flow, determines a current utilization of a group of output ports of the device, selects an output port, of the group of output ports, for the data flow based on the current utilization of the group of output ports when the flow table does not store an entry corresponding to the data flow, and stores the data unit in a queue associated with the selected output port.11-15-2012
20100202293JITTER MANAGEMENT FOR PACKET DATA NETWORK BACKHAUL OF CALL DATA - Managing packet data network jitter is disclosed. A first call data associated with a mobile network communication session is received. A second call data that is older than the first call data is dropped from a buffer if required to make room in the buffer for the first call data.08-12-2010
20100202292Mechanism for Achieving Packet Flow Control In a Multi-Threaded, Multi-Packet Environment - A processing engine to accomplish a multiplicity of tasks has a multiplicity of processing tribes, each tribe comprising a multiplicity of context register sets and a multiplicity of processing resources for concurrent processing of a multiplicity of threads to accomplish the tasks, a memory structure having a multiplicity of memory blocks, each block storing data for processing threads, and an interconnect structure and control system enabling tribe-to-tribe migration of contexts to move threads from tribe-to-tribe. The processing engine is characterized in that individual ones of the tribes have preferential access to individual ones of the multiplicity of memory blocks.08-12-2010
20100202291Method of Selecting Media Flow - In a method and a system for handling a request for a service or a media flow from a user of a cellular radio system, means are provided for deciding if an already existing PDP context or EPS Bearer is to be used for the requested service or media flow based on information received from the system.08-12-2010
20120140631DEADLOCK PREVENTION IN DIRECT NETWORKS OF ARBITRARY TOPOLOGY - Aspects of the invention pertain to routing packets in a computer system while avoiding deadlock. A turn rule is set according to unique identifiers associated with switches in the system. Numeric values of switches in possible turns are compared to determine whether a turn is permissible. The rule applies to all nodes in the system. The rule may be violated when using virtual channels. Here, a violation is permissible when using monotonically increasing virtual channel numbers or monotonically decreasing virtual channel numbers. Alternatively, the violations of the turn rule may be allowed if they force a packet to change to a later virtual channel in some fixed ordering of virtual channels. Deadlock can thus be avoided in many different types of architectures, including mesh, torus, butterfly and flattened butterfly configurations.06-07-2012
20120140629ROUTING METHOD - A routing method from a source device to a destination device is provided in a device within an extended beacon group. The device receives a first route request beacon from the source device or via at least one first neighbor device from the source device in accordance with a table-driven type. The device transmits a second route request beacon to the destination device or via at least one second neighbor device to the destination device in accordance with an on-demand type.06-07-2012
20120140628NETWORK COMMUNICATION NODE AND DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD THEREOF FOR USE IN POWER LINE COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A network communication node and a data transmission method thereof for use in a power line communication network are provided. The network communication node receives a broadcast message from a gateway, and determines whether the load of the power line communication network changes or not. The network communication node is capable of changing a route for transmitting the data dynamically according to the change of the load.06-07-2012
20120140626METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR FLOW CONTROL ASSOCIATED WITH A SWITCH FABRIC - In some embodiments, an apparatus includes a flow control module configured to receive a first data packet from an output queue of a stage of a multi-stage switch at a first rate when an available capacity of the output queue crosses a first threshold. The flow control module is configured to receive a second data packet from the output queue of the stage of the multi-stage switch at a second rate when the available capacity of the output queue crosses a second threshold. The flow control module configured to send a flow control signal to an edge device of the multi-stage switch from which the first data packet or the second data packet entered the multi-stage switch.06-07-2012
20130016612SELECTIVE TOPOLOGY ROUTING FOR DISTRIBUTED DATA COLLECTIONAANM Vasseur; Jean-PhilippeAACI Saint Martin DuriageAACO FRAAGP Vasseur; Jean-Philippe Saint Martin Duriage FRAANM Hui; Jonathan W.AACI Foster CityAAST CAAACO USAAGP Hui; Jonathan W. Foster City CA US - In one embodiment, a device, such as a network management server, determines a traffic matrix of a mesh network, where the traffic matrix indicates an amount of traffic per type of traffic transitioning between the mesh network and a global computer network via one or more current root devices. One or more optimized root devices may then be selected for corresponding directed acyclic graphs (DAGs) based on the amount of traffic and type of traffic. As such, a DAG formation request may be transmitted to the selected root devices, carrying a characteristic for a corresponding DAG to form by the respective selected root devices that indicates which one or more types of traffic correspond to the corresponding DAG.01-17-2013
20110149739CONCURRENT ASSOCIATION OF A WIRELESS MOBILE NODE WITH ACCESS POINTS FOR INCREASING CAPACITY OF ACCESS POINTS - Access for wireless mobile nodes (WMNs) to access points (APs) may be provided via a wireless network where each WMN is associated with a plurality of APs, according to an exemplary embodiment.06-23-2011
20110158098ADAPTIVE HYBRID WIRELESS AND WIRED PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM AND METHOD - A hybrid wired and wireless architecture for a process control system is disclosed that includes hierarchical adaptability and optimization capabilities. The system is arranged in three tiers, the first including a number of wireless end devices exchanging packets of data and/or instructions with the distributed control system, where each wireless end device is associated with one or more meters, remote terminal units, diagnostic devices, pumps, valves, sensors, or tank level measuring devices. The second tier includes a plurality of wireless routers, each including a memory that stores a routing table and a processor that routes packets. The third tier includes a master wireless gateway device operably connected to receive packets from and transmit packets to the distributed control system. The processor of each of the wireless routers routes packets across the tiers between the end devices and the wireless gateway devices based on the stored routing table.06-30-2011
20110158097SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR GUIDING AND DISTRIBUTING NETWORK LOAD FLOW - A system and method for guiding and distributing network load flow is proposed and characterized by providing service-providing equipment with better packet routes to reduce the load flow of a routing device. At least two service-providing devices are connected to enable the routing device to guide the packets sent by a user-end device into the at least two connected service-providing devices for allowing the service provider used by the user to process requested services and thereby reduce the number of times of sending data packets to the routing device. In the case that the subscriber has applied for multiple network services, the packets only need to be requested once with the connected service-providing equipment in order to complete all network services.06-30-2011
20130021906Dynamic Management of Network Flows - A plurality of flow network elements monitors network flows at the subscriber level for a plurality of subscribers. The flow network elements export flow records to a collector, which organizes the flow records. A policy client correlates the flow records and determines whether any network flows are violating a flow policy definition. If a flow policy definition is violated, the policy client transmits a policy action to a policy server which indicates what action to take for a given violating flow. The policy server assigns a flow policy for the subscriber corresponding with the violating flow. The assigned flow policy is then transmitted to the flow network element having that violating flow, and that flow network element installs the flow policy.01-24-2013
20130021907METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COMMUNICATION SESSIONS - A method and computer program product includes calculating a score for one or more communication sessions on a communication device, associating the score with the one or more communication sessions, and measuring a performance metric on the communication device. The performance metric may be indicative of a load on the communication device, and may be caused, at least in part, by the one or more communication sessions. If the performance metric on the communication device falls outside an acceptable value, a number of participants in at least one of the one or more communication sessions may be reduced based on the score associated with the at least one of the one or more communication sessions.01-24-2013
20120243414METHOD AND ALLOCATION UNIT FOR ALLOCATING A COMMUNICATION PIPE IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The communication network includes a plurality of nodes interconnected by a plurality of links. The allocation unit assigns one or more network flows to the communication pipe. The one or more network flows have the same source node and the same destination node. The allocation unit determines a required capacity of the communication pipe based on the amount of network traffic associated to the one or more network flows and based on one or more minimal quality of service requirements associated with the one or more network flows. The allocation unit allocates one or more links of the plurality of links to the communication pipe for routing the one or more network flows from the source node to the destination node.09-27-2012
20120243413Data Packet Priority Level Management - The invention relates to the management of priority levels for data packets in a stream. In particular, the size of a data packet is determined for use in determining a priority level for said packet. Then the priority level for the data packet is determined based on the size of the data packet and the data packet is placed in a queue among a plurality of queues based on the priority level of the data packet, each queue being associated with a priority level.09-27-2012
20120243412QUALITY OF SERVICE (QOS) CONFIGURATION FOR NETWORK DEVICES WITH MULTIPLE QUEUES - A network device implements automatic configuration of Quality of Service (QoS) parameters in response to operator specification of a relatively few and easily understandable “high level” parameters such as, for example, latency requirements or an acceptable rate of packet drops. In one implementation, a network device may receive user preference information that relates to a Quality of Service (QoS) for network traffic passing through the network device and may measure traffic patterns through the network device. The device further generates a configuration template based on the measured traffic patterns and on the user preference information transmit the data in an order of transmission that is prioritized according to a bandwidth allocation policy defined by the configuration template.09-27-2012
20080253287Methods and Apparatus for Flow Data Acquisition in a Multi-Frequency Network - Methods and apparatus for flow data acquisition in a multi-frequency network. In an aspect, a method includes receiving flow registrations associated with flows, assigning a priority to the flow registrations, grouping the flows into flow groups based on their priority and RF channels carrying the flows, wherein each flow group is assigned a ranking, selecting a flow group based on the ranking, and acquiring flow data for the flows associated with the flow group. An apparatus includes registration logic configured to receive flow registrations associated with flows, priority logic configured to assign a priority to the flow registrations, and acquisition processing logic configured to group the flows into flow groups based on their priority and RF channels carrying the flows, wherein each flow group is assigned a ranking, select a flow group based on the ranking, and acquire flow data for the flows associated with the flow group.10-16-2008
20080247314Automatic policy change management scheme for DiffServ-enabled MPLS networks - A policy change management scheme for network resource management through dynamic policy adaptations especially suitable for DiffServ-enabled MPLS networks is presented. The scheme incorporates automated resource adaptation capabilities to assure QoS for user traffic and to promote resource utilization in DiffServ-enabled MPLS networks. A suite of resource management policies, an ordered set of methods for adjusting policies, and interfaces to a companion policy-based network management system are provided. The policies are periodically adjusted based on predictive bandwidth estimation algorithms ensuring optimal resource allocation to individual service classes and enabling adjustment of resources for handling current traffic and traffic expected for the near future. Resource allocations to individual service classes are adapted through policy changes when bandwidth utilization deviates from normal level or congestion exists in one or more service classes, allowing corrections to abnormal allocation of resources in incipient phases of congestion.10-09-2008
20080239961Packet routing based on application source - A traffic manager may monitor network performance, detect that the network performance has changed, and may prioritize network traffic based on which application or function is associated with the traffic. Each packet of network traffic may be analyzed to determine a source application or source function and allowed or disallowed along the network based on a set of predetermined priorities. Several sets of priorities may be established for various network performance conditions. In some embodiments, traffic may be routed along different paths using the sets of priorities and the source application or function. The traffic manager is adaptable for web-based services, applications, or other functions provided over a network connection.10-02-2008
20080239959Methods and Apparatus for Routing Using Bifurcated Network Flows - Methods and apparatus are provided with improved routing techniques for bifurcated flows. Routing methods and apparatus are provided that obtain a fractional flow from a set of nodes to a given destination having a maximum load, L, on any link between a node in the set and the given destination; and generate a bifurcated flow between the set of nodes and the given destination from the fractional flow such that the maximum load on any link in the bifurcated flow does not exceed 2L, wherein the bifurcated flow allows a flow from a given node to be sent on at most two outgoing links. The fractional flow can be, for example, a fractional single-sink multicommodity flow10-02-2008
20080232252METHOD OF TRANSMITTING SERVICE INFORMATION, AND RADIO SYSTEM - The invention relates to a radio system which transmits packet traffic and to a method of transmitting service information flexibly between a network part and a terminal in a radio system which transmits packet traffic and in which a connection set-up process is activated by means of a session management arrangement when a connection is established between the terminal (09-25-2008
20080232251FLOW CONTROL METHOD AND RECEIVING END DEVICE - A method and device for a flow control over network devices includes a receiving end device and a transmitting end device. The receiving end device monitors an input buffer and determines whether an available space in the input buffer is less than a predetermined threshold. Upon determining that the available space in the input buffer is less than the predetermined threshold, the receiving end device sets, in a MAC control code, an identifier that indicates an extended pause frame, and transmits the extended pause frame to the transmitting end device. The receiving end device also sets, in a stop time period field, output control data to control data transmission for each class based on the available space in the input buffer. Based on the output control data of the extended pause frame transmitted from the receiving end device, the transmitting end device exercises band control for each priority class.09-25-2008
20080232250SELECTION OF AN AUDIO VISUAL STREAM BY SAMPLING - The embodiments of the present invention provide for methods, devices, and systems for providing quality of service to network data that is received by an intermediate node in a local area network. In some embodiments, network data is categorized based on data flow, and based on such data flow, determining whether such flow exceeds a threshold. If the flow exceeds a threshold, such data flow is accordingly provided quality of service.09-25-2008
20080232249Rank Order Filtering for Randomly Sampled Data Points - A method of rank order filtering and a rank order filter apparatus is defined by an established rank order and accepts into a buffer, data points to be filtered, each data point having a data value and an associated time stamp. Data points are accepted until the buffer contains data points representing a minimum predefined time span. The filter calculating an amount of time the data values in the buffer are above an approximate filter value and adjusts the approximate filter value based upon the relationship of the amount of time to the rank order. The steps iterate to approach a value defined by the rank order and the approximate filtered value is output.09-25-2008
20130170350SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MANAGING QUALITY OF SERVICE - A method for managing quality of service (QoS) consists of receiving a packet and identifying at least one application level characteristic of the packet. The method for managing QoS further consists of modifying quality of service parameters of the packet based on the application level characteristic and sending the packet to a destination with modified quality of service parameters. A system for managing QoS includes modules such as a bearer module adapted to review and retrieve data from a packet and a payload packet inspector module adapted to identify at least one application level characteristic of the packet. The system for managing QoS further has a policy enforcement module designed to modify quality of service parameters of the packet based in part on the retrieved data and the at least one application level characteristic.07-04-2013
20130170352APPLICATION LAYER ACCESS CHANNEL CONGESTION AVOIDANCE IN GROUP COMMUNICATIONS OVER BROADCAST/MULTICAST SERVICES - The disclosure is directed to prioritizing call announce response in a broadcast/multicast communication system. An embodiment establishes a first priority for response based on assigning each user equipment (UE) a first random delay for response to a first call announce, responds to the first call announce using the first random delay, and determines a second priority for response to a subsequent call announce based on an elapsed time that each UE is present in a multicast area.07-04-2013
20130170353Method and Apparatus for Transmitting Baseband Signals - A method for transmitting baseband signals is disclosed. The method includes: when downlink traffic volume in an area among areas covered by multiple remote radio frequency units RRUs is lower than a preset threshold, generating or receiving a group of downlink baseband signals, where the group of downlink baseband signals corresponds to all RRUs in the area; and transmitting the group of downlink baseband signals to each RRU in the area, so that each RRU generates downlink radio frequency signals based on the downlink baseband signals and sends the downlink radio frequency signals. Accordingly, the embodiments of the present invention further disclose a method for transmitting baseband signals and a BBU. With the technical solutions, the bandwidth for transmitting baseband signals is greatly lowered, implementation is easy, and complexity of a system is reduced.07-04-2013
20130170354COMPUTER SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD IN COMPUTER SYSTEM - A computer system of the present invention includes a controller which sets a flow entry to each of a plurality of switches before a packet is forwarded from a plurality of nodes, and each of switches which transfers a reception packet which contains a destination address defined in the flow entry, to a destination node defined in the flow entry regardless of a transmission source address of the reception packet.07-04-2013
20080225724Method and Apparatus for Improved Data Transmission Through a Data Connection - A computer implemented method, apparatus, and computer usable code for receiving data from a sender across a network connection for the data transfer. An expected size for a congestion window for the sender is identified. An amount of the data received from the sender is tracked. An acknowledgment is sent in response to the amount of data received from the sender meet in the expected size of the congestion window for the sender.09-18-2008
20080225723Optical Impairment Aware Path Computation Architecture in PCE Based Network - An apparatus comprising at least one processor configured to implement a method comprising receiving a path computation request comprising at least one path computation constraint, and determining whether there is a path through an optical network that satisfies the path computation constraints. Also disclosed is an apparatus configured to process a data structure comprising a flags field comprising at least one flag having one of an active state or an inactive state, wherein each flag is representative of an optical quality constraint.09-18-2008
20080225722SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONFIGURING POLICY BANK INVOCATIONS - Systems and methods for configuring and evaluating policies that direct processing of one or more data streams are described. A configuration interface is described for allowing users to specify object oriented policies. These object oriented policies may allow any data structures to be applied with respect to a payload of a received packet stream, including any portions of HTTP traffic. A configuration interface may also allow the user to control the order in which policies and policy groups are executed, in addition to specifying actions to be taken if one or more policies are undefined. Systems and methods for processing the policies may allow efficient processing of object-oriented policies by applying potentially complex data structures to unstructured data streams. A device may also interpret and process a number of flow control commands and policy group invocation statements to determine an order of execution among a number of policies and policy groups. These policy configurations and processing may allow configuration and processing of complex network behaviors relating to load balancing, VPNs, SSL offloading, content switching, application security, acceleration, and caching.09-18-2008
20080225721SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROVIDING QUALITY OF SERVICE PRECEDENCE IN TCP CONGESTION CONTROL - Systems and methods for dynamically controlling bandwidth of connections are described. In some embodiments, a proxy for one or more connections may allocate, distribute, or generate indications of network congestion via one or more connections in order to induce the senders of the connections to reduce their rates of transmission. The proxy may allocate, distribute, or generate these indications in such a way as to provide quality of service to one or more connections, or to ensure that a number of connections transmit within an accepted bandwidth limit. In other embodiments, a sender of a transport layer connection may have a method for determining a response to congestion indications which accounts for a priority of the connection. In these embodiments, a sender may reduce or increase parameters related to transmission rate at different rates according to a priority of the connection.09-18-2008
20080225720SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONFIGURING FLOW CONTROL OF POLICY EXPRESSIONS - Systems and methods for configuring and evaluating policies that direct processing of one or more data streams are described. A configuration interface is described for allowing users to specify object oriented policies. These object oriented policies may allow any data structures to be applied with respect to a payload of a received packet stream, including any portions of HTTP traffic. A configuration interface may also allow the user to control the order in which policies and policy groups are executed, in addition to specifying actions to be taken if one or more policies are undefined. Systems and methods for processing the policies may allow efficient processing of object-oriented policies by applying potentially complex data structures to unstructured data streams. A device may also interpret and process a number of flow control commands and policy group invocation statements to determine an order of execution among a number of policies and policy groups. These policy configurations and processing may allow configuration and processing of complex network behaviors relating to load balancing, VPNs, SSL offloading, content switching, application security, acceleration, and caching.09-18-2008
20080225719SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR USING OBJECT ORIENTED EXPRESSIONS TO CONFIGURE APPLICATION SECURITY POLICIES - Systems and methods for configuring and evaluating policies that direct processing of one or more data streams are described. A configuration interface is described for allowing users to specify object oriented policies. These object oriented policies may allow any data structures to be applied with respect to a payload of a received packet stream, including any portions of HTTP traffic. A configuration interface may also allow the user to control the order in which policies and policy groups are executed, in addition to specifying actions to be taken if one or more policies are undefined. Systems and methods for processing the policies may allow efficient processing of object-oriented policies by applying potentially complex data structures to unstructured data streams. A device may also interpret and process a number of flow control commands and policy group invocation statements to determine an order of execution among a number of policies and policy groups. These policy configurations and processing may allow configuration and processing of complex network behaviors relating to load balancing, VPNs, SSL offloading, content switching, application security, acceleration, and caching.09-18-2008
20080225718Systems and Methods for Providing Global Server Load Balancing of Heterogeneous Devices - The present invention provides improvements to load balancing by providing a load balancing solution that distributes a load among a plurality of heterogenous devices, such as different types of local load balancers, using metrics collected from the different devices. The load balancing appliance collects metrics from heterogenous devices using a network management protocol and communication model, such as a Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP). These heterogenous device metrics are available on the load balancing appliance with appliance determined metrics and metrics obtained by the appliance from homogenous devices using a metric exchange protocol. Via a configuration interface of the appliance, a user can select one or more of these different metrics for global load balancing. As such, the load balancing appliance described herein obtains a multitude of metrics from the different devices under management. Additionally, the load balancing appliance described herein provides great flexibility in allowing the user to configure the global load balancer based on the user's understanding of these multitudes of metrics and to take into account the different characteristics and behaviors of the heterogenous devices.09-18-2008
20080225717TRAFFIC ENGINEERING ON WIRELESS MESH NETWORKS - Techniques are described for intelligently allocating bandwidth in a wireless mesh network. The wireless mesh network includes a nodes and links interconnecting the nodes. In order to increase capacity and avoid congestion in the network, a network administrator may regulate network traffic by adjusting various parameters that control the operation of network nodes. The network administrator may identify topology information, which indicates a configuration of the nodes and links, and a traffic matrix, which indicates a relative traffic demand weighting for each source node-destination node pair. From this information, the network administrator may calculate a bandwidth assignment for each link. Network administrator may use the bandwidth assignments to calculate a parameter for each node. That parameter may affect the amount of bandwidth used by a node. These parameters may be transmitted to their respective nodes.09-18-2008
20130142047Channel Quality Aware Transport Flow Compensation - Channel quality of an airlink is assessed at an edge router of a radio-access communication network. Based on the assessment, the cause of lost data is determined to be due to traffic congestion or due to poor channel quality. In the latter case, congestion recovery/avoidance processes of a transport protocol of over a spliced transport connection can be overridden to avoid unnecessary limitations to data flow.06-06-2013
20130170351MANAGING DATA MOBILITY POLICIES - Systems, methods, and instrumentalities are disclosed to communicate traffic flow information to a network. A user equipment (UE) may detect a traffic flow (e.g., using one or more of the traffic detection implementations described herein). A 5-tuple associated with the traffic flow may be unknown by the network. The UE may issue an alert to the network. The alert may indicate to the network that the traffic flow has been detected. The UE may determine the 5-tuple associated with the traffic flow. The UE may report the 5-tuple to the network. The report may be in response to one or more of: a request received from the network requesting traffic flow information; or, a determination that a first policy condition has been met.07-04-2013
20130176850EXPANDING NETWORK FUNCTIONALITIES FOR OPENFLOW BASED SPLIT-ARCHITECTURE NETWORKS - A method enables a switch in a split-architecture network to provide high speed packet processing and enhanced network functionalities that are not supported by the OpenFlow. The switch receives a packet from a network through an input port of the switch, and matches header fields in the packet against table entries in flow tables to identify an action to be taken. The flow tables are part of an OpenFlow pipeline. The identified action is to direct the packet to a designated processing unit in the switch. The OpenFlow pipeline forwards the packet to the designated processing unit via a communication channel in the switch. The designated processing unit processes the packet with the enhanced network functionalities, and injects the packet back to one of the flow tables before transmission of the packet to the network through an egress port of the switch.07-11-2013
20130176851DYNAMIC FLOW CONTROL IN MULTICAST SYSTEMS - Machines, systems and methods for enhancing performance in a multicasting system, the method comprising monitoring flow rates in a multicasting system as system characteristics change over time, wherein the multicasting system is operating based on a first mapping between a plurality of data flows and multicasting groups, wherein data is disseminated by way of the mapping to subscribers to one or more of the data flows; decreasing flow rate thresholds of satisfied flows so as to minimize the difference between the flow rate thresholds and respective target transmission rates of the satisfied flows, as the system's feasible data transmission workload is maintained with respect to subscriber reception rate capacities; and increasing flow rate thresholds of unsatisfied flows so as to minimize the difference between the flow rate threshold and respective target transmission rates for the unsatisfied flows.07-11-2013
20130176852Network Self-Protection - A device used in a network is disclosed. The device includes a network monitor to monitor a network state and to collect statistics for flows going through the network, a flow aggregation unit to aggregate flows into clusters and identify flows that can cause a network problem, and an adaptive control unit to adaptively regulate the identified flow according to network feedback. Other methods and systems also are disclosed.07-11-2013
20090290492METHOD AND APPARATUS TO INDEX NETWORK TRAFFIC META-DATA - A method, system, and apparatus for indexing network traffic meta-data is disclosed. In one embodiment, a method includes identifying a packet having a header and a payload in a flow of a data through a network, classifying the header of the packet in a type of the header, determining an algorithm to extract a meta-data (e.g., which may be stored in a database of the storage device, and the storage device may be limited in a storage capacity) having information relevant to network traffic visibility based on the type of the header, extracting the meta-data from the header, and streaming the meta-data to a storage device. The method may include applying a last recently used algorithm to discard information from the storage device when storage device is limited in the storage capacity. The method may also include determining that the type of the header is an Ethernet header.11-26-2009
20080219163PACKAGE SWITCHING NETWORK WITH A DETERMINISTIC BEHAVIOR - A packet switching network including subscriber stations connected to each other through at least one switch, which has a behavior defined as deterministic in that any packet sent on the network from a source subscriber station joins the destination subscriber station(s) within a limited time. In the packet switching network each output port from each switch on the network satisfies the relationship:09-11-2008
20110273987LOAD BALANCING - A method for load balancing Ethernet traffic within a fat tree network (11-10-2011
20110273986Method and System for Controlling the Restart Traffic in a Telecommunication Network - A method of regulating traffic in a telecommunications network, including the following steps: after the network receives an initial registration request, and if the network is capable of processing said initial registration request, it prescribes for the terminal that sent the request a registration refresh period randomly selected from a range defined by a predetermined minimum value (PREI11-10-2011
20110273985METHOD FOR CONTROLLING A FLOW IN A PACKET SWITCHING NETWORK - The invention is related to the field of flow control between two computing nodes over a packet switching network. Furthermore, the invention concerns a method for controlling data flow between a sending node and a receiving node over a packet switching network, data being sent with a current data rate onto a protocol-specific buffer of the receiving node, an application reading data stored in the buffer at a playback rate,11-10-2011
20110273984Packet Flow Processing in a Communication System - Method and apparatus for processing packet flows in a communication system. In one embodiment, a resource reservation message includes packet flow parameter information used to determine flow treatment of the associated packet flow. The packet flow mapping is based on the quality of service of the associated packet flow. In another embodiment, a bearer connection is established and monitored for information relating to flow treatment.11-10-2011
20130094360COMMUNICATION DEVICES AND FLOW RESTRICTION DEVICES - A communication device may be provided. The communication device may include: a packet generator configured to generate a packet including data for a second communication device and a header including an identifier identifying a communication service for the data and a transmitter configured to transmit the packet via a flow restriction device to the second communication device.04-18-2013
20130094362METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR LOAD BALANCING IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - Example methods disclosed herein include, in response to receiving a first message associated with a first registration request for a device, determining whether the device is currently assigned to a first call processor and performing a load balancing procedure to reassign the device to one of a plurality of call processors including the first call processor, the load balancing procedure to bias reassignment to the first call processor in response to the device being determined to be currently assigned to the first call processor. Such example methods further include, in response to receiving a second message associated with a second registration request for the device, causing the first call processor to de-register the device in response to determining that the second message is associated with a pending reassignment of the device from the first call processor to a second call processor included in the plurality of call processors.04-18-2013
20130094363METHOD, NETWORK DEVICE, AND NETWORK SYSTEM FOR PROCESSING DATA SERVICE - The present invention provides a method, a network device, and a network system for processing a data service. The method for processing a data service includes: receiving a data service packet; identifying protocol information and/or service information of the packet; mapping the protocol information and/or service information to a corresponding type of service field, and changing a type of service value of the packet according to the mapped-to type of service field; and performing queue scheduling for the packet according to the type of service value of the packet. The present invention effectively reduces the cost of the QoS implementation solution, prevents a low-priority application server from forging high-priority services, and prevents a high-priority port from being used to bear low-priority services.04-18-2013
20130094361INTELLIGENT LAYER-2 FORWARDING - One embodiment of the present invention provides a switch. The switch includes a port management module and a notification module. During operation, the port management module identifies a local port selected to be in a blocking state associated with a spanning tree. The notification module constructs a notification message associated with the blocking state.04-18-2013
20130114410Network Relay Device, Control Method for Network Relay Device, and Recording Medium on which Program for Controlling Network Relay Device Is Recorded - In a state where a network relay device 05-09-2013
20130114409LINK ADVERTISEMENT FOR PATH COMPUTATION IN A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A path computation element for a communications network, receives link advertisements from hybrid nodes (05-09-2013
20130114411METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PACKET DISCARD PRECEDENCE FOR VIDEO TRANSPORT - Discard precedence priority of packets carrying an encoded video stream in a packet network is determined based on priority information included in the encoded video stream. A video streamer segments an encoded video stream and encapsulates the segment in an Internet Protocol (IP) packet. Priority information associated with the IP packet is determined based on at least one priority indicator associated with the segment that was included in the encoded video stream. Alternately, priority information associated with an Ethernet frame is determined based on at least one priority indicator associated with the segment that was included in the encoded video stream.05-09-2013
20130114412NETWORK DATA CONGESTION MANAGEMENT PROBE SYSTEM - A method to investigate congestion in a computer network may include network devices to route data packets throughout the network. The method includes, for example, sending a probe packet to network devices from a source node to gather information about the traffic queues at each network device that is examined by the probe packet. A routing table at each network device that receives the probe packet is based on the gathered information for respective each traffic queue.05-09-2013
20130100811Output Rate Controller and Output Rate Control Method - An output rate controller has a TS packet buffer, a maximum value increase detector, a minimum value decrease detector and an output controller. The TS packet buffer accumulates input packets. The maximum value increase detector detects an increasing trend of the maximum number of packets being accumulated in the TS packet buffer within a fixed time period. The minimum value decrease detector detects a decreasing trend of the minimum number of packets being accumulated in the TS packet buffer within a fixed time period. The output controller sets a higher output rate of packets being accumulated in the TS packet buffer if an increasing trend has been detected by the maximum value increase detector, and sets a lower output rate of packets being accumulated in the TS packet buffer if a decreasing trend has been detected by the minimum value decrease detector.04-25-2013
20130100809System and Method for End-to-End Automatic Configuration of Network Elements Using a Link-Level Protocol - A system and method for end-to-end automatic configuration of network elements using a link-level protocol. Network elements can be auto-configured through the propagation of configuration information. Configuration information is propagated using ports that have defined port roles that enable automatic propagation of configuration information.04-25-2013
20130100808Managing Utilization Of A Logical Communication Path In A Multi-Path Channel - A method of managing utilization of a logical communication path in a multi-path channel consisting of a plurality of logical communication paths overlying a plurality of physical connections connecting a first and a second node, including: for a non-ordered communication stream implementing a load-balancing communication mode to distributedly communicate messages of the non-ordered communication stream over the plurality of logical paths; and for an ordered communication stream implementing a designated logical path mode including designating a logical path of the multiple-path channel for communicating thereover messages of the ordered communication stream.04-25-2013
20130100810NETWORK BANDWIDTH REGULATION USING TRAFFIC SCHEDULING - Disclosed herein are systems and methods for regulating network bandwidth by means of monitoring network traffic, predicting network loads, and scheduling traffic utilizing traffic reporting and bandwidth reservation mechanisms. These systems and methods may reduce network congestion and support more efficient processing by network applications. Traffic reporting may comprise broadcasting control messages to network nodes indicating appropriate times to send and receive messages. Network nodes may use traffic reports (e.g., control messages) to proactively regulate their use of the network. Bandwidth reservation may allow network nodes to do productive processing while waiting to send and receive data, and may decrease mean wait times. Reservations may be implemented in a synchronous or asynchronous manner. In an exemplary embodiment, the reservation mechanism may emulate a traditional stream socket API. Embodiments enabling enhanced TV applications to run more effectively over cable TV out-of-band networks are described.04-25-2013
20130128743METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR A MULTITENANCY TELEPHONE NETWORK - A method and system for operating a multitenancy telephony system including a call queue that stores call requests received from a plurality of users; an expandable and contractible telephony resource cluster that establishes call sessions for call requests; a analysis system that calculates capacity requirements of the system; a resource allocator that manages the scaling and operation of the telephony resource cluster; and a plurality of telephony network channels that are used as telephony communication channels for call sessions.05-23-2013
20130128739Method and Device to Control Communication with Multiple Networks Based on Respective Quality of Service Requirements - A network host device including a connection manager to communicate communication data with an external network over a plurality of bearers of the external network, an interface driver to provide an interface between the interface driver and the communication manager, the interface being dedicated to the external network, to receive processing data associated with the communication data over the interface, and to tag a packet of the processing data with identification information of the external network, and a traffic control unit to receive each packet of the processing data tagged with the identification information of the external network, and to select a bearer from among the plurality of hearers of the external network to communicate the communication data.05-23-2013
20130128738Hybrid Networking Path Selection and Load Balancing to Provide Robust High Bandwidth Availability in Home Networks - System and method for selecting a transmission medium on which to transmit a first stream. At least one of the plurality of transmission media may be substantially dynamic in nature. Path characteristics of each of a plurality of transmission media may be determined. A first transmission medium may be selected from the plurality of transmission media for the first stream based on the determined path characteristics. A first plurality of packets of the first stream may be transmitted on the first transmission medium.05-23-2013
20130136003Method and Apparatus for Ethernet Data Compression - A method and apparatus for Ethernet data compression enables the size of Ethernet frames to be reduced. Compression and decompression of Ethernet frames occur by the Ethernet network elements, rather than by user computers or end devices that transmit data on the Ethernet network. A new EtherType value may be used to identify the type of compressed Ethernet frames and optionally the type of mechanism used to compress the payload of Ethernet frames. The new EtherType may be inserted into a newly assembled frame ahead of the original EtherType. Alternatively, the new EtherType may replace the original EtherType and a short subheader may be used to identify the original EtherType. Out-of-band network signaling by the Ethernet control plane may also be used to determine whether frames are to be compressed and decompressed over controlled Ethernet links and tunnels, with or without use of the new EtherType.05-30-2013
20130136001AUDIO-VISUAL DATA TRANSMISSION OVER INTERNET PROTOCOL AT HIGHER RATES - A technique to switch high data rate content from higher frequency band transmission to lower frequency band transmission that uses Internet Protocol, without adding appreciable latency or jitter that may be manifested on a display.05-30-2013
20130136000METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING TCP TRAFFIC WITH RANDOM EARLY DETECTION AND WINDOW SIZE ADJUSTMENTS - A method for controlling data traffic with random early detection and window size adjustments including performing random early detection on incoming data packets, calculating a simple moving average of packet dropping probabilities for the data packets as calculated when performing random early detection, decreasing an advertised window size if the simple moving average is greater than a probability target plus a tolerance factor, increasing the advertised window size if the simple moving average is less than the probability target minus a tolerance factor, and not adjusting the window size if the simple moving average is not greater than a probability target plus a tolerance factor and not less than a probability target minus a tolerance factor.05-30-2013
20130142048FLOW TEMPLATING IN LOGICAL L3 ROUTING - For a network controller for managing hosts in a network, a method for configuring a host to handle flow entries and template flow entries is described. The method generates a template flow entry to be populated in order to create a flow entry for a particular managed forwarding element. The method sends the template flow entry to the particular forwarding element in a host. The method configures a flow entry generating flow entry generating module in a host to create the flow entry by populating the template flow entry. The method configures the particular managed forwarding element to (1) send the template flow entry to the flow entry generating flow entry generating module (2) forward packets using the flow entry created by the flow entry generating flow entry generating module.06-06-2013
20130128742Internet Real-Time Deep Packet Inspection and Control Device and Method - A deep packet inspection and control device for performing real-time traffic management on a real-time packet data stream over the internet that includes a first rule table unit for storing a rule table including a first set of rule entries which are pre-defined or generated dynamically; a first scanning unit for receiving a first real-time packet data stream from the internet, and scanning the first real-time packet data stream according to a scanning window defined by the first set of rule entries; a first analysis unit for matching the first real-time packet data stream with the first set of rule entries in the scanning window of the first scanning unit, and outputting a matching result; and a first rule linkage unit for performing linkage control on the first real-time packet data stream to be output back to the internet according to the matching result output from the first analysis unit.05-23-2013
20130128740COMMUNICATIONS SWITCHING ARCHITECTURE - Presently described is a system and method for switching multimedia data communications, including but not limited to Voice over IP (VoIP) telephony, cable TV, digital audio and video. The system utilizes a single, integrated device to provide all PacketCable-compliant functionality, including enhanced user privacy, compliance with CALEA, E911 and other mandated services not available in conventional distributed PacketCable systems. High speed and efficient, low cost operation are provided by means of an optimized data unit encapsulation scheme for internal switching and routing. A proprietary fiber optic backplane and removable optical connectors are used to enable lightspeed internal communications hot-swapping of components. Furthermore, the present system is extensible to all forms of digital data switching and is secure, resistant to Denial of Service attacks, and fault-resilient.05-23-2013
20100278044Packet flood control - A system comprises a router having stored thereon a respective incoming label table including at least one set of LSP information (e.g., a LSP designator, a label denoting normal flow routing functionality and a label denoting controlled flow routing functionality). The router is configured for receiving a plurality of different traffic flows each including a plurality of frames, for correlating a configuration of the flow routing label of each one of the frames received thereby to a respective one of the traffic flows using information contained in the incoming label table thereof, for flooding a frame of the traffic flows of the router to all local access ports on an active VPLS domain thereof when the frame requires normal flow routing functionality, and for dropping the frame without being flooded to all of the local access ports on the active VPLS domain when the frame requires controlled flow routing functionality.11-04-2010
20080205276Slotted ALOHA Congestion Control - A slotted Aloha communication system is provided according to one embodiment of the invention. The system may include a hub and a plurality of RCSTs. According to one embodiment, congestion control may occur at the RCST based in part on the number of segments received at the hub, the number of retransmission segments received at the hub and the number of successful collision retransmission segments received at the hub. The hub may communicate information regarding received segments. Congestion control may include calculating a transmission probably, performing a skewed probability measure with a probability equal to the transmission probability. If the results of the probability measure is positive the RCST may transmit or retransmit a segment within a first time prior, if the probability measure is negative then the RCST waits a set time period and reperforms the skewed probability measure.08-28-2008
20080205272SLICED TUNNELS IN A COMPUTER NETWORK - In one embodiment, a sliced tunnel is signaled between a head-end node and a tail-end node. One or more fork nodes along the sliced tunnel are configured to furcate the sliced tunnel into a plurality of child tunnels of the sliced tunnel. Also, one or more merge nodes along the sliced tunnel are configured to merge a plurality of child tunnels of the sliced tunnel that intersect at the merge node.08-28-2008
20110211450SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AUTOMATICALLY ADAPTING AUDIO PACKET MARKING IN A PACKET NETWORK - Disclosed herein are systems, methods, and computer-readable storage media for managing a packet network to deal with a problem of dropped audio packets. A triggering event signal indicates that audio marked packet traffic in the packet network has exceeded a capacity limit. Upon receiving the triggering event signal, a transmitting device transmits audio packets marked as non-audio packets through the packet network. The transmitting device, for example, is a VoIP telephone. The triggering event signal, for example, is generated when the audio marked packet traffic exceeds a dropped packet threshold, or when monitoring of audio marked packet traffic indicates that audio marked packet traffic approaches a committed data rate (CDR) threshold.09-01-2011
20080198749Technique for handling service requests in an information handling system - A technique for handling a service request in an information handling system includes receiving, at a data link layer device, a packet transmitted from a client, the data link layer device including multiple ports. The packet is examined to determine whether the packet includes a first-type request. The packet is then routed to a server via a trusted port, included within the multiple ports, when the packet includes the first-type request.08-21-2008
20130148501CONSTANT WINDOW BACK-OFF METHOD FOR MULTIPLE ACCESS IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORKS - A method and apparatus are described including determining a target congestion index, determining a congestion index based on information from a last back-off round, comparing the target congestion index with the congestion index, performing one of increasing a triggering set size by a first factor and decreasing the triggering set size by a second factor responsive to the comparison, determining if a communications medium is idle, adjusting a back-off counter responsive to the third determining act, determining if the back-off counter is equal to a triggering point in the triggering set and transmitting data responsive to the fourth determining act.06-13-2013
20130148502PROCESSING NETWORK TRAFFIC AT A NETWORK EDGE - A device, provided at a network edge, receives a radio frequency signal from a user equipment, and converts the radio frequency signal into an electrical signal. The device also receives, from a network controller, at least one of control information, schedule information, or congestion management information. The device performs baseband signal processing on the electrical signal, based on at least one of the control information, the schedule information, or the congestion management information, to create a modified signal. The device provides the modified signal to the network controller.06-13-2013
20130148503Network Impairment Unit with Bandwidth-Constrained Packet Duplication - An impairment unit, method, and machine readable storage media for emulating network impairments. An impairment unit may include a network interface to receive network traffic from a network and to transmit impaired network traffic to the network. An impairment engine may generate the impaired traffic based on the received network traffic, the impaired network traffic including at least some duplicate packets. The impairment engine may determine a bandwidth available for transmission of duplicate packets based on the received network traffic and may constrain the total length of the duplicate packets to fit within the available bandwidth.06-13-2013
20130148504HANDLING CONGESTION IN A QUEUE WITHOUT DISCARDING NEW MESSAGES RECEIVED FROM A MESSAGE SENDER - A method, in an element having a queue used to store messages sent from a message sender to a message receiver, of handling congestion in the queue, without discarding a new message from the message sender. The new message which is to be added to the queue is received. The new message is of a given message type. It is determined that congestion handling is to be performed. The congestion handling is performed by removing older messages, of the given message type, from the queue. The new message is added to the queue. Other methods, apparatus, and network elements are also disclosed.06-13-2013
20130148505LOAD BALANCING IN A LOGICAL PIPELINE - A non-transitory machine readable medium storing a program that configures a managed forwarding element to perform logical L2 switching and L3 routing is described. The program generates a first set of flow entries for configuring the first managed forwarding element to perform (1) a first logical L2 processing for a first logical L2 domain, (2) a logical L3 processing, (3) a load balancing processing to select a second managed forwarding element from a plurality of managed forwarding elements to which to forward packets and (4) a logical ingress L2 processing for a second logical L2 domain on the packets. The program generates a second set of flow entries for configuring the second managed forwarding element to perform a second logical L2 processing for a second logical L2 domain on the packets.06-13-2013
20110235516WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ROUTING PACKETS VIA INTRA-MESH AND EXTRA-MESH ROUTES - A method and apparatus for routing a packet implemented in a mesh point (MP) of a wireless network are described. According to the method, a plurality of intra-mesh and extra-mesh routes are compared. One of the plurality of intra-mesh and extra-mesh routes is selected for transmission of the packet based on at least one criterion. The packet is transmitted over the selected one of the plurality of intra-mesh and extra-mesh routes.09-29-2011
20110249557 Centralized Wireless Manager (WiM) for Performance Management of IEEE 802.11 and a Method Thereof - The present invention is an implementation of a network device called Wireless Manager (WiM) a centralized controller for QoS management of infrastructure WLANs based on the IEEE 802.11 DCF standards. The WiM queues and schedules packets from all the traffic flowing between the Access Points (APs) and the wireline LAN which requires no changes to the AP or the STAs, and can be viewed as implementing a Split-MAC architecture. The objectives of WiM are to manage various TCP performance related issues such as the throughput anomaly when STAs associate with an AP with mixed PHY rates, and upload download unfairness induced by finite AP buffers, and also to serve as the controller for VoIP admission control and handovers, and for other QoS management measures.10-13-2011
20120257507ETHERNET LINK AGGREGATION - A system and method of transmitting data across a first link aggregation formed by an intermediate switch and a downstream switch, the intermediate switch adopting a Media-Access Card (MAC)-address-based load sharing algorithm for distributing traffic among links to the downstream switch interfaced with a final destination device. The method comprises: receiving a packet having a MAC header and an IP header at an input port of an upstream switch for transmission from the upstream switch to the intermediate switch, the upstream switch and intermediate switch forming a second link aggregation; re-writing, at the upstream switch, the source MAC address of the received packet to a different source address; sending the packet through the second link aggregation to the intermediate switch, the intermediate switch implementing the load sharing algorithm for sending the packet to the downstream switch along a link through the first link aggregation to the destination device.10-11-2012
20120257502Managing Network Traffic - Managing network traffic includes associating a wireless client device with a wireless access point comprising at least one processor with said wireless access point, identifying a network to which said wireless client device is assigned; and with said wireless access point, assigning said wireless client device to one of a plurality of Virtual Local Area Networks (VLANs) implemented within said network according to a protocol for balancing network traffic across the plurality of VLANs.10-11-2012
20120275305PRIORITIZED RANDOM ACCESS METHOD, RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND COLLISION RESOLUTION METHOD - A prioritized random access method, a resource allocation method, and a collision resolution method are proposed for wireless communication devices with different priority levels pre-assigned according to their respective service requirements. In the prioritized random access method, different priorities are assigned to connection requirements of wireless communication devices according to their respective service characteristics. Collision resolution mechanisms of the prioritized random access method enable establishing connections of different service requirements such as time strict, delay tolerant, and normal user service. The resource allocation method allows different types of contention accesses have different collision opportunities and connection setup delays, and also enables dynamical adjustment in resource allocation according to practical application requirements, the number of MTC devices and system loading. Thus, resource utilization rate of the overall wireless communication network is enhanced.11-01-2012
20100315950METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Currently, network utilization and performance are diminished due to capacity issues, which may be resolved by adding hardware/software to spread traffic uniformly according to network element usage information. Disclosed is a method of and corresponding apparatus for resolving network element capacity issues in a wireless network by inspecting data traffic content for information about wireless network elements and data traffic content, collecting said information, and managing (e.g., shaping and steering) the incoming traffic based on the information. Examples of said information include radio bearer resource information for network elements and traffic associated with a wireless access portion of the wireless network and radio access bearer information for network elements and traffic associated with a backhaul portion of the wireless network. By employing embodiments of the invention, network utilization and performance may be increased using existing wireless network elements in a manner overlaid on existing network optimization techniques (e.g., load balancing).12-16-2010
20100315949DYNAMIC BANDWIDTH RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR SATELLITE DOWNLINKS - Satellite communications systems, methods, and related devices are described. In one embodiment, a satellite communications system is configured to dynamically allocate bandwidth among different downlink beams. The satellite may receive and compile traffic measurements and terminal parameters. The satellite may be configured with different downlink beam coverage areas, and may dynamically allocate downlink bandwidth and particular frequency channels to different beam coverage areas based on the measurements and parameters. The satellite may also assign frequency channels and time slots based on such measurements and parameters.12-16-2010
20100315948Apparatus and Method for Flow Control in Wireless Communication System - A method and apparatus for flow control in a wireless communication system is provided. The relay node receives from a base station flow control information for a Un interface between the relay node and the base station and determines whether to request to suspend transmission based on the flow control information. The relay node transmits a transmission suspend command to the base station when it is determined to request the transmission suspension.12-16-2010
20130155862PERFORMING RATE LIMITING WITHIN A NETWORK - Methods and systems for performing rate limiting are provided. According to one embodiment, information is maintained regarding a set of virtual networks into which a network has been logically divided. Each virtual network comprises a loop-free switching path, reverse path learning network and provides a path through the network between a first and second component thereby collectively providing multiple paths between the first and second components. Packets are received by the first component that are associated with a flow sent by a source component. The packets are forwarded by the first component to the second component along a particular path defined by the set of virtual networks. A congestion metric is determined for the particular path and based thereon it is determined whether a congestion threshold has been reached. Responsive to an affirmative determination, the source component is instructed to limit the rate at which the packets are sent.06-20-2013
20130155863Adaptation of Quality of Service in Handling Network Traffic - For allowing differentiated handling of network traffic, a message is received by a traffic type detector. The traffic type detector extracts a network label, e.g. a domain name, a hostname, or a network address, from the message and compares this extracted network label to one or more stored network labels. On the basis of the comparison, adaptation of a quality of service level for a forwarding treatment of data packets associated with the message is initiated, e.g. by controlling a bearer used for communicating the data packets.06-20-2013
20130155864WIRELESS TERMINAL, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - There is provided a wireless terminal including a storage section that stores information on a plurality of wireless terminals forming a group in which the wireless terminal operates as a representative wireless terminal, a communication control section that controls random access to a base station before another wireless terminal in the group, and a transmitting section that transmits the information on the plurality of wireless terminals stored in the storage section to the base station.06-20-2013
20130155858HIERARCHICAL OCCUPANCY-BASED CONGESTION MANAGEMENT - A method for hierarchical occupancy based congestion management includes receiving, by a computing device, a plurality of data flows, each of the plurality of data flows is received from a source and includes a plurality of data packets and storing the plurality of data packets in a buffer including multiple storage units. The method includes determining if the buffer is congested, responsive to determining the buffer is congested randomly selecting at least two occupied units of the buffer and identifying a source of each of the data packets stored in the occupied units of the buffer and generating a congestion notification message. The method also includes comparing a selection criterion associated with each identified source to determine which identified source has a higher selection criterion and sending the congestion notification message to the identified source with the higher selection criterion.06-20-2013
20130155859System and Method for Hierarchical Adaptive Dynamic Egress Port and Queue Buffer Management - A system and method for hierarchical adaptive dynamic egress port and queue buffer management. Efficient utilization of buffering resources in a commodity shared memory buffer switch is key to minimizing packet loss. Efficient utilization of buffering resources is enabled through adaptive queue limits that are derived from an adaptive port limit.06-20-2013
20130155856Method and Network Node For Handling TCP Traffic - The embodiments herein relate to a method in a network node (06-20-2013
20130155857HYBRID ARRIVAL-OCCUPANCY BASED CONGESTION MANAGEMENT - A method for hybrid arrival-occupancy based congestion management includes increasing a recent arrivals counter associated with a data flow from one or more sources in response to receiving a data packet from one of the sources and storing the data packet in a buffer including multiple storage units. The method includes determining if a buffer is congested, randomly selecting an occupied unit of the buffer and determining the source of the packet stored in the occupied unit of the buffer, generating a congestion notification message, sending the congestion notification message to the source of the packet stored in the occupied unit of the buffer if the recent arrivals counter exceeds a threshold value and decreasing the recent arrivals counter associated with the source of the packet stored in the occupied unit of the buffer and discarding the congestion notification message if the recent arrivals counter has a zero value.06-20-2013
20130155860PACKET TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND METHOD OF TRANSMITTING PACKET - The inventive concept relates to a method of managing a packet being transmitted through a packet transmission network. The method may include distinguishing a buffer unit corresponding to the received data packet among a plurality of buffer units according to a type of a data packet received from the outside; comparing the number of packets stored in the distinguished buffer unit with a critical value; storing the received data packet in the distinguished buffer unit or a sub buffer unit corresponding to the distinguished buffer unit according to the comparing result; and transmitting the data packet stored in the distinguished buffer unit through a working path of the backbone network and transmitting the data packet stored in the sub buffer unit through a protection path of the backbone network.06-20-2013
20130155861CONTENT SERVICE AGGREGATION SYSTEM - A network content service apparatus includes a set of compute elements adapted to perform a set of network services; and a switching fabric coupling compute elements in said set of compute elements. The set of network services includes firewall protection, Network Address Translation, Internet Protocol forwarding, bandwidth management, Secure Sockets Layer operations, Web caching, Web switching, and virtual private networking. Code operable on the compute elements enables the network services, and the compute elements are provided on blades which further include at least one input/output port.06-20-2013
20120281537PACKET DECONSTRUCTION/RECONSTRUCTION AND LINK-CONTROL - The present disclosure includes methods, devices, and systems for packet processing. One method embodiment for packet flow control includes deconstructing a transport layer packet into a number of link-control layer packets, wherein each of the link-control layer packets has an associated sequence number, communicating the number of link-control layer packets via a common physical connection for a plurality of peripheral devices, and limiting a number of outstanding link-control layer packets during the communication.11-08-2012
20120281536SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DETECTION FOR PRIORITIZING AND SCHEDULING PACKETS IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Systems and methods provide a parameterized scheduling system that incorporates end-user application awareness and can be used with scheduling groups that contain data streams from heterogeneous applications. Data packets are analyzed at multiple protocol levels to detect characteristics associated with communicating the packets. The data packets are filtered so that detecting the characteristics is efficiently performed. The detected characteristics can be used for scheduling transmission of the packets. The detected characteristics can be used to dynamically change scheduling parameters. The dynamic scheduling parameters can maximize user Quality of Experience (QoE) in response to recurring network patterns, one-time events, application characteristics, protocol characteristics, device characteristics, service level agreements, or combinations thereof. Scheduling parameters may also incorporate notions of “duration neglect” and “recency effect” in an end-user's perception of video quality in order to manage video traffic during periods of congestion.11-08-2012
20120281535Multiplexing and congestion control - Methods, systems and devices for network congestion control exploit the inherent burstiness of network traffic, using a wave-based characterization of network traffic and corresponding multiplexing methods and approaches.11-08-2012
20130182573MULTI-CLASS DATA TRANSPORT - Methods and apparatus for controlling the forwarding of a flow (07-18-2013
20130182572RADIO-AWARENESS OF MOBILE DEVICE FOR SENDING SERVER-SIDE CONTROL SIGNALS USING A WIRELESS NETWORK OPTIMIZED TRANSPORT PROTOCOL - System and method of radio-awareness of mobile device for sending server-side control signals using a wireless network optimized transport protocol are disclosed. One embodiment includes a method of sending a message over an alternate channel to a mobile device in the presence of an open TCP connection with a mobile device, including sending the message over the alternate channel to the mobile device, without utilizing the open TCP connection, responsive to determining that a timing criteria has been met. The alternate channel utilized need not cause a radio of the mobile device to switch on.07-18-2013
20130182571NETWORK TRAFFIC DISTRIBUTION - A switch for a switching network includes a plurality of ports for communicating data traffic and a switch controller that controls switching between the plurality of ports. The switch controller selects a forwarding path for the data traffic based on at least topological congestion information for the switching network. In a preferred embodiment, the topological congestion information includes sFlow topological congestion information and the switch controller includes an sFlow client that receives the sFlow topological congestion information from an sFlow controller in the switching network.07-18-2013
20130182570Method and Apparatus for Limiting Bearer Service in Radio Communication - The present invention discloses a method and an apparatus for limiting a bearer service in radio communication. The method includes: determining that a capability of a terminal system is in a critical condition; in a first bearer set of the terminal system including at least two bearers used for transmitting data, determining a set formed by some bearers in the first bearer set as a second bearer set, where priority of a bearer in the second bearer set is lower than priority of a bearer in the first bearer set excluding those in the second bearer set; and performing service limitation processing on the bearer in the second bearer set.07-18-2013
20110286334Admission Control and Policing in Wireless Packet Data Communication System - A call flow is provided in a wireless communication system (11-24-2011
20110310741APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR COORDINATION BETWEEN PLURALITY OF CO-LOCATED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION MODULES VIA ONE WIRE - The invention provides a mobile communication device having a Packet Traffic Arbitrator (PTA) module and a first wireless communication module, coupled to the PTA module via only one wire and configured to perform a first wireless transceiving. The first wireless communication module sends a first request indicating a remaining period of time for a second wireless communication module to use to the PTA module via the wire, and receives, via the wire, a first response indicating whether the first request has been accepted.12-22-2011
20110310740METHOD AND SYSTEM AND POLICY SERVER FOR GUARANTEEING DATA NOT TO BE INTERRUPTED - The present invention discloses a method for guaranteeing data not to be interrupted in multi-network connection environment, which applies between a user equipment (UE) connected with multiple networks and the multiple networks, and comprises that, when one or more network connections of the UE have congestion, an IP flow of the UE is transferred to an uncongested network connection from the congested network connection(s). The present invention also discloses a system and a policy server for guaranteeing data not to be interrupted. In the case that multiple network connections are established simultaneously, the present invention guarantees that data is not interrupted and achieves the effects of enlarging bandwidth and optimizing bandwidth by transferring IP flow.12-22-2011
20110310739METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR VIRTUAL CHANNEL FLOW CONTROL ASSOCIATED WITH A SWITCH FABRIC - A system includes a module associated with a first stage of a switch fabric directly coupled to a module associated with a second stage of the switch fabric via a single physical hop having multiple virtual channels. The module associated with the first stage is configured to assign a virtual channel identifier associated with a virtual channel with a data packet using a hash function and to send the data packet through the virtual channel based on the virtual channel identifier. The module associated with the second stage is configured to send a flow control signal to the module associated with the first stage when an available capacity of a queue is less than a predetermined threshold. The module associated with the first stage is configured to suspend sending data packets via the virtual channel in response to the flow control signal.12-22-2011
20110310738CONGESTION BUFFER CONTROL IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A network device may handle packet congestion in a network. In one implementation, the network device may receive a packet associated with a quality of service priority class and with a connection to a user device. The network device may include an output queue associated with the priority class of the packet. The output queue may be congested. The network device may determine whether the connection associated with the packet is a guaranteed bit rate connection. The network device may queue the packet according to a first action policy function when the connection associated with the packet is a guaranteed bit rate connection and may queue the packet according to a second action policy function when the connection associated with the packet is not a guaranteed bit rate connection.12-22-2011
20110310737METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR QOS CONTEXT TRANSFER DURING INTER RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY HANDOVER IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methodologies are described herein that facilitate efficient transfer of quality of service (QoS) context during inter-radio access technology (RAT) handovers. In particular, techniques are described herein for establishing rules for whether a user equipment unit (UE) or an associated network should establish QoS for a mixed-mode application, identifying flow to bearer mappings when translating QoS across an inter-RAT handover, mapping QoS parameters of respective RATs, mitigating QoS depreciation upon multiple handovers, performing one or more actions if QoS is not acceptable in a new RAT, maintaining QoS during tunnel mode, and handling scenarios in which a UE moves between a RAT using network-initiated QoS and a RAT using UE-initiated QoS.12-22-2011
20110310736Method And System For Handling Traffic In A Data Communication Network - A method and system for offloading data traffic routing from one NI (network interface) to another in a multi-NI platform. When an NI determines that offloading of data traffic should occur, it disables routing at the incoming port or ports on which L3 traffic may be received, and reconfigures an L2 table to indicate that traffic addressed to a router MAC address should not be routed, but instead bridged to the other NI. This bridging is preferably done using an inter-NI link that is dedicated for communication between two or more NIs in the multi-Ni platform. The determination to offload traffic may, in some embodiments, be made as part of an initialization sequence and offloading is used until synchronization of the NI has been completed to a pre-determined point, at which time a determination is made to terminate offloading and routing from the NI is re-enabled.12-22-2011
20130188486DATA CENTER NETWORK USING CIRCUIT SWITCHING - A circuit-based digital communications network is provided for a large data center environment that utilizes circuit switching in lieu of packet switching in order to lower the cost of the network and to gain performance efficiencies. A method for transmitting data in such a network comprises sending a setup request for a path for transmitting the data to a destination node and then speculatively sending the data to the destination node before the setup request is completed.07-25-2013
20130188487Method and Apparatus for Reducing Flood Traffic in Switches - An imporved method and apparatus for making forwarding decisions in a switching device. The invention reduces the flooding of frames to particular network segments connected to the switch. To insure a device sees a frame addressed to it, if a switch does not know what segment a device address is connected to for a unicast frame, the switch typically floods the frame to all segments in the broadcast domain. This invention allows segments to be identified as having a predefined maximum number of device addresses that will be associated with it. When that number of addresses is already in the forwarding table the switch will not flood unicast frames to that segment since no more devices should be connected to that segment.07-25-2013
20130188488USING ROUTING INFORMATION AND INTER-LAYER RELATIONSHIPS TO DETERMINE UTILIZATION IN A TRANSPORT NETWORK - Embodiments provide systems, methods, and computer program products for mapping higher-layer circuits, links, flows, and services to lower layer circuit and connection elements to determine utilization of the lower layer circuit elements based on the high-layer traffic. Higher layer configuration data and lower layer configuration data are imported to populate a model. An inter-layer relationship is either directly or indirectly mapped from the higher layers to the lower layer. Once the inter-layer relationship is established, the higher-layer circuits, links, flows, and services are inspected using the lower layer circuit and connection elements. Circuit and packet-based utilization is determined for the lower layer elements based on the higher-layer traffic flows.07-25-2013
20130188489NETWORK SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION TRAFFIC CONTROLLING METHOD - When a traffic storm has occurred in an open flow network, a frame of a cause is dropped in a flow unit without carrying out the indiscriminate drop of the frame and the down of the port. Specifically, a controller detects increase of the traffic in a short time from the statistic data regularly acquired from each of the switches under the control of it. The controller starts a storm detection mode upon the detection. In the storm detection mode, packets are extracted randomly from the switch for a predetermined time period, as a sample packet. The controller determines which of a broadcast storm, a multicast storm and a unicast storms has occurred, based on the sample packets. The controller determines that the traffic storm has occurred, when any of them has occurred.07-25-2013
20130188490Method and device for processing data in a communication network - A method and a device for processing data in a communication network, wherein a first node is served by a second node and communicates with a third node. The first node informs a fourth node to process data destined for the third node. The second node, the first node and the fourth node are connected via a transport network that is capable of a point-to-multipoint connection.07-25-2013
20130188493COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CONTROL APPARATUS, PACKET FORWARDING PATH CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A communication system includes: a plurality of data forwarding nodes each including a packet processing unit processing an incoming packet in accordance with a packet handling operation in which a process to be applied to a packet and a matching rule for specifying a packet to which the process is applied are associated with each other; and a control apparatus capable of using at least two logical network topologies each obtained by applying a different path calculation policy to a physical network topology formed by the plurality of data forwarding nodes, selecting a logical network topology determined per data traffic and determining a packet forwarding path, and setting a packet handling operation realizing the packet forwarding path in data forwarding nodes on the packet forwarding path.07-25-2013
20120020222PATH CONTROL DEVICE, PATH CONTROL SYSTEM, PATH CONTROL METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - Provided are a path control device and a path control method for maintaining a constant communication quality between wireless links in a network including a plurality of wireless links with varying transmission rates. A path control device 01-26-2012
20120020221SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR USING NETWORK DERIVATIONS TO DETERMINE PATH STATES - A method of determining the state of a path in a network. A rate of throughput is observed at a node of the network over an interval for at least a portion of the path. Derivations associated with a characteristic of the frames or traffic flows communicated over at least the portion of the path are determined at the node. A state of congestion of the path is determined in response to the observed rate of throughput as compared to a bandwidth profile of the path and the derivations.01-26-2012
20120020220Network system, controller, and network control method - When an appliance, which has a packet discard function, discards a packet, transmits packet discard information as information related to the discarded packet to a controller. A controller performs a switch control process in response to the packet discard information. In the switch control process, the controller selects a target switch from the network, creates entry setting information for instructing the target switch to create an entry such that a packet belonging to the same flow as the discarded packet is discarded, and transmits the created entry setting information to the target switch. The target switch sets an entry in its own flow table in response to the entry setting information transmitted from the controller.01-26-2012
20120020219Network system and congestion control method - A transmission terminal has a plurality of congestion control units (RPs) each controlling a frame transmission rate. A switch arranged between the transmission terminal and a reception terminal has a plurality of congestion detection units (CPs) each generating a congestion information notification frame addressed to the transmission terminal. A plurality of routes exist between the transmission terminal and the reception terminal. The management computer manages a correspondence relationship between the routes and the RPs, assigns any of the routes to a flow, selects a RP associated with a route assigned to the flow, and notifies the transmission terminal and the switch of the flow and the selected RP. When the switch receives a frame belonging to the flow, a CP associated with the selected RP generates the congestion information notification frame addressed to the selected RP. The transmission terminal transmits a frame belonging to the flow through the selected RP.01-26-2012
20120020218DYNAMIC MOBILE NETWORK TRAFFIC CONTROL - Document discloses methods, systems and computer program products for dynamic mobile network traffic control. In an embodiment of the method comprises controlling data traffic (01-26-2012
20120020217STORING NETWORK FLOW INFORMATION - Storing network flow information. Network packets comprising network internet protocol flow information is received at a network device, the network packets comprising an internet protocol header comprising internet protocol source and destination information pairs. The internet protocol source and destination information pairs are stored at a memory table of the network device. The internet protocol source and destination information pairs are made available for searching.01-26-2012
20120020216COGNITIVE NETWORK LOAD PREDICTION METHOD AND APPARATUS - Loads for a wireless network having a plurality of end nodes are predicted by constructing a computer data set of end-to-end pairs of the end nodes included in the network using a computer model of the network; constructing a computerized set of observables from social information about users of the network; developing a computerized learned model of predicted traffic using at least the data set and the observables; and using the computerized learned model to predict future end-to-end network traffic.01-26-2012
20120020215WIRELESS NETWORK SYSTEM AND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT DEVICE THEREOF - A wireless network system and a wireless access point (AP) device thereof are provided. The wireless network system includes at least a wireless AP device and a plurality of wireless terminal devices. Each wireless AP device maintains a load list including load states of all wireless AP devices in the same area, and ranks load states of all wireless AP devices in the load list at least according to central processing unit utilization rates of the wireless AP devices. When a wireless terminal device transmits a connection request to one wireless AP device, the wireless AP determines whether it being in a low load state, and decides, depending upon whether it being in the low load state, to accept the connection request or to notify one or a plurality of wireless AP devices being in the low load states in the same area to accept the connection request.01-26-2012
20120020214TRANSPARENT QUALITY OF SERVICE - A method, computer program product, and device are provided for transparent separation of traffic. A communication interface is configured to transmit and receive traffic over a network. A stack is configured to dynamically identify the traffic as interactive traffic and non-interactive traffic. When the stack identifies the non-interactive traffic, the stack is configured to move the non-interactive traffic to a non-interactive queue.01-26-2012
20130194929SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR DISTRIBUTED QUALITY OF SERVICE ENFORCEMENT - A grid router for routing data over a grid sessionwise, involves multiple devices forwarding data according to sessions over an unreliable network between the devices. The devices include a first group of mailbox units to handle the sessions and a second group of egress units to forward session data to devices external to the network. The mailbox units and egress units are connected in a CLOS network such that each mailbox unit is accessible by each egress unit. The router further includes a distributed entity, which assigning specific sessions to specific mailbox units and to specific egress units and further defomes quality of service (QoS) levels for each session in the presence of congestion in either the network or the devices.08-01-2013
20130194930Application Identification Through Data Traffic Analysis - There is provided a method of processing, analysing or profiling traffic in a packet switched telecommunications network. During a first phase (S08-01-2013
20130194928SENSOR NETWORK - Method of using a sensor network for improving data flow of the sensor network comprises a step of identifying components of the sensor network, a step of estimating resource footprints of the components; and a step of modifying policies of the sensor network for governing data flow.08-01-2013
20130194925RESERVATION SYSTEM FOR AN ETHERNET NETWORK - An improved computer system may include a server carrying a computer processor in a Fibre Channel over Convergence Enhanced Ethernet (FCoCEE) network. The system may also include a reservation system in communication with the server that utilizes enhanced transmission selection (ETS) to reserve bandwidth for a priority group by scheduling bandwidth for the priority group based upon a projected workload.08-01-2013
20130194926RESERVATION SYSTEM FOR AN ETHERNET NETWORK - An improved computer system may include a server carrying a computer processor in a Fibre Channel over Convergence Enhanced Ethernet (FCoCEE) network. The system may also include a reservation system in communication with the server that utilizes enhanced transmission selection (ETS) to reserve bandwidth for a priority group by scheduling bandwidth for the priority group based upon a projected workload.08-01-2013
20130194927ROUTER, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING ROUTER, AND PROGRAM - A router includes a buffer selection section for receiving a flit from an adjacent router and determining whether to store the flit on an input buffer or to store the flit on a bypass buffer. The buffer selection section executes at least one of a first control of, when a bypass process was performed, changing at least one of a transmission path and a transmission flow rate of data based on a transmission state of the router; and a second control of, when a bypass control section did not execute the bypass process, changing at least one of a transmission path and a transmission flow rate of data based on a transmission state of another first router at which data not subjected to the bypass process and data subjected to the bypass process by another second router are joined together.08-01-2013
20120294149Method For Generating A Congestion Flag Based On Measured System Load - A radio base station generates a congestion status flag, based on measured resource usage in its cell, and based on performance of sessions in the cell. The flag may be a one bit, or a small number of bits, indicating whether the base station is congested. The flag can be sent to neighbouring radio base stations, for use in determining whether to perform handovers to that radio base station. The flag generated in a radio base station, and the flags generated in neighbouring radio base stations, can also be sent to user equipment in a cell.11-22-2012
20130201829METHOD FOR CALL ADMISSION CONTROL IN MPLS NETWORKS - A computing device collects network topology information for a Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) network that includes multiple data centers. The computing device receives, from a service layer operator, a request including a flow demand for services at a selected data center of the multiple data centers. Based on the collected network topology information, the computing device evaluates the flow demand for the selected data center to determine if the selected data center can support the flow demand and sends, to a network layer operator, a network soft-state to support the flow demand at the selected data center when it is determined that the selected data center can support the flow demand.08-08-2013
20130201830Machine Type Communications Connectivity Sharing - Methods, apparatuses, and systems are described for machine type communication (MTC) devices to share the same data path when the MTC devices transmit data to destination, or vice versa. The shared data path may run through the whole length of the traffic end-to-end or a segment between two nodes. A method may involve routing a first communication from a first MTC device toward a first MTC server through a logical 3GPP path between a first 3GPP network node and a second 3GPP network node. The logical 3GPP path is assigned a path identifier. The method may also comprise routing a second communication from a second MTC device toward a second MTC server through the logical 3GPP path.08-08-2013
20130201832METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING TRAFFIC TRANSFER RATE BASED ON CELL CAPACITY IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system that provides a content delivery service to a user in a mobile communication system is provided. The system receives, from an enhanced Node B (eNB), cell-specific capacity information that is determined based on cell-specific load state information of the eNB, determines a transfer rate for traffic to be transmitted to a User Equipment (UE) in each cell, based on the received cell-specific capacity information, and transmits the traffic to be transmitted to the UE in each cell to the eNB at the determined transfer rate.08-08-2013
20130201831TRAFFIC SCHEDULING DEVICE - The disclosure relates to a traffic scheduling device for scheduling a transmission sequence of data packets, stored in a plurality of traffic flow queues, an eligibility state of each of the traffic flow queues for the scheduling is being maintained in a hierarchical scheduling database describing a relationship among the plurality of traffic flow queues. The traffic scheduling device includes: a plurality of interconnected memory cluster units. Each memory cluster unit is associated to a single or more levels of the hierarchical scheduling database and each memory cluster unit is coupled to at least one co-processors. At least one co-processor is software-programmable to implement a scheduling algorithm. The traffic scheduling device also includes an interface to the plurality of traffic flow queues.08-08-2013
20120069739Transport Control Server, Transport Control System, and Transport Control Method - There is a need to extract a traffic related to congestion in consideration of an entire network. Multiple traffics are received from multiple nodes. There is available information about bandwidths for the traffics passing through nodes. Bandwidths for the traffics at an entry node and an exit node are extracted from the bandwidth information. Each traffic first passes through the entry node and last passes through the exit node. A bandwidth is dropped when the traffic passes through the nodes. The dropped bandwidth is calculated based on the extracted bandwidths for the traffics at the entry node and the exit node. The calculated bandwidth to be dropped is compared with a specified first bandwidth. One or more first traffics are extracted because of having the dropped bandwidth larger than the first bandwidth. Based on band information, a second traffic is extracted from the extracted first traffic. The second traffic has a bandwidth that is dropped at two or more nodes for the first traffic to pass through and exceeds a specified second bandwidth.03-22-2012
20120087243Message Processing Method and System - A message processing method includes receiving by a base station a physical shared channel reconfiguration request transmitted from a control radio network controller, the physical shared channel reconfiguration request including priority queue specific deleting information; and deleting a priority queue corresponding to the priority queue specific deleting information.04-12-2012
20120092996Method Of Managing A Traffic Load - In one embodiment, the network node receives a packet traffic aggregated from one or more concurrent application streams in a packet switched network. A number of the one or more concurrent application streams is estimated as a granularity of the packet traffic. A drop probability P04-19-2012
20120092995CONGESTION-BASED TRAFFIC METERING - In one aspect, the invention provides apparatuses and methods for communicating, from one network node to another network node, congestion information. Advantageously, the congestion information may be communicated at a per-packet level so that the node receiving the congestion information may meter the network usage of a user based, at least in part, upon the level of network congestion experienced by each packet sent or received by the user.04-19-2012
20120092994TRAFFIC BEARER MAPPING METHOD AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a traffic bearer mapping method and a communication device. The traffic bearer mapping method includes: obtaining attribute information of a traffic data flow of a user; selecting a relay transmission tunnel according to the attribute information of the traffic data flow of the user; and mapping the received traffic data flow to the relay transmission tunnel for transmission, where the relay transmission tunnel includes a relay link radio bearer Un RB or a bearer including the Un RB. According to the embodiments of the present invention, transmission of a traffic data flow in an LTE-A network after a relay node is introduced into is implemented, thereby ensuring quality of service of multi-service.04-19-2012
20120092993System and Method of Monitoring Packets in Flight for Optimizing Packet Traffic in a Network - Systems and methods of optimizing packet flow in a network are disclosed. An internetwork has a first network and plural second networks. A respective packet-in-flight counter is established for each one of the plural second networks and a respective maximum packet-in-flight indication for each one of the plural second networks. The respective packet-in-flight counter for each one of the plural second networks when a request packet is sent from any node in the first network to any node in that one of the plural second networks, or a response packet is received from any node that one of the plural second networks. it is determined whether a second request packet can be sent from any node in the first network to any of the plurality of nodes in one of the plural second networks, based on processing a value of the respective packet-in-flight counter for that one of the plural second networks and a value of the respective maximum packet-in-flight indication for that one of the plural second networks. The respective maximum packet-in-flight indication for each one of the plural second networks is adjusted based on a statistic that is indicative of roundtrip time for request packets sent from any node of the first network to any of the plurality of nodes in that one of the plural second networks.04-19-2012
20120092992SERVICE DATA FLOW DETECTION IN A CONFORMING 3GPP ACCESS NETWORK HAVING A PACKET MODIFICATION FUNCTION - A system includes: a packet processing function and a packet modification function. The packet processing function receives a packet generated by a sending application function and destined for a receiving application function. The packet includes first identifier information, and the packet processing function adds second identifier information thereto. The packet modification function: receives the packet; alters it in a way that prevents use of the first identifier information by a 3GPP conforming service data flow detection process to map the packet to a first service data flow for the sending application function; and provides the packet to a packet routing function with the second identifier information positioned in the packet to enable the packet routing function to use the second identifier information in the 3GPP conforming service data flow detection process to map the packet to the first service data flow and to a bearer for transporting the packet.04-19-2012
20130208595ADAPTIVE ETHERNET FLOW CONTROL SYSTEMS AND METHODS - A network element implemented method includes receiving an Ethernet connection at a first rate, transmitting the Ethernet connection at a second rate, monitoring a buffer fill associated with the Ethernet connection, and periodically transmitting pause frames to a device associated with the Ethernet connection, wherein the pause frames include a determined optimal pause quanta value based on the first rate, the second rate, and the buffer fill. A network element includes a first port receiving an Ethernet connection at a first rate, a second port transmitting the Ethernet connection at a second rate, and monitor circuitry configured to monitor a buffer fill associated with the Ethernet connection and cause the first port to periodically transmit pause frames, wherein the pause frames include a determined optimal pause quanta value based on the first rate, the second rate, and the buffer fill.08-15-2013
20130208594RECURSIVE LOAD BALANCING IN A LOOP-FREE ROUTING TOPOLOGY USING ROUTING ARCS - In one embodiment, a method comprises creating, in a computing network, a loop-free routing topology comprising a plurality of routing arcs for reaching a destination device, each routing arc comprising a first network device as a first end of the routing arc, a second network device as a second end of the routing arc, and at least a third network device configured for routing any network traffic along the routing arc toward the destination device via any one of the first or second ends of the routing arc; and load balancing the network traffic along the routing arcs based on traffic metrics obtained at the first and second ends of the routing arcs, including selectively sending a backpressure command to a first one of the routing arcs supplying at least a portion of the network traffic to a congested one of the routing arcs.08-15-2013